· Gwinnett County, Georgia Retirement Plans Management Committee December 2, 2013 Regular Meeting...
Transcript of · Gwinnett County, Georgia Retirement Plans Management Committee December 2, 2013 Regular Meeting...
Gwinnett County, Georgia Retirement Plans Management Committee
December 2, 2013 Regular Meeting 8:00 AM
Gwinnett Justice and Administrative Center, Conference Room C
Agenda
1. Call to Order
* Chairman
2. 3.
Adoption of Agenda Approval of Meeting Date Change
* *
Chairman Chairman
4. Approval of Minutes August 22, 2013 Meeting
* Chairman
5. Performance Reports – Fund Reports
a. 3rd Quarter DB Plan
1. Gwinnett RPMC Q3 Presentation 2. Quarterly Report 3. Watch List 4. Downgraded Bonds 5. Fee Schedule
b. 3rd Quarter DC Plans
1. Staff Update 2. Fund Performance Review – AAG 3. Executive Summary 4. Review Strategic Plan
*** ***
UBS Great West
6. Investment Committee Reports
a. Update on Securities Litigation Monitoring Activities
b. Recommendation on Emerging Markets Manager Search and Interim Strategy
c. Recommendation on Financial Advisor for DC Plans
*
Mike Ludwiczak
Page 2 RPMC Regular Meeting, December 2, 2013
d. Discussion on Perkins Mid Cap Fund Status
7. 8.
DB and DC Plan Restatements and IRS Determination Letter Applications Past Quarter Participation and Education
a. Participation Numbers b. Education Update
* ***
Ed Emerson Debbi Davidson Fred Minot
9. Vendor Renewal – BNY Mellon *** Chairman 10. 2014 Planning
a. Meeting Schedule
1st Qtr. – February 27, 2014 2nd Qtr. – May 22, 2014 3rd Qtr. – August 28, 2014 4th Qtr. – November 20, 2014
b. Workplan and Goals
* Chairman
11. Election of 2014 Officers and Recognition of Member’s Service
*
12. Next Meeting – February 27, 2014 *** 13. 14.
Public Comments Adjournment
** *
*Action Items **Speakers wishing to address the RPMC must report to the Clerk of the Committee prior to the meeting being called to order. Speakers are limited to 3 minutes or less. ***Information items requiring no action.
Gwinnett County, Georgia Retirement Plans Management Committee August 22, 2013 Regular Meeting Minutes
8:00 AM Gwinnett Justice and Administrative Center, Conference Room C
Members Present: Jim Underwood, Aaron Bovos, Glenn Stephens, David Crews, Ashley Stinson, Joy Parish, Hazel McMullin Vice Chairman David Crews called the meeting to order at 8:10 AM.
Adoption of Agenda Glenn Stephens made a motion to adopt the agenda and Jim Underwood seconded. (Vote 7 – 0) McMullin – Yes; Underwood – Yes; Bovos –Yes; Stephens – Yes; Crews – Yes; Stinson – Yes; Parish – Yes. Election of Chairman Glenn Stephens made a motion to nominate David Crews as Chairman for the remainder of the year and Jim Underwood seconded. (Vote 6 – 0) McMullin – Yes; Underwood – Yes; Bovos –Yes; Stephens – Yes; Stinson – Yes; Parish – Yes. Crews – abstain. Election of Vice Chairman Glenn Stephens made a motion to nominate Jim Underwood as Vice Chairman for the remainder of the year and Ashley Stinson seconded. (Vote 6 – 0) McMullin – Yes; Crews – Yes; Bovos –Yes; Stephens – Yes; Stinson – Yes; Parish – Yes. Underwood – abstain. Approval of Minutes Jim Underwood made a motion to approve the minutes with edits for the May 23, 2013 regular meeting and Joy Parish seconded. (Vote 7 – 0) McMullin – Yes; Underwood – Yes; Bovos –Yes; Stephens – Yes; Crews – Yes; Stinson – Yes; Parish – Yes.
Performance Reports/ Executive Summaries The Market Value of plan assets for the DB and OPEB Plans as of 06/30/2013 was $847,954,314. These assets are invested in the following accounts:
Large Cap Growth $101,024,610
Large Cap Value $112,019,799
Mid Cap Core $33,749,842
Mid Cap Growth $29,583,100
Mid Cap Value $32,221,001
Small Cap Blend $72,190,362
REITS $42,019,020
Foreign Developed Blend $117,400,921
Fixed Income Taxable Intermediate
$261,971,307
Emerging Markets $45,733,300
Total $847,913,262
*The difference in Market Value and the total balance of the accounts in the portfolio is the residual market value of Rainier at $41,048.63. Rainier has been replaced by another manager and is no longer listed in the Portfolio.
Second Quarter DB Plan Investment Performance Report The report for the second quarter of 2013 was presented by Scott Olsen and Allen Wright of UBS. Gwinnett County’s portfolio continues to do well.
Amy Heyel of Great-West introduced Tem Miller as the new Client Relationship Director for Great-West.
Second Quarter DC and 457 Plans Fund Performance The reports on the funds in these plans were presented by Michael Baker and Fred Minot of Great-West. Fred Minot presented the Plan Review for July 1, 2012 through June 30, 2013. Plan assets were $236.67 million as of June 30, 2013. Plan assets grew by $31.81 million (15.5%) from July 1, 2012 to June 30, 2013. Contributions were $23.15 million from July 1, 2012 to June 30, 2013. The average account balance per participant was $34,127 for the 401(a) Plan and $24,628 for the 457(b) Plan. The County is doing very well compared to other governments on contributions by asset class.
Amy Heyel presented the results of the survey. The overall participant satisfaction with the plan and services was positive. Amy will be meeting with the RPMC Chairman and Investment Committee Chairman to discuss areas for possible enhancements and improvements.
Investment Committee Recommendations and Reports
Mike Ludwiczak, Chairman of the Investment Committee, made the recommendation to engage Robbins Geller Rudman & Dowd LLP for securities litigation monitoring services. Ashley Stinson made a motion to accept the recommendation to engage Robbins Geller Rudman & Dowd LLP for securities litigation monitoring services and Glenn Stephens seconded. (Vote 7 – 0) Stinson – Yes; McMullin – Yes; Stephens – Yes; Bovos – Yes; Underwood – Yes; Crews – Yes; Parish – Yes. Mike Ludwiczak made the recommendation for changes to the Investment Policy Statement for Defined Contribution Plans under the Criteria for Removal section. He explained to the RPMC committee members that there will likely be more changes to come after further review of the policy. Jim Underwood made a motion to accept the recommendation for changes to the Investment Policy Statement for Defined Contribution Plans and Joy Parish seconded. (Vote 7 – 0) Stinson – Yes; McMullin – Yes; Stephens – Yes; Bovos – Yes; Underwood – Yes; Crews – Yes; Parish – Yes. Mike Ludwiczak made the recommendation to replace Royce Low Price Svc with Franklin Small Cap Growth Adv for the Small Cap funds and to replace Janus Twenty T with Pioneer Fundamental Growth Y for the Large Cap funds on the Fund Replacements for Defined Contribution Plans. Ashley Stinson made a motion to accept the recommendation on Fund Replacements for Defined Contribution Plans and Joy Parish seconded. (Vote 7 – 0) Stinson – Yes; McMullin – Yes; Stephens – Yes; Bovos – Yes; Underwood – Yes; Crews – Yes; Parish – Yes.
Past Quarter Education and Participation Information
Participation Information – Current Active Participants DB Plan 1,921 – 44%
DC Plan 2,470 – 56% Deferred Comp 3,008 – 69% RMSA 500 Retirees Retirees Receiving DB Pensions 1,910 Retirees with Health Insurance 1,223
Second Quarter Education Update There were a total of 335 Group/Onsite, One on One Meetings and Seminars/Lunch and Learns.
Vendor Renewals There was discussion concerning the services and expectations for UBS and Great-West. Consensus was that UBS was doing a very good job in fulfilling their responsibilities. There was a discussion about the need for a firm with fiduciary responsibility for the DC Plans. Aaron Bovos made a motion to ask the Investment Committee to research fiduciary responsibility for the DC Plan and Joy Parish seconded. (Vote 7 - 0) McMullin – Yes; Bovos – Yes; Crews – Yes; Parish – Yes; Stephens – Yes; Stinson – Yes; Underwood – Yes. 2013 Goals - Debbi Davidson reviewed the goals for 2013 and Glenn Stephens discussed adding an assessment of employee research on Great- West’s website and how to increase this participation. Next Meeting November 21, 2013, Gwinnett Justice and Administration Center, Conference Room C at 8:00 a.m. Public Comments (Limited to 30 minutes) There were no public comments. Adjournment Joy Parish made a motion to adjourn and David Crews seconded. (Vote 7 – 0) McMullin – Yes; Underwood – Yes; Bovos –Yes; Stephens – Yes; Crews – Yes; Stinson – Yes; Parish – Yes. The meeting adjourned at 11:15 a.m.
UBS House View: Presentation
It’s a jungle out there
CIO WM Research November 2013
This report has been prepared by UBS Financial Services Inc. (UBS FS) and UBS AG.
Gwinnett County RPMC
November 21, 2013
1
Section 1
Summary
2
Economy
Global review & outlook
Commodities
Equities
Fixed income
• US government shutdown and prospect of another budget fight has delayed our Fed taper call from December 2013 to March 2014 and adds some downside risk to our growth forecast
• Spain joined the Eurozone recovery in 3Q13, a sign of a broader-based expansion.
• Chinese data showed tentative improvement in sequential growth but we don’t expect this to last in 4Q13
• Data uncertainties after prolonged US government shutdown and an anticipated delay in Fed tapering have resulted in lower short- and long-term Treasury yields
• Loss in economic momentum is likely only temporary and expect benchmark yields to resume their upward trend over the next three to six months
• Continue to favor investment grade and high yield bonds
• On a tax-equivalent basis, tax exempt municipals offer noteworthy value
• Economic and earnings fundamentals remain solid and justify a continued positive stance on equities
• Recommend an overall overweight allocation to equities, expressed by overweight in US, Japan, and Eurozone
• Economic recovery in Europe should support the more cyclical Eurozone relative to its more defensive Swiss and British peers
• Macroeconomic backdrop has turned more price supportive for commodities
• Leading indicators are improving and hard data suggests global economy is gaining pace
• However, bottom-up perspective for commodities is considerably less rosy, given ample supply at hand
• Cautious stance is still advised as short-term price advances are unlikely to be sustainable
FX
• Major currency pairs traded within established ranges despite dramatic headlines about a potential US default on Treasuries and a government shutdown
• Renewed focus on Fed’s taper, now expected in March, weighed on US dollar
• So long as Fed taper is delayed, the dollar will remain on the weak side of EURUSD 1.30-1.38
3
Section 2
Macro view
4
US - shutdown and tapering deferred
Source: Bloomberg
Non-farm payrolls (monthly change, k)
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
Oct-12 Nov-12 Dec-12 Jan-13 Feb-13 Mar-13 Apr-13 May-13 Jun-13 Jul-13 Aug-13 Sep-13
in t
housands
5
China – allowing credit growth again
Source Bloomberg, UBS
China total non-bank loan financing (2mma, RMBbn)
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400Ja
n-1
3
Feb-1
3
Mar-
13
Apr-
13
May-
13
Jun-1
3
Jul-13
Aug-1
3
Sep-1
3
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
6
• GBP
• Government bonds2
• US high yield
• Investment grade credit1
• EM corporate bonds
• Preferred securities
• US senior loans
Most preferred Least preferred
• US
• Eurozone()
• Japan
• US small and mid caps
• US housing
• US e-commerce
• US financials
• US technology
• Water-linked investments
• Dividend growth
• US REITs over Utilities ()
• Equal-weight investing ()
• North American energy independence
• US competitiveness
• UK ()
• Switzerland ()
Recent upgrades Recent downgrades
Equities
Bonds
Foreign exchange
Commodities
• CHF
• Platinum
1.Municipal bonds preferred in taxable portfolios, investment grade corporates in tax-exempt portfolios.
2US government bonds reduced with international fixed income increased on currency grounds
Source: UBS CIO WMR. Note: For more information, please see the flagship publication UBS House View: Investment Strategy Guide, 25 October 2013.
Preferred investment views
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
7
Section 3
In detail: economic and asset class outlook
8
US – Consumer sentiment sours due to shutdown
Source: Bloomberg, UBS, as of 25 October 2013
Two measures of consumer confidence, index levels
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
40
50
60
70
80
90
Oct-07 Oct-08 Oct-09 Oct-10 Oct-11 Oct-12 Oct-13
-65
-55
-45
-35
-25
-15
University of Michigan consumer expectations index (left)
Bloomberg consumer comfort index (right)
9
Eurozone – Improving manufacturing activity
Source: Bloomberg, UBS, as of 25 October 2013
Manufacturing Purchase Managers’ Index
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
Jan-07 Jan-08 Jan-09 Jan-10 Jan-11 Jan-12 Jan-13
Eurozone Germany France Italy
10
World – Growth (finally) set to pick up
Source: UBS, as of 23 October 2013
Real global GDP growth, %
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
4.3
3.3
2.8
2.5
3.4
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
2010 2011 2012 2013F 2014F
11
US equities
Source: Bloomberg and UBS CIO WMR as of October 2013.
Small- and mid-caps should benefit from higher interest rates
Small-caps versus large-caps and the 10-year t-bond yield
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
Jan-13 Apr-13 Jul-13 Oct-13
97
100
103
106
109
10-yr t-bond yield (LHS) Small-caps relative to large-caps (RHS)
12
US equities
Source: Bloomberg and UBS CIO WMR as of October 2013.
Favorable valuations support our preference for Growth over Value
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
1.0x
1.1x
1.2x
1.3x
1.4x
1.5x
1.6x
1.7x
1.8x
1979 1983 1987 1991 1995 1999 2003 2007 2011 2015
Growth P/E relative to Value P/E Avg excluding the Tech bubble
13
Eurozone economic activity should help boost earnings growth
Eurozone Purchasing Managers’ Index Composite & Sub-divisions
Source: Bloomberg, UBS; as of 24 October 2013
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
Composite Manufacturing Services
14
Emerging market equities starting to return to form
Rolling Beta (lhs) and Alpha (rhs) of MSCI EM to MSCI World Index
Source: Bloomberg, UBS, as of 18 October 2013
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
-60%
-50%
-40%
-30%
-20%
-10%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
Beta (LHS) Alpha (RHS)
15
Fixed Income
Source: UBS CIO WM Global Investment Office
Preferences (six months)
Preference of investment grade and high yield over government bonds
Bonds total
Government Bonds
Investment grade corporate
bonds
High yield bonds
Emerging market sovereign
bonds
Emerging market corporate
bonds
new old
neutral overweightunderweight
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
16
Fed funds futures expecting later fed taper
30-day fed funds futures, in %
Source: Bloomberg, UBS CIO WMR, as of 23 Oct. 2013
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Oct-13 Apr-14 Oct-14 Apr-15 Oct-15 Apr-16
23 Oct. 2013 30 Sept. 2013
17
However, we still forecast higher Treasury yields
Source: Bloomberg, UBS; as of 23 October 2013
US 10-year yields and forecasts, in %
Despite the rally, our we maintain our outlook for higher yields
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
3Mo 6Mo 1Yr 2Yr 3Yr 5Yr 7Yr 10Yr 30Yr
Actual US Treasury yield curve 1 Yr Forward US Treasury yield curve
2Yr Forward US Treasury yield curve 3Yr Forward US Treasury yield curve
6 months CIO Forecasts
18
Remain positive on IG and HY credit
Source: BofAML, UBS CIO WMR, UBS; as of 23 October 2013
Spreads of IG and HY bonds over US Treasuries, in bps
Spreads have recovered but remain wide of pre-crisis averages
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
0
250
500
750
1,000
1,250
1,500
1,750
2,000
2,250
Oct-03 Oct-04 Oct-05 Oct-06 Oct-07 Oct-08 Oct-09 Oct-10 Oct-11 Oct-12 Oct-13
HY spread IG spread
19
Neutral on emerging market bonds
Source: JP Morgan, UBS; as of 23 Oct. 2013
Spreads of EM bonds over US Treasuries, in bps
Spreads of EM corporate bonds are above EM sovereigns
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
Apr-10 Oct-10 Apr-11 Oct-11 Apr-12 Oct-12 Apr-13 Oct-13
Emerging markets sovereign bonds (EMBI Global) Emerging markets corporate bonds (CEMBI Broad)
20
Value in municipals on an after-tax basis
Source: MMD, UBS CIO WMR as of 23 Oct. 2013
AAA muni-to-Treasury yield ratios
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
Oct-10 Apr-11 Oct-11 Apr-12 Oct-12 Apr-13 Oct-13
10 yr 30 yr
21
Commodities
Spread between Brent & WTI Crude Oil widens again
Source, Bloomberg, UBS, as of 24 October 2013.
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Jan-07 Oct-07 Jul-08 Apr-09 Jan-10 Oct-10 Jul-11 Apr-12 Jan-13 Oct-13
Brent Crude WTI Crude
22
Section 4
In focus: The Fed is itching but it won’t scratch this year
23
The Fed is itching, but it won’t scratch this year
Source: UBS, as of 23 October 2013
Fed taper base and risk cases
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
24
Key forecasts
Please see important disclaimer and disclosures at the end of the document.
25 25
Statement of Risk
1. Equity markets are difficult to forecast because of fluctuations in the economy, investor psychology, geopolitical conditions, and other important variables.
2. Bond market returns are difficult to forecast because of fluctuations in the economy, investor psychology, geopolitical conditions and other important variables.
Corporate bonds are subject to a number of risks, including credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and event risk. Though historical default rates are low on
investment grade corporate bonds, perceived adverse changes in the credit quality of an issuer may negatively affect the market value of securities. As interest
rates rise, the value of a fixed coupon security will likely decline. Bonds are subject to market value fluctuations, given changes in the level of risk-free interest
rates. Not all bonds can be sold quickly or easily on the open market. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning the federal, state, local,
and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning any securities referenced in this report.
3. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning the federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning preferred stocks.
Preferred stocks are subject to market value fluctuations, given changes in the level of interest rates. For example, if interest rates rise, the value of these
securities could decline. If preferred stocks are sold prior to maturity, price and yield may vary. Adverse changes in the credit quality of the issuer may
negatively affect the market value of the securities. Most preferred securities may be redeemed at par after five years. If this occurs, holders of the securities
may be faced with a reinvestment decision at lower future rates. Preferred stocks are also subject to other risks, including illiquidity and certain special
redemption provisions.
4. Although historical default rates are very low, all municipal bonds carry credit risk, with the degree of risk largely following the particular bond’s sector.
Additionally, all municipal bonds feature valuation, return, and liquidity risk. Valuation tends to follow internal and external factors, including the level of interest
rates, bond ratings, supply factors, and media reporting. These can be difficult or impossible to project accurately. Also, most municipal bonds are callable
and/or subject to earlier than expected redemption, which can reduce an investor’s total return. Because of the large number of municipal issuers and credit
structures, not all bonds can be easily or quickly sold on the open market.
26 26
Disclosures
Emerging Market Investments
Investors should be aware that Emerging Market assets are subject to, amongst others, potential risks linked to currency volatility, abrupt changes in the cost of capital and the economic growth outlook,
as well as regulatory and socio-political risk, interest rate risk and higher credit risk. Assets can sometimes be very illiquid and liquidity conditions can abruptly worsen. WMR generally recommends only
those securities it believes have been registered under Federal U.S. registration rules (Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and individual State registration rules (commonly known as
"Blue Sky" laws). Prospective investors should be aware that to the extent permitted under US law, WMR may from time to time recommend bonds that are not registered under US or State securities
laws. These bonds may be issued in jurisdictions where the level of required disclosures to be made by issuers is not as frequent or complete as that required by US laws.
For more background on emerging markets generally, see the WMR Education Notes "Investing in Emerging Markets (Part 1): Equities", 27 August 2007, "Emerging Market Bonds: Understanding
Emerging Market Bonds," 12 August 2009 and "Emerging Markets Bonds: Understanding Sovereign Risk," 17 December 2009.
Investors interested in holding bonds for a longer period are advised to select the bonds of those sovereigns with the highest credit ratings (in the investment grade band). Such an approach should
decrease the risk that an investor could end up holding bonds on which the sovereign has defaulted. Sub-investment grade bonds are recommended only for clients with a higher risk tolerance and who
seek to hold higher yielding bonds for shorter periods only.
Non-Traditional Assets
Non-traditional asset classes are alternative investments that include hedge funds, private equity, real estate, and managed futures (collectively, alternative investments). Interests of
alternative investment funds are sold only to qualified investors, and only by means of offering documents that include information about the risks, performance and expenses of alternative investment
funds, and which clients are urged to read carefully before subscribing and retain. An investment in an alternative investment fund is speculative and involves significant risks. Specifically, these
investments (1) are not mutual funds and are not subject to the same regulatory requirements as mutual funds; (2) may have performance that is volatile, and investors may lose all or a substantial
amount of their investment; (3) may engage in leverage and other speculative investment practices that may increase the risk of investment loss; (4) are long-term, illiquid investments, there is generally
no secondary market for the interests of a fund, and none is expected to develop; (5) interests of alternative investment funds typically will be illiquid and subject to restrictions on transfer; (6) may not be
required to provide periodic pricing or valuation information to investors; (7) generally involve complex tax strategies and there may be delays in distributing tax information to investors; (8) are subject to
high fees, including management fees and other fees and expenses, all of which will reduce profits.
Interests in alternative investment funds are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, or any other governmental agency. Prospective investors should understand these risks and have the financial ability and willingness to accept
them for an extended period of time before making an investment in an alternative investment fund and should consider an alternative investment fund as a supplement to an overall investment program.
In addition to the risks that apply to alternative investments generally, the following are additional risks related to an investment in these strategies:
• Hedge Fund Risk: There are risks specifically associated with investing in hedge funds, which may include risks associated with investing in short sales, options, small-cap stocks, "junk bonds,"
derivatives, distressed securities, non-U.S. securities and illiquid investments.
• Managed Futures: There are risks specifically associated with investing in managed futures programs. For example, not all managers focus on all strategies at all times, and managed futures
strategies may have material directional elements.
• Real Estate: There are risks specifically associated with investing in real estate products and real estate investment trusts. They involve risks associated with debt, adverse changes in general
economic or local market conditions, changes in governmental, tax, real estate and zoning laws or regulations, risks associated with capital calls and, for some real estate products, the risks
associated with the ability to qualify for favorable treatment under the federal tax laws.
• Private Equity: There are risks specifically associated with investing in private equity. Capital calls can be made on short no-tice, and the failure to meet capital calls can result in significant adverse
consequences including, but not limited to, a total loss of investment.
• Foreign Exchange/Currency Risk: Investors in securities of issuers located outside of the United States should be aware that even for securities denominated in U.S. dollars, changes in the exchange
rate between the U.S. dollar and the issuer’s "home" currency can have unexpected effects on the market value and liquidity of those securities. Those securities may also be affected by other risks
(such as political, economic or regulatory changes) that may not be readily known to a U.S. investor.
27 27
Explanations about asset allocations
Sources of strategic asset allocations and investor risk profiles
Strategic asset allocations represent the longer-term allocation of assets that is deemed suitable for a particular investor. The strategic asset allocation models discussed in this publication, and the capital
market assumptions used for the strategic asset allocations, were developed and approved by the WMA AAC.
The strategic asset allocations are provided for illustrative purposes only and were designed by the WMA AAC for hypothetical US investors with a total return objective under five different Investor Risk
Profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive. In general, strategic asset allocations will differ among investors according to their individual circum-stances, risk tolerance, return objectives and time
horizon. Therefore, the strategic asset allocations in this publication may not be suitable for all investors or investment goals and should not be used as the sole basis of any investment decision. Minimum
net worth requirements may apply to allocations to non-traditional assets. As always, please consult your UBS Financial Advisor to see how these weightings should be applied or modified according to
your individual profile and investment goals.
The process by which the strategic asset allocations were derived is described in detail in the publication entitled “UBS WMA’s Capital Markets Model: Explained, Part II: Methodology,” published on 22
January 2013. Your Financial Advisor can provide you with a copy. Deviations from benchmark allocation.
Deviations from strategic asset allocation or benchmark allocation
The recommended tactical deviations from the strategic asset allocation or benchmark allocation are provided by the Global Investment Committee and the Investment Strategy Group within Wealth
Management Research Americas. They reflect the short- to medium- term assessment of market opportunities and risks in the respective asset classes and market segments. Positive / zero / negative
tactical deviations correspond to an overweight / neutral / underweight stance for each respective asset class and market segment relative to their strategic allocation. The current allocation is the sum of
the strategic asset allocation and the tactical deviation.
Overweight: Tactical recommendation to hold more of the asset class than specified in the strategic asset allocation on pages 24-27 of the flagship publication UBS House View: Investment Strategy
Guide.
Underweight: Tactical recommendation to hold less of the asset class than specified in the strategic asset allocation on pages 24-27 of the flagship publication UBS House View: Investment Strategy
Guide.
Neutral: Tactical recommendation to hold the asset class in line with its weight in the strategic asset allocation on pages 24-27 of the flagship publication UBS House View: Investment Strategy
Guide.
NOTE: TACTICAL TIME HORIZON IS APPROXIMATELY SIX MONTHS
28 28
Disclaimer
Chief Investment Office (CIO) Wealth Management Research is published by Wealth Management & Swiss Bank and Wealth Management Americas, Business
Divisions of UBS AG (UBS) or an affiliate thereof. In certain countries UBS AG is referred to as UBS SA. This publication is for your information only and is not
intended as an offer, or a solicitation of an offer, to buy or sell any investment or other specific product. The analysis contained herein does not constitute a personal
recommendation or take into account the particular investment objectives, investment strategies, financial situation and needs of any specific recipient. It is based on
numerous assumptions. Different assumptions could result in materially different results. We recommend that you obtain financial and/or tax advice as to the
implications (including tax) of investing in the manner described or in any of the products mentioned herein. Certain services and products are subject to legal
restrictions and cannot be offered worldwide on an unrestricted basis and/ or may not be eligible for sale to all investors. All information and opinions expressed in
this document were obtained from sources believed to be reliable and in good faith, but no representation or warranty, express or implied, is made as to its accuracy
or completeness (other than disclosures relating to UBS and its affiliates). All information and opinions as well as any prices indicated are currently only as of the
date of this report, and are subject to change without notice. Opinions expressed herein may differ or be contrary to those expressed by other business areas or
divisions of UBS as a result of using different assumptions and/or criteria. At any time, investment decisions (including whether to buy or hold securities) made by
UBS AG, its subsidiaries and employees thereof, may differ from or be contrary to the opinions expressed in UBS research publications. Some investments may not
be readily realizable since the market in the securities is illiquid and therefore valuing the investment and identifying the risk to which you are exposed may be
difficult to quantify. UBS relies on information barriers to control the flow of information contained in one or more areas within UBS, into other areas, units, divisions
or affiliates of UBS. Futures and options trading is considered risky. Past performance of an investment is no guarantee for its future performance. Some
investments may be subject to sudden and large falls in value and on realization you may receive back less than you invested or may be required to pay more.
Changes in FX rates may have an adverse effect on the price, value or income of an investment. This report is for distribution only under such circumstances as
may be permitted by applicable law.
Distributed to US persons by UBS Financial Services Inc., a subsidiary of UBS AG. UBS Securities LLC is a subsidiary of UBS AG and an affiliate of UBS Financial
Services Inc. UBS Financial Services Inc. accepts responsibility for the content of a report prepared by a non-US affiliate when it distributes reports to US persons.
All transactions by a US person in the securities mentioned in this report should be effected through a US-registered broker dealer affiliated with UBS, and not
through a non-US affiliate. The contents of this report have not been and will not be approved by any securities or investment authority in the United States or
elsewhere.
UBS specifically prohibits the redistribution or reproduction of this material in whole or in part without the prior written permission of UBS and UBS accepts no liability
whatsoever for the actions of third parties in this respect.
Version as per September 2013.
UBS specifically prohibits the redistribution or reproduction of this material in whole or in part without the prior written permission of UBS and UBS accepts no liability
whatsoever for the actions of third parties in this respect. © 2013. The key symbol and UBS are among the registered and unregistered trademarks of UBS. All rights
reserved
Cover image © Getty Images 2013
Please contact your UBS Institutional Consultant if you have any questions regarding this report, if your financial situation, individualneeds or investment objectives have changed, or if you would like to initiate or modify any investment restrictions on this account.Please note that you are also required to inform your Institutional Consultant, directly, of any changes in your financial condition,investment objectives or investment restrictions on your account.
Rule 204-3 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 requires that we make an annual offer to clients to send to them, withoutcharge, a written disclosure statement meeting the requirements of such rule. We will be glad to send you a copy of such statement toyou upon your written request.
Prepared For:Gwinnett County Employees Retirement SystemNovember 4, 2013
Prepared by:
Investment Performance
Period Ending September 30, 2013
Gwinnett County Composite
Allen Wright, Earle Dodd, Scott Olsen, Ray Vuicich
Managed Account Performance
Annualized Performance Summary 1 of 63Net Annualized Performance Summary 3 of 63Actual vs Target Allocation 5 of 63Opportunity Gain/Loss Report 6 of 633 Year Capital Market Line 7 of 635 Year Capital Market Line Chart 8 of 63Capital Market Line Chart 9 of 63Universe Comparisons 10 of 63Benchmark Comparisons Used in this Report 11 of 63
Investment Manager Performance
Barrow Hanley 12 of 63Fairpointe Capital 16 of 63William Blair 20 of 63Vaughan Nelson 24 of 63Atlanta Capital 28 of 63Invesco REIT 32 of 631607 Capital Partners 36 of 63ING 40 of 63Ryan Labs 44 of 63Templeton Global Bond 48 of 63Dreyfus International 52 of 63
Table of Contents
Disclosures
Disclosures 56 of 63Definitions 58 of 63
Table of Contents
Account Name Account Number Custodian NameInvesco REIT GWxxxxxxx02 BofNYDreyfus International GWxxxxxxx02 BofNYTempleton Global Bond GWxxxxxxx02 BofNYRyan Labs GWxxxxxxx02 BofNYING GWxxxxxxx02 BofNY1607 Capital Partners GWxxxxxxx02 BofNYColumbia Management GWxxxxxxx02 BofNYAtlanta Capital GWxxxxxxx02 BofNYVaughan Nelson GWxxxxxxx02 BofNYWilliam Blair GWxxxxxxx02 BofNYFairpointe Capital GWxxxxxxx02 BofNYBarrow Hanley GWxxxxxxx02 BofNYTCW Institutional GWxxxxxxx02 BofNY
UBS account statements represent the only official record of holdings, balances, transactions and security values of assets in your UBS Financial Services Inc. accountand are not replaced, amended or superseded by any information presented in this report. As an accommodation to you, values of accounts that you hold at otherfinancial institutions may be included as part of your UBS IC Consulting Services Agreement based on information, including pricing information, provided to us. UBSdoes not independently verify or guarantee the accuracy or validity of any information provided by sources other than UBS Financial Services Inc. Please see the'Important Information' section at the end of this report for detailed pricing information.
This report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are theofficial record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futurereturns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.
Gwinnett County Employees Retirement SystemSeptember 30, 2013
Accounts Included in this Report
Inception 09/30/2013 Latest %tile Year to %tile 1 %tile 3 %tile 5 %tile %tileAccount Date Market Value QTR Ranking Date Ranking Year Ranking Year Ranking Year Ranking Inception RankingConsolidated Portfolio* 12/31/2006 $894,470,036 6.07% 12 11.69% 40 13.72% 31 10.79% 27 9.98% 1 6.49% 1
Policy Index 4.61% 63 9.60% 65 11.13% 68 9.66% 62 8.64% 33 5.29% 20Dynamic Index 4.89% 51 10.28% 56 11.83% 65 9.65% 62 8.22% 51Large Cap Growth Equities
Columbia Management 4/2/2013 $60,457,049 18.72% 1 18.54% 1Russell 1000 Growth 8.11% 58 10.47% 70TCW Institutional 4/2/2013 $56,179,529 12.14% 10 11.48% 39Russell 1000 Growth 8.11% 58 10.47% 70
Large Cap Value EquitiesBarrow Hanley 1/3/2007 $117,377,718 4.78% 61 22.36% 40 24.07% 46 17.16% 26 11.01% 27 4.76% 54Russell 1000 Value 3.94% 83 20.47% 64 22.30% 60 16.25% 48 8.86% 75 3.26% 91
Mid Cap CoreFairpointe Capital 3/30/2012 $36,850,687 9.19% 28 34.60% 1 38.80% 1 26.04% 1Russell Midcap 7.70% 66 24.34% 51 27.91% 56 18.54% 40
Mid Cap GrowthWilliam Blair 3/30/2012 $31,877,867 7.76% 98 21.89% 93 22.05% 93 13.48% 87Russell Midcap Grwth 9.34% 79 25.42% 64 27.54% 52 17.13% 50
Mid Cap ValueVaughan Nelson 3/30/2012 $35,281,752 9.50% 11 30.82% 6 36.66% 1 21.78% 20Russell Midcap Value 5.89% 90 22.94% 67 27.77% 65 19.55% 50
Small Cap BlendAtlanta Capital 1/31/2007 $79,485,839 10.11% 51 28.28% 40 31.26% 45 22.00% 20 16.11% 8 12.26% 1Russell 2000 10.21% 47 27.69% 45 30.06% 58 18.29% 67 11.15% 83 5.97% 81
REITsInvesco REIT 1/5/2007 $41,109,103 -2.00% 28 2.77% 53 5.26% 59 12.16% 83 7.05% 48 2.91% 58NAREIT Equity -1.75% 25 3.95% 25 7.18% 21 13.12% 29 6.19% 80 77
Foreign Developed Blend1607 Capital Partners 6/30/2008 $132,613,915 11.53% 18 13.17% 59 20.17% 61 9.95% 9 10.84% 4 4.74% 8MSCI ACWI ex US Net 10.09% 58 10.05% 86 16.50% 85 5.95% 81 6.26% 44 1.08% 60
Gross of FeesSummary StatementGwinnett County Employees Retirement System
Please be sure to read the DISCLOSURE SECTION at the end of this report which contains important disclosures and disclaimers on the information provided to you in this report.The inception date may or may not be coincident with the date that the UBS Institutional Consulting Group commenced providing performance reporting services to you.*Under $1 Billion Public Funds Universe
Page 1
Inception 09/30/2013 Latest %tile Year to %tile 1 %tile 3 %tile 5 %tile %tileAccount Date Market Value QTR Ranking Date Ranking Year Ranking Year Ranking Year Ranking Inception Ranking
Core Fixed IncomeING 12/10/2007 $154,170,791 0.67% 47 -1.85% 80 -1.49% 79 3.07% 57 6.29% 44 5.70% 28Barclays Aggregate 0.57% 66 -1.89% 82 -1.68% 83 2.86% 67 5.41% 75 4.96% 74Ryan Labs 4/3/2012 $102,785,994 0.33% 93 -1.78% 75 -1.36% 74 2.50% 25Barclays Aggregate 0.57% 66 -1.89% 82 -1.68% 83 1.46% 87
Global Fixed IncomeTempleton Global Bond 12/8/2011 $23,855,559 1.07% 53 -0.30% 34 3.59% 21 8.15% 16CG World Gov't 2.88% 4 -2.94% 78 -4.60% 95 99Dreyfus International 12/8/2011 $22,424,232 1.32% 50 -3.86% 88 -2.58% 82 3.45% 58CG World Gov't 2.88% 4 -2.94% 78 -4.60% 95 99
Gross of FeesSummary StatementGwinnett County Employees Retirement System
Please be sure to read the DISCLOSURE SECTION at the end of this report which contains important disclosures and disclaimers on the information provided to you in this report.The inception date may or may not be coincident with the date that the UBS Institutional Consulting Group commenced providing performance reporting services to you.*Under $1 Billion Public Funds Universe
Page 2
Inception 09/30/2013 Latest %tile Year to %tile 1 %tile 3 %tile 5 %tile %tileAccount Date Market Value QTR Ranking Date Ranking Year Ranking Year Ranking Year Ranking Inception RankingConsolidated Portfolio* 12/31/2006 $894,470,036 5.95% 12 11.50% 40 13.41% 34 10.40% 48 9.54% 3 6.05% 1
Policy Index 4.61% 63 9.60% 65 11.13% 68 9.66% 62 8.64% 33 5.29% 20Dynamic Index 4.89% 51 10.28% 56 11.83% 65 9.65% 62 8.22% 51Large Cap Growth Equities
Columbia Management 4/2/2013 $60,457,049 18.57% 1 18.24% 1Russell 1000 Growth 8.11% 57 10.47% 69TCW Institutional 4/2/2013 $56,179,529 11.98% 10 11.16% 38Russell 1000 Growth 8.11% 57 10.47% 69
Large Cap Value EquitiesBarrow Hanley 1/3/2007 $117,377,718 4.70% 60 22.06% 35 23.66% 42 16.75% 22 10.58% 25 4.37% 45Russell 1000 Value 3.94% 80 20.47% 58 22.30% 51 16.25% 30 8.86% 56 3.26% 75
Mid Cap CoreFairpointe Capital 3/30/2012 $36,850,687 9.03% 21 33.97% 1 38.02% 1 25.26% 4Russell Midcap 7.70% 60 24.34% 43 27.91% 41 18.54% 33
Mid Cap GrowthWilliam Blair 3/30/2012 $31,877,867 7.54% 97 21.18% 91 21.07% 91 12.71% 88Russell Midcap Grwth 9.34% 72 25.42% 56 27.54% 42 17.13% 37
Mid Cap ValueVaughan Nelson 3/30/2012 $35,281,752 9.31% 4 30.12% 6 35.60% 2 20.82% 14Russell Midcap Value 5.89% 84 22.94% 56 27.77% 49 19.55% 30
Small Cap BlendAtlanta Capital 1/31/2007 $79,485,839 9.92% 48 27.61% 35 30.33% 41 21.14% 19 15.24% 4 11.41% 1Russell 2000 10.21% 41 27.69% 35 30.06% 47 18.29% 53 11.15% 60 5.97% 60
REITsInvesco REIT 1/5/2007 $41,109,103 -2.17% 27 2.24% 59 4.55% 63 11.36% 76 6.27% 61 2.15% 71NAREIT Equity -1.75% 22 3.95% 22 7.18% 18 13.12% 14 6.19% 66 61
Foreign Developed Blend1607 Capital Partners 6/30/2008 $132,613,915 11.34% 23 12.79% 61 19.54% 65 9.19% 19 10.05% 7 4.00% 13MSCI ACWI ex US Net 10.09% 58 10.05% 86 16.50% 85 5.95% 81 6.26% 44 1.08% 60
Net of FeesSummary StatementGwinnett County Employees Retirement System
Please be sure to read the DISCLOSURE SECTION at the end of this report which contains important disclosures and disclaimers on the information provided to you in this report.The inception date may or may not be coincident with the date that the UBS Institutional Consulting Group commenced providing performance reporting services to you.*Under $1 Billion Public Funds Universe
Page 3
Inception 09/30/2013 Latest %tile Year to %tile 1 %tile 3 %tile 5 %tile %tileAccount Date Market Value QTR Ranking Date Ranking Year Ranking Year Ranking Year Ranking Inception Ranking
Core Fixed IncomeING 12/10/2007 $154,170,791 0.61% 46 -2.09% 84 -1.76% 81 2.82% 54 6.04% 43 5.47% 27Barclays Aggregate 0.57% 56 -1.89% 67 -1.68% 80 2.86% 53 5.41% 60 4.96% 55Ryan Labs 4/3/2012 $102,785,994 0.28% 90 -1.92% 70 -1.55% 71 2.35% 27Barclays Aggregate 0.57% 56 -1.89% 67 -1.68% 80 1.46% 76
Global Fixed IncomeTempleton Global Bond 12/8/2011 $23,855,559 1.07% 56 -0.30% 39 3.59% 24 8.15% 23CG World Gov't 2.88% 7 -2.94% 73 -4.60% 96 99Dreyfus International 12/8/2011 $22,424,232 1.32% 50 -3.86% 84 -2.58% 77 3.45% 66CG World Gov't 2.88% 7 -2.94% 73 -4.60% 96 99
Net of FeesSummary StatementGwinnett County Employees Retirement System
Please be sure to read the DISCLOSURE SECTION at the end of this report which contains important disclosures and disclaimers on the information provided to you in this report.The inception date may or may not be coincident with the date that the UBS Institutional Consulting Group commenced providing performance reporting services to you.*Under $1 Billion Public Funds Universe
Page 4
Market Value Percent Market Value Percent Market Value PercentActual Actual Target Target Difference Difference
Core Fixed Income 256,956,785.0 28.7% 313,064,512.5 35.0% (56,107,727.5) (6.3%)Foreign Developed Blend 132,613,915.3 14.8% 134,170,505.3 15.0% (1,556,590.0) (0.2%)Large Cap Value Equities 117,377,718.4 13.1% 111,808,754.5 12.5% 5,568,963.9 0.6%Large Cap Growth Equities 116,636,577.8 13.0% 111,808,754.5 12.5% 4,827,823.4 0.5%Mid Cap Equities 104,010,306.0 11.6% 67,085,252.7 7.5% 36,925,053.4 4.1%Small Cap Equities 79,485,838.9 8.9% 67,085,252.7 7.5% 12,400,586.2 1.4%Global Fixed Income 46,279,790.4 5.2% 44,723,501.8 5.0% 1,556,288.6 0.2%REITs 41,109,103.5 4.6% 44,723,501.8 5.0% (3,614,398.3) (0.4%)Total Fund $894,470,035.7 100.0% $894,470,035.7 100.0% ($0.4) 0.0%
Mid Cap Equities
Large Cap GrowthEquities
Small Cap Equities
Large Cap ValueEquities
Global FixedIncome
Foreign DevelopedBlend
Reits
Core FixedIncome
Mid Cap Equities
Large Cap GrowthEquities
Small Cap Equities
Large Cap ValueEquities
Global FixedIncome
Foreign DevelopedBlend
Reits
Core FixedIncome
Target Asset AllocationActual Asset Allocation
Actual vs Target Asset AllocationAs of September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 5
Latest Quarter Year To Date One Year Three Years Five Years Since Inception Day
Beginning Mkt Value 847,954,313.72 805,661,809.93 776,019,113.00 565,324,607.50 442,988,083.60 N/A
Contributions 1,519.68 102,215,169.59 146,992,351.64 465,532,796.64 465,532,796.64 465,532,796.64
Withdrawals 6,170,597.22 107,564,204.57 137,645,039.73 411,544,122.73 411,544,122.73 411,544,122.73
Interest And Dividend Income 4,717,130.19 11,422,007.73 18,022,321.47 42,087,250.47 42,087,250.47 0.00
Investment Earnings 52,684,799.48 94,157,260.71 109,103,610.75 275,156,754.25 397,493,278.15 0.00
Ending Mkt Value 894,470,035.66 894,470,035.66 894,470,035.66 894,470,035.66 894,470,035.66 894,470,035.66
Market Experience 880,771,381.79 878,412,162.74 874,037,771.31 808,936,582.39 733,815,216.99 N/A
Surplus/Deficit 13,698,653.87 16,057,872.92 20,432,264.35 85,533,453.27 160,654,818.67 N/A
Gross Time Weighted Return 6.07 11.69 13.72 10.79 9.98 6.49
Net Dollar Weighted Return 6.23 11.69 13.88 13.61 13.35 N/A
Opportunity Gains & LossesDecember 31, 2006 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 6
Standard Deviation (Risk)11.0010.009.008.007.006.005.004.003.002.001.000.00-1.00
Ann
ualiz
ed R
ate
of
Ret
urn
(%
)
12.00
11.00
10.00
9.00
8.00
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
-1.00
Return Std Dev Beta Alpha R-SquaredComposite 10.79 9.24 0.97 1.29 98.52Policy Index 9.66 9.42 1.00 0.00 100.003 Mth T-Bill 0.07 0.02 1.00 0.00 100.00
Policy Index
3 Mth T-Bill
Composite
Policy Index
3 Mth T-Bill
More ReturnLess Risk
More ReturnMore Risk
Less ReturnLess Risk
Less ReturnMore Risk
Risk versus Reward AnalysisSeptember 30, 2010 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 7
Standard Deviation (Risk)17.0016.0015.0014.0013.0012.0011.0010.009.008.007.006.005.004.003.002.001.000.00-1.00-2.00
Ann
ualiz
ed R
ate
of
Ret
urn
(%
)
11.00
10.00
9.00
8.00
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
-1.00
Return Std Dev Beta Alpha R-SquaredComposite 9.98 12.43 0.86 2.29 98.02Policy Index 8.64 14.28 1.00 0.00 100.003 Mth T-Bill 0.11 0.03 1.00 0.00 100.00
Policy Index
3 Mth T-Bill
Composite
Policy Index
3 Mth T-Bill
More ReturnLess Risk
More ReturnMore Risk
Less ReturnLess Risk
Less ReturnMore Risk
Risk versus Reward AnalysisSeptember 30, 2008 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 8
Standard Deviation (Risk)14.0013.0012.0011.0010.009.008.007.006.005.004.003.002.001.000.00-1.00
Ann
ualiz
ed R
ate
of
Ret
urn
(%
)
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.00
Return Std Dev Beta Alpha R-SquaredComposite 6.49 10.73 0.87 1.62 97.99Policy Index 5.29 12.24 1.00 0.00 100.003 Mth T-Bill 0.90 0.45 1.00 0.00 100.00
Policy Index
3 Mth T-Bill
Composite
Policy Index
3 Mth T-Bill
More ReturnLess Risk
More ReturnMore Risk
Less ReturnLess Risk
Less ReturnMore Risk
Risk versus Reward AnalysisDecember 31, 2006 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 9
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
25
20
15
10
5
0
Quarter Calendar YTD One Year Three Years Five Years 12/2006-9/2013Highest Value 8.73 21.04 25.24 12.61 9.74 5.74First Quartile 5.45 12.35 14.08 10.92 8.78 5.26Median Value 4.94 10.83 12.51 10.40 8.23 4.88Third Quartile 4.06 8.43 10.55 8.97 7.53 4.36Lowest Value 0.00 0.02 0.03 0.05 1.87 3.21Mean 4.67 10.05 11.83 9.48 7.89 4.78
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankGwinnett County 6.07 12 11.69 40 13.72 31 10.79 27 9.98 1 6.49 1Policy Index 4.61 63 9.60 65 11.13 68 9.66 62 8.64 33 5.29 20Dynamic Index 4.89 51 10.28 56 11.83 65 9.65 62 8.22 51 N/A N/A
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-402012 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007
Highest Value 16.98 8.26 18.14 32.18 -5.13 12.17First Quartile 13.35 2.59 14.23 21.28 -22.01 8.53Median Value 12.50 1.44 12.63 18.99 -24.73 7.50Third Quartile 11.46 0.06 11.67 16.71 -27.11 6.32Lowest Value 0.04 -3.21 2.46 6.88 -36.14 4.74Mean 11.77 1.51 12.09 19.20 -24.28 7.37
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankGwinnett County 12.34 51 2.01 31 15.18 7 22.23 22 -21.51 23 8.08 32Policy Index 11.79 58 1.71 48 14.38 21 23.40 18 -24.20 38 6.23 80Dynamic Index 11.46 74 1.17 62 13.65 35 19.45 48 -24.15 38 N/A N/A
Annual Periods
Trailing Periods
Composite Peer Universe Comparison versus BNY Mellon Public Funds Less Than $1 Billion Managers
Please be sure to read the DISCLOSURE SECTION at the end of this report which contains important disclosures and disclaimers on the information provided to you in this report.The inception date may or may not be coincident with the date that the UBS Institutional Consulting Group commenced providing performance reporting services to you.
Page 10
COMPOSITE BENCHMARK
11/30/2011 - Present35.00% Barclays Aggregate15.00% MSCI ACWI ex US Net12.50% Russell 1000 Growth12.50% Russell 1000 Value7.50% Russell 20007.50% Russell Midcap5.00% Citigroup World Gov't Bond5.00% NAREIT Equity
06/30/2005 - 11/30/201135.00% Barclays Aggregate15.00% MSCI ACWI ex US Net12.50% Russell 1000 Growth12.50% Russell 1000 Value7.50% Russell 20007.50% Russell Midcap5.00% JP Morgan Emerging Mkt Bnd + Index5.00% NAREIT Equity
The primary index comparison for your portfolio and each of its asset classes is listed below.
Benchmark Comparisons Used In This Report
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 11
Latest Quarter Year to Date
Beginning Mkt Value 112,019,799 95,929,972
Net Contributions (469) 81,362
Interest And Dividend Income 787,977 2,319,660
Net Capital Appreciation 4,570,412 19,128,556
Fees 91,886 265,603
Ending Mkt Value 117,377,718 117,377,718
Cash & Equivalents1.3%
Equity 98.7%
Quarter One Year Three Years Five Years
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Total Portfolio Russell 1000 Value
Standard Deviation (Risk)26.0024.0022.0020.0018.0016.0014.0012.0010.008.006.004.002.000.00-2.00
Ann
ualiz
ed R
ate
of R
etu
rn (%
)
12.00
11.00
10.00
9.00
8.00
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
-1.00
Return Std Dev Beta Alpha R-SquaredTotal Portfolio 11.01 20.89 0.90 2.68 95.72Russell 1000 Value 8.86 22.74 1.00 0.00 100.00Barclays Treas Bill 0.19 0.11 1.00 0.00 100.00
Russell 1000 Value
Barclays Treas Bill
Total Portfolio
Russell 1000 Value
Barclays Treas Bill
More ReturnLess Risk
More ReturnMore Risk
Less ReturnLess Risk
Less ReturnMore Risk
Asset Allocation
Portfolio Performance Risk vs Reward
Change in Financial Position
Executive Summary as of September 30, 2013Barrow Hanley
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 12
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Quarter Calendar YTD One Year Three Years Five Years 1/2007-9/2013Highest Value 8.53 28.28 32.92 19.60 14.40 8.05First Quartile 6.21 23.53 26.24 17.25 11.19 5.71Median Value 5.11 21.42 23.58 16.20 9.99 4.85Third Quartile 4.29 19.68 20.28 14.94 8.87 3.74Lowest Value 2.40 15.74 14.97 12.36 6.99 1.93Mean 5.24 21.67 23.42 16.17 10.11 4.79
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankBarrow Hanley 4.78 61 22.36 40 24.07 46 17.16 26 11.01 27 4.65 54Russell 1000 Value 3.94 83 20.47 64 22.30 60 16.25 48 8.86 75 3.07 91
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
50403020100
-10-20-30-40-50
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008Highest Value 21.77 10.78 19.99 46.13 -24.06First Quartile 17.73 4.12 16.53 29.58 -32.05Median Value 15.68 1.19 14.86 24.98 -34.92Third Quartile 12.97 -1.32 13.18 20.85 -37.30Lowest Value 9.23 -7.14 10.12 13.27 -44.34Mean 15.40 1.42 14.89 25.79 -34.55
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankBarrow Hanley 15.26 54 4.43 22 11.16 94 23.22 59 -34.66 45Russell 1000 Value 17.51 26 0.39 60 15.51 38 19.69 82 -36.85 71
Annual Periods
Trailing Periods
Total Portfolio Peer Universe Comparison versus Large Cap Value Managers
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 13
Up Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
34.0
32.0
30.0
28.0
26.0
24.0
22.0
20.0
18.0
16.0
14.0
12.0
10.0
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio 24.07 33.75Russell 1000 Value 22.30 33.83Difference 1.76 -0.08Ratio 1.08 1.00Up Periods 4 9
Down Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
0.0
-1.0-2.0-3.0
-4.0-5.0
-6.0-7.0-8.0-9.0
-10.0-11.0-12.0-13.0-14.0-15.0-16.0-17.0
-18.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio N/A -16.41Russell 1000 Value N/A -18.46Difference N/A 2.05Ratio N/A 0.89Down Periods 0 3
Performance in Rising and Declining MarketsJanuary 3, 2007 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 14
Fund's Average Investment Exposure and Market Index Returns
Quarter
Asset Class
Alt Equity 0.00
Cash & Equivalents 2.07
Equity 97.97
International Equity 0.00
Asset Class Index Performance
N/A
Barclays Treas Bill 0.02
Russell 1000 Value 3.94
Total Portfolio and Benchmark Performance
Dynamic Index N/A
Policy Index 3.94
Portfolio Return 4.78
Value Added By Manager
Market Timing N/A
Security Selection N/A
Total Value Added 0.84
Market Timing And Security SelectionJune 30, 2013 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 15
Latest Quarter Year to Date
Beginning Mkt Value 33,749,842 27,378,522
Net Contributions -- 44,489
Interest And Dividend Income 81,562 264,355
Net Capital Appreciation 3,019,283 9,207,810
Fees 54,843 150,791
Ending Mkt Value 36,850,687 36,850,687
Cash & Equivalents4.5%
Equity 95.5%
Quarter Calendar YTD 1 Year Inception
Rate
of
Retu
rn (
%)
40383634323028262422201816141210
86420
Total Portfolio Russell Midcap
3/2012 6/2012 9/2012 12/2012 3/2013 6/2013 9/2013
Dol
lar
Val
ue
145
140
135
130
125
120
115
110
105
100
95
90
85
Quarter Calendar YTD 1 Year InceptionTotal Portfolio 9.19 34.60 38.80 25.93Russell Midcap 7.70 24.34 27.91 18.57
Asset Allocation
Portfolio Performance Growth of a Dollar
Change in Financial Position
Executive Summary as of September 30, 2013Fairpointe Capital
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 16
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Quarter YTD Calendar YTD One Year 3/2012-9/2013Highest Value 11.35 29.69 29.69 36.76 24.17First Quartile 9.44 27.86 27.86 30.65 20.59Median Value 8.34 24.92 24.92 28.31 17.84Third Quartile 7.59 22.85 22.85 26.09 16.21Lowest Value 3.73 18.69 18.69 22.78 13.40Mean 8.41 24.84 24.84 28.40 18.05
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankFairpointe Capital 9.19 28 34.60 1 34.60 1 38.80 1 25.93 1Russell Midcap 7.70 66 24.34 51 24.34 51 27.91 56 18.57 40
Trailing Periods
Total Portfolio Peer Universe Comparison versus Mid Cap Core Managers
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 17
Up Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
40.038.036.034.032.030.028.026.024.022.020.018.016.014.012.010.0
8.06.04.02.00.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio 38.80 N/ARussell Midcap 27.91 34.39Difference 10.88 N/ARatio 1.39 N/AUp Periods 4 10
Down Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
0.0
-2.0
-4.0
-6.0
-8.0
-10.0
-12.0
-14.0
-16.0
-18.0
-20.0
-22.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio N/A N/ARussell Midcap N/A -22.46Difference N/A N/ARatio N/A N/ADown Periods 0 2
Performance in Rising and Declining MarketsMarch 30, 2012 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 18
Fund's Average Investment Exposure and Market Index Returns
Quarter
Asset Class
Cash & Equivalents 1.47
Equity 98.69
International Equity 0.00
Asset Class Index Performance
Barclays Treas Bill 0.02
Russell 2000 10.21
Total Portfolio and Benchmark Performance
Dynamic Index 10.04
Policy Index 7.70
Portfolio Return 9.19
Value Added By Manager
Market Timing 2.35
Security Selection -0.86
Total Value Added 1.49
Market Timing And Security SelectionJune 30, 2013 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 19
Latest Quarter Year to Date
Beginning Mkt Value 29,583,100 26,152,305
Net Contributions -- 52,786
Interest And Dividend Income 124,230 184,479
Net Capital Appreciation 2,170,537 5,541,083
Fees 63,052 174,156
Ending Mkt Value 31,877,867 31,877,867
Cash & Equivalents3.4%
Equity 96.6%
Quarter Calendar YTD 1 Year Inception
Rate
of
Retu
rn (
%)
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Total Portfolio Russell Midcap Grwth
3/2012 6/2012 9/2012 12/2012 3/2013 6/2013 9/2013
Dol
lar
Val
ue
130
125
120
115
110
105
100
95
90
Quarter Calendar YTD 1 Year InceptionTotal Portfolio 7.76 21.89 22.05 13.51Russell Midcap Grwth 9.34 25.42 27.54 17.17
Asset Allocation
Portfolio Performance Growth of a Dollar
Change in Financial Position
Executive Summary as of September 30, 2013William Blair
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 20
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Quarter YTD Calendar YTD One Year 3/2012-9/2013Highest Value 15.97 33.44 33.44 35.24 22.85First Quartile 12.30 28.67 28.67 30.39 19.47Median Value 10.93 26.67 26.67 27.82 17.32Third Quartile 9.56 24.22 24.22 25.34 14.47Lowest Value 7.73 19.76 19.76 19.68 11.53Mean 11.09 26.60 26.60 27.85 17.10
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankWilliam Blair 7.76 98 21.89 93 21.89 93 22.05 93 13.51 87Russell Midcap Grwth 9.34 79 25.42 64 25.42 64 27.54 52 17.17 50
Trailing Periods
Total Portfolio Peer Universe Comparison versus Mid Cap Growth Managers
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 21
Up Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
36.0
34.0
32.0
30.0
28.0
26.0
24.0
22.0
20.0
18.0
16.0
14.0
12.0
10.0
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio 22.05 N/ARussell Midcap Grwth 27.54 35.53Difference -5.49 N/ARatio 0.80 N/AUp Periods 4 10
Down Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
0.0
-2.0
-4.0
-6.0
-8.0
-10.0
-12.0
-14.0
-16.0
-18.0
-20.0
-22.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio N/A N/ARussell Midcap Grwth N/A -23.85Difference N/A N/ARatio N/A N/ADown Periods 0 2
Performance in Rising and Declining MarketsMarch 30, 2012 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 22
Fund's Average Investment Exposure and Market Index Returns
Quarter
Asset Class
Cash & Equivalents 3.25
Equity 96.75
Asset Class Index Performance
Barclays Treas Bill 0.02
Russell Midcap Grwth 9.34
Total Portfolio and Benchmark Performance
Dynamic Index 9.05
Policy Index 9.34
Portfolio Return 7.76
Value Added By Manager
Market Timing -0.29
Security Selection -1.29
Total Value Added -1.58
Market Timing And Security SelectionJune 30, 2013 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 23
Latest Quarter Year to Date
Beginning Mkt Value 32,221,001 26,969,363
Net Contributions -- 52,554
Interest And Dividend Income 87,199 274,150
Net Capital Appreciation 2,973,552 8,038,239
Fees 61,109 172,600
Ending Mkt Value 35,281,752 35,281,752
Cash & Equivalents1.1%
Equity 98.9%
Quarter Calendar YTD 1 Year Inception
Rate
of
Retu
rn (
%)
383634323028262422201816141210
86420
Total Portfolio Russell Midcap Value
3/2012 6/2012 9/2012 12/2012 3/2013 6/2013 9/2013
Dol
lar
Val
ue
140
135
130
125
120
115
110
105
100
95
90
85
Quarter Calendar YTD 1 Year InceptionTotal Portfolio 9.50 30.82 36.66 21.82Russell Midcap Value 5.89 22.94 27.77 19.58
Asset Allocation
Portfolio Performance Growth of a Dollar
Change in Financial Position
Executive Summary as of September 30, 2013Vaughan Nelson
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 24
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Quarter YTD Calendar YTD One Year 3/2012-9/2013Highest Value 10.05 32.25 32.25 36.70 25.34First Quartile 8.60 27.40 27.40 32.02 21.57Median Value 7.93 24.83 24.83 29.15 19.63Third Quartile 6.73 22.57 22.57 26.75 17.35Lowest Value 4.81 18.31 18.31 21.76 14.25Mean 7.73 25.00 25.00 29.47 19.53
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankVaughan Nelson 9.50 11 30.82 6 30.82 6 36.66 1 21.82 20Russell Midcap Value 5.89 90 22.94 67 22.94 67 27.77 65 19.58 50
Trailing Periods
Total Portfolio Peer Universe Comparison versus Mid Cap Value Managers
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 25
Up Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
38.036.034.032.030.028.026.024.022.020.018.016.014.012.010.0
8.06.04.02.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio 36.66 N/ARussell Midcap Value 27.77 37.84Difference 8.89 N/ARatio 1.32 N/AUp Periods 4 9
Down Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
0.0
-2.0
-4.0
-6.0
-8.0
-10.0
-12.0
-14.0
-16.0
-18.0
-20.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio N/A N/ARussell Midcap Value N/A -21.66Difference N/A N/ARatio N/A N/ADown Periods 0 3
Performance in Rising and Declining MarketsMarch 30, 2012 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 26
Fund's Average Investment Exposure and Market Index Returns
Quarter
Asset Class
Cash & Equivalents 1.12
Equity 98.84
International Equity 0.00
Asset Class Index Performance
Barclays Treas Bill 0.02
Russell Midcap Value 5.89
N/A
Total Portfolio and Benchmark Performance
Dynamic Index N/A
Policy Index 5.89
Portfolio Return 9.50
Value Added By Manager
Market Timing N/A
Security Selection N/A
Total Value Added 3.60
Market Timing And Security SelectionJune 30, 2013 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 27
Latest Quarter Year to Date
Beginning Mkt Value 72,190,362 61,962,372
Net Contributions -- 114,958
Interest And Dividend Income 166,720 458,256
Net Capital Appreciation 7,128,757 17,065,211
Fees 136,862 379,563
Ending Mkt Value 79,485,839 79,485,839
Cash & Equivalents4.4%
Equity 95.6%
Quarter One Year Three Years Five Years
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
323028262422201816141210
86420
Total Portfolio Russell 2000
Standard Deviation (Risk)32.0030.0028.0026.0024.0022.0020.0018.0016.0014.0012.0010.008.006.004.002.000.00-2.00
Ann
ualiz
ed R
ate
of R
etu
rn (%
)
18.00
17.00
16.00
15.00
14.00
13.00
12.00
11.00
10.00
9.00
8.00
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
-1.00
-2.00
Return Std Dev Beta Alpha R-SquaredTotal Portfolio 16.11 20.57 0.77 6.22 98.00Russell 2000 11.15 26.30 1.00 0.00 100.00Barclays Treas Bill 0.19 0.11 1.00 0.00 100.00
Russell 2000
Barclays Treas Bill
Total Portfolio
Russell 2000
Barclays Treas Bill
More ReturnLess Risk
More ReturnMore Risk
Less ReturnLess Risk
Less ReturnMore Risk
Asset Allocation
Portfolio Performance Risk vs Reward
Change in Financial Position
Executive Summary as of September 30, 2013Atlanta Capital
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 28
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Quarter Calendar YTD One Year Three Years Five Years 1/2007-9/2013Highest Value 13.68 34.16 40.47 24.72 17.63 10.91First Quartile 10.89 29.70 33.79 21.52 14.39 8.67Median Value 10.18 27.28 31.04 19.91 12.81 7.14Third Quartile 8.98 25.16 27.82 18.07 11.74 6.21Lowest Value 7.46 19.54 19.99 14.06 8.24 3.79Mean 10.11 27.52 30.51 19.82 13.05 7.24
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankAtlanta Capital 10.11 51 28.28 40 31.26 45 22.00 20 16.11 8 12.05 1Russell 2000 10.21 47 27.69 45 30.06 58 18.29 67 11.15 83 5.97 81
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
6050403020100
-10-20-30-40-50
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008Highest Value 22.97 8.55 36.88 54.45 -24.34First Quartile 18.97 2.12 30.68 38.59 -32.45Median Value 16.47 -0.57 27.95 30.91 -35.47Third Quartile 13.88 -3.49 24.92 25.42 -38.52Lowest Value 9.01 -9.98 21.11 16.15 -44.18Mean 16.30 -0.64 28.00 32.35 -35.09
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankAtlanta Capital 12.08 88 10.18 1 25.78 69 26.90 70 -19.69 1Russell 2000 16.35 52 -4.18 79 26.85 63 27.17 68 -33.79 37
Annual Periods
Trailing Periods
Total Portfolio Peer Universe Comparison versus Small Cap Core Managers
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 29
Up Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
44.042.040.038.036.034.032.030.028.026.024.022.020.018.016.014.012.010.0
8.06.04.02.00.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio 31.26 40.89Russell 2000 30.06 42.83Difference 1.20 -1.94Ratio 1.04 0.95Up Periods 4 9
Down Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
0.0
-2.0
-4.0
-6.0
-8.0
-10.0
-12.0
-14.0
-16.0
-18.0
-20.0
-22.0
-24.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio N/A -16.02Russell 2000 N/A -25.79Difference N/A 9.77Ratio N/A 0.62Down Periods 0 3
Performance in Rising and Declining MarketsJanuary 31, 2007 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 30
Fund's Average Investment Exposure and Market Index Returns
Quarter
Asset Class
Cash & Equivalents 4.19
Equity 95.81
Asset Class Index Performance
Barclays Treas Bill 0.02
Russell 2000 10.21
Total Portfolio and Benchmark Performance
Dynamic Index 9.78
Policy Index 10.21
Portfolio Return 10.11
Value Added By Manager
Market Timing -0.43
Security Selection 0.32
Total Value Added -0.10
Market Timing And Security SelectionJune 30, 2013 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 31
Latest Quarter Year to Date
Beginning Mkt Value 42,019,020 40,206,626
Net Contributions -- --
Interest And Dividend Income -- 4
Net Capital Appreciation (838,471) 1,120,560
Fees 71,446 218,087
Ending Mkt Value 41,109,103 41,109,103Real Estate
100.0%
Quarter One Year Three Years Five Years
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
-2
Total Portfolio NAREIT Equity
Standard Deviation (Risk)40.0038.0036.0034.0032.0030.0028.0026.0024.0022.0020.0018.0016.0014.0012.0010.008.006.004.002.000.00-2.00-4.00
Ann
ualiz
ed R
ate
of R
etu
rn (%
)
8.00
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
Return Std Dev Beta Alpha R-SquaredTotal Portfolio 7.05 31.34 0.92 0.72 99.64Nareit Equity 6.19 33.84 1.00 0.00 100.00Barclays Treas Bill 0.19 0.11 1.00 0.00 100.00
NAREIT Equity
Barclays Treas Bill
Total Portfolio
NAREIT Equity
Barclays Treas Bill
More ReturnLess Risk
More ReturnMore Risk
Less ReturnLess Risk
Less ReturnMore Risk
Asset Allocation
Portfolio Performance Risk vs Reward
Change in Financial Position
Executive Summary as of September 30, 2013Invesco REIT
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 32
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
20
15
10
5
0
-5Quarter Calendar YTD One Year Three Years Five Years 1/2007-9/2013
Highest Value -0.16 11.96 16.99 18.88 13.77 7.00First Quartile -1.66 4.00 6.38 13.20 8.84 3.37Median Value -2.46 2.90 5.42 12.86 6.97 1.84Third Quartile -2.87 2.38 4.73 12.38 6.21 1.03Lowest Value -3.28 0.77 2.96 10.90 5.07 -0.48Mean -2.24 3.47 6.29 13.14 7.71 2.23
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankInvesco REIT -2.00 28 2.77 53 5.26 59 12.16 83 7.05 48 1.64 58NAREIT Equity -1.75 25 3.95 25 7.18 21 13.12 29 6.19 80 1.00 77
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
) 50
0
-502012 2011 2010 2009 2008
Highest Value 28.20 13.99 35.11 62.64 -22.73First Quartile 19.12 11.61 30.45 35.97 -32.04Median Value 17.80 10.11 29.27 31.24 -35.19Third Quartile 17.29 8.99 26.62 28.12 -39.07Lowest Value 14.80 -0.75 22.03 24.15 -45.15Mean 18.86 9.54 28.91 33.08 -35.92
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankInvesco REIT 17.94 42 9.52 58 24.40 88 30.76 55 -33.61 30NAREIT Equity 19.72 16 8.27 79 27.94 67 28.01 76 -37.73 62
Annual Periods
Trailing Periods
Total Portfolio Peer Universe Comparison versus REIT/Real Estate Managers
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 33
Up Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
30.0
28.0
26.0
24.0
22.0
20.0
18.0
16.0
14.0
12.0
10.0
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio 9.36 27.23NAREIT Equity 11.47 28.97Difference -2.11 -1.75Ratio 0.82 0.94Up Periods 2 9
Down Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
0.0
-1.0-2.0
-3.0-4.0
-5.0-6.0-7.0
-8.0-9.0
-10.0-11.0
-12.0-13.0
-14.0-15.0
-16.0-17.0-18.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio -3.75 -17.92NAREIT Equity -3.85 -18.34Difference 0.09 0.42Ratio 0.98 0.98Down Periods 2 3
Performance in Rising and Declining MarketsJanuary 5, 2007 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 34
Fund's Average Investment Exposure and Market Index Returns
Quarter
Asset Class
Cash & Equivalents 0.03
Real Estate 99.97
Asset Class Index Performance
Barclays Treas Bill 0.02
NAREIT Equity -1.75
Total Portfolio and Benchmark Performance
Dynamic Index 0.02
Policy Index -1.75
Portfolio Return -2.00
Value Added By Manager
Market Timing 1.77
Security Selection -2.02
Total Value Added -0.25
Market Timing And Security SelectionJune 30, 2013 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 35
Latest Quarter Year to Date
Beginning Mkt Value 117,400,921 117,029,714
Net Contributions -- 195,904
Interest And Dividend Income 887,577 950,372
Net Capital Appreciation 14,325,417 14,633,829
Fees 240,511 654,526
Ending Mkt Value 132,613,915 132,613,915
Cash & Equivalents10.5%
Equity 89.5%
Quarter One Year Three Years Five Years Inception
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Total Portfolio MSCI ACWI ex US Net
Standard Deviation (Risk)21.0020.0019.0018.0017.0016.0015.0014.0013.0012.0011.0010.009.008.007.006.005.004.003.002.001.000.00-1.00-2.00
Ann
ualiz
ed R
ate
of R
etu
rn (%
)
11.00
10.00
9.00
8.00
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
-1.00
Return Std Dev Beta Alpha R-SquaredTotal Portfolio 9.95 17.65 1.01 3.73 98.17Msci Acwi Ex Us Net 5.95 17.33 1.00 0.00 100.00Barclays Treas Bill 0.13 0.03 1.00 0.00 100.00
MSCI ACWI ex US Net
Barclays Treas Bill
Total Portfolio
MSCI ACWI ex US Net
Barclays Treas Bill
More ReturnLess Risk
More ReturnMore Risk
Less ReturnLess Risk
Less ReturnMore Risk
Asset Allocation
Portfolio Performance Risk vs Reward
Change in Financial Position
Executive Summary as of September 30, 20131607 Capital Partners
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 36
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-5Quarter Calendar YTD One Year Three Years Five Years 6/2008-9/2013
Highest Value 13.80 21.31 28.79 12.28 12.54 6.39First Quartile 11.31 15.69 23.71 8.87 7.40 2.79Median Value 10.38 14.05 21.31 7.69 6.10 1.46Third Quartile 9.23 11.61 18.07 6.48 5.02 0.23Lowest Value 6.18 3.98 9.24 1.09 2.03 -3.64Mean 10.23 13.56 20.79 7.64 6.39 1.54
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank1607 Capital 11.53 18 13.17 59 20.17 61 9.95 9 10.84 4 4.74 8MSCI ACWI ex US Net 10.09 58 10.05 86 16.50 85 5.95 81 6.26 44 1.08 60
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
50
0
2012 2011 2010 2009Highest Value 25.04 -7.26 22.55 82.38First Quartile 20.76 -11.86 14.24 39.03Median Value 18.53 -13.66 10.69 33.21Third Quartile 16.43 -15.55 8.30 28.18Lowest Value 12.67 -22.65 4.08 20.87Mean 18.44 -13.83 11.65 34.88
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank1607 Capital 20.71 24 -11.72 23 20.87 5 46.88 11MSCI ACWI ex US Net 16.83 70 -13.71 50 11.15 44 41.47 15
Annual Periods
Trailing Periods
Total Portfolio Peer Universe Comparison versus International Equity Managers
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 37
Up Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
30.0
28.0
26.0
24.0
22.0
20.0
18.0
16.0
14.0
12.0
10.0
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio 24.55 30.05MSCI ACWI ex US Net 20.24 25.19Difference 4.31 4.86Ratio 1.21 1.19Up Periods 3 9
Down Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
0.0
-2.0
-4.0
-6.0
-8.0
-10.0
-12.0
-14.0
-16.0
-18.0
-20.0
-22.0
-24.0
-26.0
-28.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio -3.52 -26.40MSCI ACWI ex US Net -3.11 -28.26Difference -0.41 1.85Ratio 1.13 0.93Down Periods 1 3
Performance in Rising and Declining MarketsJune 30, 2008 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 38
Fund's Average Investment Exposure and Market Index Returns
Quarter
Asset Class
Alt Equity 0.00
Cash & Equivalents 4.27
Equity 95.56
International Equity 0.00
Other Assets 0.00
Asset Class Index Performance
N/A
Barclays Treas Bill 0.02
MSCI ACWI ex US Net 10.09
Total Portfolio and Benchmark Performance
Dynamic Index N/A
Policy Index 10.09
Portfolio Return 11.53
Value Added By Manager
Market Timing N/A
Security Selection N/A
Total Value Added 1.44
Market Timing And Security SelectionJune 30, 2013 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 39
Latest Quarter Year to Date
Beginning Mkt Value 159,610,512 163,811,822
Net Contributions (6,126,679) (6,023,803)
Interest And Dividend Income 1,303,478 3,280,548
Net Capital Appreciation (616,519) (6,794,900)
Fees 94,533 293,940
Ending Mkt Value 154,170,791 154,170,791
Quarter One Year Three Years Five Years Inception
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
-3
Total Portfolio Barclays Aggregate
Standard Deviation (Risk)4.003.002.001.000.00
Ann
ualiz
ed R
ate
of R
etu
rn (%
)
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
Return Std Dev Beta Alpha R-SquaredTotal Portfolio 3.07 3.17 0.95 0.34 96.15Barclays Aggregate 2.86 3.27 1.00 0.00 100.00Barclays Treas Bill 0.13 0.03 1.00 0.00 100.00
Barclays Aggregate
Barclays Treas Bill
Total Portfolio
Barclays Aggregate
Barclays Treas Bill
More ReturnLess Risk
More ReturnMore Risk
Less ReturnLess Risk
Less ReturnMore Risk
Asset Allocation
Portfolio Performance Risk vs Reward
Change in Financial Position
Executive Summary as of September 30, 2013ING
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 40
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
10
8
6
4
2
0
-2
Quarter Calendar YTD One Year Three Years Five Years 12/2007-9/2013Highest Value 1.07 0.63 1.27 5.01 9.32 7.23First Quartile 0.80 -0.68 -0.08 3.79 6.93 5.82Median Value 0.66 -1.31 -0.81 3.18 6.12 5.30Third Quartile 0.51 -1.78 -1.39 2.67 5.41 4.79Lowest Value 0.06 -2.68 -2.50 1.68 3.37 3.24Mean 0.65 -1.18 -0.72 3.25 6.17 5.27
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankING 0.67 47 -1.85 80 -1.49 79 3.07 57 6.29 44 5.76 28Barclays Aggregate 0.57 66 -1.89 82 -1.68 83 2.86 67 5.41 75 4.80 74
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
) 15
10
5
0
-5
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008Highest Value 10.04 10.20 11.19 17.86 9.67First Quartile 6.46 7.93 7.85 11.10 6.50Median Value 5.34 6.96 6.88 8.55 4.37Third Quartile 4.42 5.75 6.18 6.49 1.33Lowest Value 1.96 2.02 3.40 3.10 -7.43Mean 5.49 6.68 7.01 9.01 3.50
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankING 5.21 55 7.40 41 7.88 23 8.84 46 5.98 30Barclays Aggregate 4.21 78 7.84 30 6.54 62 5.93 80 5.24 40
Annual Periods
Trailing Periods
Total Portfolio Peer Universe Comparison versus Core Fixed Income Managers
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 41
Up Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio 1.04 5.89Barclays Aggregate 0.78 5.59Difference 0.25 0.30Ratio 1.33 1.05Up Periods 2 9
Down Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
0.0
-1.0
-2.0
-3.0
One Year Three YearsTotal Portfolio -2.50 -3.74Barclays Aggregate -2.44 -3.71Difference -0.06 -0.03Ratio 1.02 1.01Down Periods 2 3
Performance in Rising and Declining MarketsDecember 10, 2007 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 42
Fund's Average Investment Exposure and Market Index Returns
Quarter
Asset Class
Alt Equity 0.00
Cash & Equivalents -8.50
US Treasury Bills 0.00
Fixed Income 73.70
Equity 0.00
Equity 0.00
Asset Class Index Performance
N/A
Barclays Treas Bill 0.02
Barclays Aggregate 0.57
Total Portfolio and Benchmark Performance
Dynamic Index N/A
Policy Index 0.57
Portfolio Return 0.67
Value Added By Manager
Market Timing N/A
Security Selection N/A
Total Value Added 0.10
Market Timing And Security SelectionJune 30, 2013 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 43
Latest Quarter Year to Date
Beginning Mkt Value 102,360,795 105,080,365
Net Contributions -- 50,356
Interest And Dividend Income 776,257 2,199,071
Net Capital Appreciation (351,058) (4,493,443)
Fees 50,014 150,329
Ending Mkt Value 102,785,994 102,785,994
Distribution of Assets Time Weighted Rates of ReturnMarket Value Market Value Latest Year To One Since
09/30/2013 Allocation 06/30/2013 Allocation Quarter Date Year InceptionRyan Labs
Total Portfolio $102,785,994 100.00% $102,360,795 100.00% 0.33% -1.78% -1.36% 1.82%Cash & Equivalents $1,131,454 1.10% $730,196 0.71% 0.02% 0.06% 0.06% 0.04%Fixed Income $101,654,540 98.90% $101,630,599 99.29% 0.42% -2.34% -1.86% 1.89%Equity
Cash & Equivalents1.1%
Fixed Income98.9%
Latest Month Latest Quarter Year To Date One Year Since Inception
Rate
of
Retu
rn (
%)
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
-3
Total Portfolio Barclays Aggregate
6/2012 9/2012 12/2012 3/2013 6/2013 9/2013
Dol
lar
Val
ue
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
Latest Month Latest Quarter Year To Date One Year Since InceptionRyan Labs 1.02 0.33 -1.78 -1.36 1.82Barclays Aggregate 0.95 0.57 -1.89 -1.68 0.58
Asset Allocation
Portfolio Performance Growth of a Dollar
Change in Financial Position
Executive Summary as of September 30, 2013Ryan Labs
Please be sure to read the DISCLOSURE SECTION at the end of this report which contains important disclosures and disclaimers on the information provided to you in this report.The inception date may or may not be coincident with the date that the UBS Institutional Consulting Group commenced providing performance reporting services to you.
Page 44
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
-3Quarter Calendar YTD One Year 4/2012-9/2013
Highest Value 1.07 0.63 1.27 3.41First Quartile 0.80 -0.68 -0.08 1.83Median Value 0.66 -1.31 -0.81 1.29Third Quartile 0.51 -1.78 -1.39 0.83Lowest Value 0.06 -2.68 -2.50 0.20Mean 0.65 -1.18 -0.72 1.40
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankRyan Labs 0.33 93 -1.78 75 -1.36 74 1.82 25Barclays Aggregate 0.57 66 -1.89 82 -1.68 83 0.58 87
Annual Periods
Trailing Periods
Total Portfolio Peer Universe Comparison versus Core Fixed Income Managers
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 45
Up Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
Three Years Five YearsTotal Portfolio N/A N/ABarclays Aggregate 5.59 7.34Difference N/A N/ARatio N/A N/AUp Periods 9 17
Down Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
0.0
-1.0
-2.0
-3.0
Three Years Five YearsTotal Portfolio N/A N/ABarclays Aggregate -3.71 -3.71Difference N/A N/ARatio N/A N/ADown Periods 3 3
Performance in Rising and Declining MarketsSeptember 30, 2008 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 46
Fund's Average Investment Exposure and Market Index Returns
Quarter
Asset Class
Cash & Equivalents 0.83
Fixed Income 99.17
Equity 0.00
Asset Class Index Performance
Barclays Treas Bill 0.02
Barclays Aggregate 0.57
Total Portfolio and Benchmark Performance
Dynamic Index 0.56
Policy Index 0.57
Portfolio Return 0.33
Value Added By Manager
Market Timing -0.01
Security Selection -0.24
Total Value Added -0.24
Market Timing And Security SelectionJune 30, 2013 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 47
Latest Quarter Year to Date
Beginning Mkt Value 23,602,115 23,926,760
Net Contributions -- --
Interest And Dividend Income 235,151 699,245
Net Capital Appreciation 18,293 (770,446)
Fees -- --
Ending Mkt Value 23,855,559 23,855,559Fixed Income
100.0%
Quarter Calendar YTD 1 Year Inception
Rate
of
Retu
rn (
%)
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
TOTAL FUND CG World Gov't
12/2011 3/2012 6/2012 9/2012 12/2012 3/2013 6/2013 9/2013
Dol
lar
Val
ue
123
120
118
115
113
110
108
105
103
100
98
95
93
Quarter Calendar YTD 1 Year InceptionTOTAL FUND 1.07 -0.30 3.59 8.78CG World Gov't 2.88 -2.94 -4.60 -0.77
Asset Allocation
Portfolio Performance Growth of a Dollar
Change in Financial Position
Executive Summary as of September 30, 2013Templeton Global Bond
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 48
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
141210
86420
-2-4-6
Quarter Calendar YTD One Year 12/2011-9/2013Highest Value 3.97 5.97 8.34 14.50First Quartile 2.37 1.16 3.38 6.51Median Value 1.38 -1.36 0.30 4.24Third Quartile 0.60 -2.84 -1.98 1.50Lowest Value -1.32 -4.70 -5.36 -0.04Mean 1.37 -0.83 0.64 4.85
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankTempleton Global 1.07 53 -0.30 34 3.59 21 8.78 16CG World Gov't 2.88 4 -2.94 78 -4.60 95 -0.77 99
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
20181614121086420
2012Highest Value 19.43First Quartile 11.95Median Value 7.76Third Quartile 5.34Lowest Value 1.58Mean 8.74
Return RankTempleton Global 16.22 10CG World Gov't 1.65 99
Annual Periods
Trailing Periods
TOTAL FUND Peer Universe Comparison versus Global Fixed Income Managers
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 49
Up Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
One Year Three YearsTOTAL FUND 1.07 N/ACG World Gov't 2.88 9.04Difference -1.81 N/ARatio 0.37 N/AUp Periods 1 6
Down Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
2.0
1.0
0.0
-1.0
-2.0
-3.0
-4.0
-5.0
-6.0
-7.0
One Year Three YearsTOTAL FUND 2.49 N/ACG World Gov't -7.27 -6.42Difference 9.77 N/ARatio -0.34 N/ADown Periods 3 6
Performance in Rising and Declining MarketsDecember 8, 2011 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 50
Fund's Average Investment Exposure and Market Index Returns
Quarter
Asset Class
Cash & Equivalents 0.00
Fixed Income 100.00
Asset Class Index Performance
N/A
CG World Gov't 2.88
Total Portfolio and Benchmark Performance
Dynamic Index N/A
Policy Index 2.88
Portfolio Return 1.07
Value Added By Manager
Market Timing N/A
Security Selection N/A
Total Value Added -1.81
Market Timing And Security SelectionJune 30, 2013 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 51
Latest Quarter Year to Date
Beginning Mkt Value 22,131,185 23,323,371
Net Contributions -- --
Interest And Dividend Income 102,999 251,126
Net Capital Appreciation 190,048 (1,150,265)
Fees -- --
Ending Mkt Value 22,424,232 22,424,232Fixed Income
100.0%
Quarter Calendar YTD 1 Year Inception
Rate
of
Retu
rn (
%)
4
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
TOTAL FUND CG World Gov't
12/2011 3/2012 6/2012 9/2012 12/2012 3/2013 6/2013 9/2013
Dol
lar
Val
ue
112
110
108
106
104
102
100
98
96
94
Quarter Calendar YTD 1 Year InceptionTOTAL FUND 1.32 -3.86 -2.58 3.32CG World Gov't 2.88 -2.94 -4.60 -0.77
Asset Allocation
Portfolio Performance Growth of a Dollar
Change in Financial Position
Executive Summary as of September 30, 2013Dreyfus International
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 52
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
141210
86420
-2-4-6
Quarter Calendar YTD One Year 12/2011-9/2013Highest Value 3.97 5.97 8.34 14.50First Quartile 2.37 1.16 3.38 6.51Median Value 1.38 -1.36 0.30 4.24Third Quartile 0.60 -2.84 -1.98 1.50Lowest Value -1.32 -4.70 -5.36 -0.04Mean 1.37 -0.83 0.64 4.85
Return Rank Return Rank Return Rank Return RankDreyfus Intl 1.32 50 -3.86 88 -2.58 82 3.32 58CG World Gov't 2.88 4 -2.94 78 -4.60 95 -0.77 99
Rate
of
Retu
rn (%
)
20181614121086420
2012Highest Value 19.43First Quartile 11.95Median Value 7.76Third Quartile 5.34Lowest Value 1.58Mean 8.74
Return RankDreyfus Intl 10.12 28CG World Gov't 1.65 99
Annual Periods
Trailing Periods
TOTAL FUND Peer Universe Comparison versus Global Fixed Income Managers
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 53
Up Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
One Year Three YearsTOTAL FUND 1.32 N/ACG World Gov't 2.88 9.04Difference -1.56 N/ARatio 0.46 N/AUp Periods 1 6
Down Market Performance
Rate
of
Ret
urn
(%)
0.0
-1.0
-2.0
-3.0
-4.0
-5.0
-6.0
-7.0
One Year Three YearsTOTAL FUND -3.86 N/ACG World Gov't -7.27 -6.42Difference 3.42 N/ARatio 0.53 N/ADown Periods 3 6
Performance in Rising and Declining MarketsDecember 8, 2011 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 54
Fund's Average Investment Exposure and Market Index Returns
Quarter
Asset Class
Cash & Equivalents 0.00
Fixed Income 100.00
Asset Class Index Performance
Barclays Treas Bill 0.02
CG World Gov't 2.88
Total Portfolio and Benchmark Performance
Dynamic Index 0.02
Policy Index 2.88
Portfolio Return 1.32
Value Added By Manager
Market Timing -2.86
Security Selection 1.30
Total Value Added -1.56
Market Timing And Security SelectionJune 30, 2013 Through September 30, 2013
returns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.official record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futureThis report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are the
Page 55
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
This report is provided for informational purposes only, does not constitute an offer to buy or sell securities or investment products and is current as of the date shown. It may include information regarding your InstitutionalConsulting accounts held at various UBS entities including UBS Financial Services Inc., UBS Securities LLC and UBS AG (collectively, "UBS" or "UBS entities"), as well as accounts you hold at other financial institutions. Accountsincluded in this report are identified at the beginning of the report. Also, information may be shown for individual accounts or as one or more combined portfolios; the accounts included in each portfolio are also identified at thebeginning of the report.
ACCOUNTS AND ASSETS INCLUDEDUBS account statements provide the official records of holdings, balances, transactions, and security values of assets held in UBS accounts and are not replaced, amended or superseded by any of the information presented in thisreport. Note that various factors, including unpriced securities and certain holdings, adjustments or activity may cause the results shown in this report to differ from actual performance. Note that these results may differ from otherperformance reports provided to you by UBS. Performance information may be impacted by the different ways each UBS entity or third party financial institution respectively records trade executions. Past performance is no guaranteeof future results. Neither the UBS entities nor any of their respective representatives provide tax or legal advice. You must consult with your legal or tax advisors regarding your personal circumstances.
If assets that you hold at other financial institutions are included in this report, they are being provided as part of your UBS IC Consulting Services Agreement based on information, including pricing and transactional information,furnished to UBS. You should review the account statements and other documentation provided by other financial institutions for their record of holdings, balances, transactions, and security values of assets held in those accounts, aswell as notices, disclosures and other information important to you, and may also serve as a reference should questions arise regarding the accuracy of the information in this report. UBS Financial Services Inc. SIPC coverage wouldonly apply to those assets respectively held at UBS Financial Services Inc. You should contact your financial representative at any other financial institution where you hold an account to determine the availability of SIPC coverage, ifany. In addition, this report may include additional financial assets that you have asked us to include as an accommodation, but are not included as part of your UBS IC Consulting Services Agreement with us. UBS has not verifiedand is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information regarding assets held at other financial institutions.
Pricing of Securities: All securities held in UBS accounts are priced as of the end of the period shown unless otherwise noted and reflect the last recorded transaction of all listed securities, options and OTC NASDAQ securities, whenavailable. Less actively traded securities may be priced using a computerized valuation model and may not reflect an actual market price or value. To obtain current quotations, when available, contact your Institutional Consultant. CDprices may be derived using a computerized valuation model and therefore represent an estimated market value. Deposits or securities denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars may be reflected at the exchange rate as of thedate of these reports. To obtain precise U.S. dollar values for these deposits or securities at a time before the date of these reports, contact your Institutional Consultant. Prices may or may not represent current or future market value.Every reasonable attempt has been made to accurately price securities; however, no warranty is made with respect to any security's price. Securities that have no readily available market value are displayed at the most recentlyobtainable price. Such pricing may affect the performance information provided in these reports.
The services UBS provides to you may be based on and/or include information obtained from third-party sources. Assets held at other financial institutions reflect the price provided by the respective institution or you. UBS will notindependently verify pricing information obtained from third-party sources and cannot guarantee the accuracy of such third-party information. If pricing is indicated as "NA", the required data for that field was not provided by theother financial institution or you; this will affect the performance information provided in these reports.
Certain Assets: Certain assets may not be held by or within the possession and control of the UBS entities are displayed on these reports for informational purposes only. Positions and values of these assets (e.g., insurance, annuitiesand 529 plans) and certain other securities (e.g. thinly traded securities, structured products and alternative investments) are provided by the outside sources and are believed to be reliable, but are not guaranteed as to their accuracy.
Structured products and alternative investments: these investments may not have been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or under any state securities laws. The market for such securities and alternativeinvestments may be highly illiquid and subjectively valued, and these reports provide values for informational purposes only. Accuracy is not guaranteed. These values may differ substantially from prices, if any, at which a unit may bebought or sold and do not necessarily represent the value you would receive from the issuer upon liquidation. Issuer estimated values, if any, are generally updated on a regular (annual or semi-annual) basis and are supplied to us bythe issuer (general partner), but may be calculated based on different information from that used by third parties to derive their estimated values
Investment Policy Statements: UBS will not track or monitor specific investments to determine whether they complement the Investment Policy Statement, unless the client has entered into a written contract with UBS for suchservices through UBS Institutional Consulting.
Retirement Assets: Unless you enter into a separate written contractual arrangement with UBS providing otherwise, you control the investment and reinvestment of the assets in any retirement account held with UBS and neitherUBS nor your Financial Advisor has the authority or responsibility to act as a fiduciary or provide "investment advice" (as that term is defined in ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to your retirement assets. This analysisis provided to you individually and not in your capacity as a participant in any retirement plan.
This report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are theofficial record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futurereturns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.
Page 56
Performance Analytics: Unless otherwise noted, performance shown is based on Time Weighted Rate of Return. Periods greater than one year have been annualized, but annual performance may not represent a full calendar yeardepending on the inception date of the first account included in these reports. Standard deviations are shown only for periods of 12 months or longer. This report may reflect performance before the deduction of fees. The paymentof fees and expenses will reduce the performance of the account and the reduction in performance will have a cumulative effect over time. The net effect of the payment of fees on the annualized performance, and the compoundedor cumulative effect over time, is dependent on the amount of the fee and the account's investment performance. For example, an account that experiences an annual gross performance of 10% but incurs a 2.8% annual fee that isdeducted quarterly on a prorated basis, will experience net annual performance of 7.1%, a reduction of 2.9% per year.
Performance information incorporates data as of the date your accounts became available for these reports, not as of your initial acquisition of a particular investment unless performance history is imported at client's request. Forreports that reflect combined account information, the Performance Start Date will be the earliest performance start date of any of the individual accounts selected for the consolidation time period. If an individual account'sperformance information is not available for a full reporting time period (month to date, quarter to date, year to date or performance to date), that account's information will only be included for the period when available. Forconsolidated accounts that include different account Performance Start Dates, the consolidated Additions/Withdrawals, Income Earned and Investment Appreciation/ Depreciation will include all activity that occurred during theconsolidated reporting time period. Accounts that hold or held insurance products will be reported on from the month end date of when insurance and annuity activity could be obtained from the carrier.
Benchmark Index Information: For comparison purposes, these reports may contain a number of general broad market indices, which were selected to demonstrate the performance of broad market indicators that are readilyrecognized, rather than for direct performance comparisons, and do not reflect the performance of actual investments. Depending on your accounts' holdings and your investment objectives, these indices may not be an appropriatemeasure for comparison purposes, and are therefore presented for illustrative purposes only. The selection and use of benchmarks is not a promise or guarantee that your accounts will meet or exceed the stated benchmarks. Allindices are unmanaged, cannot be invested in directly, assume no management, custody, transaction or the expenses that would lower the performance results, and assume reinvestment of dividends and capital gains. Informationabout indices is based on information obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but no independent verification has been made. UBS does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any index information presented. Marketindex data is subject to review and revision, and UBS reserves the right to substitute indices or display only those indices for which current updated information is available. Information regarding the indexes shown in this report canbe found at the end of this report.
Policy Index: This is a passive index or blending of indexes that you have selected to serve as a comparison point for the performance of an account or group of accounts. These returns do not reflect the impact of transaction costs,fees or taxes which, if included, would lower the results shown.
Gain/(Loss) Information: When data is available from UBS, estimated unrealized gains/losses are calculated for individual security lots. For assets transferred from another financial institution, gain/loss information will be reflectedonly for the period of time the assets have been held at UBS entities. For assets held at other financial institutions, information provided by that entity, if any, is reflected. Total realized gain/loss information may include calculationsbased upon non-UBS entities cost basis information. UBS Financial Services Inc. does not independently verify or guarantee the accuracy or validity of any information provided by sources other than UBS Financial Services Inc. Whenoriginal cost information is unavailable, gain/loss amounts gain/loss amounts will represent current market value and total gains/losses may be inaccurate. Date information for when a particular security was acquired, when available,appears on these reports. When no acquisition date is provided for a security, these reports reflect "N/A" and omit this information. As a result, these figures may not be accurate and are provided for informational purposes only.
Interest and Dividend Income: When shown on this report, information does not reflect your account's tax status or reporting requirements. You should use only official IRS forms for tax reporting purposes. The classification ofprivate investment distributions can only be determined by referring to the official year-end tax-reporting document provided by the issuer.
Contributions and Withdrawals: When shown on a report, information regarding contributions and withdrawals may represent the net value of all cash and securities contributions and withdrawals, and may include program fees(including wrap fees) and other fees added to or subtracted from your accounts from the first day to the last day of the period covered by these reports. Program fees may be separately identified or included in withdrawals exceptwhen paid via an invoice or through a separate account billing arrangement.
Cash Flow: Cash Flow analysis is based on the historical dividend, coupon and interest payments you have received as of the Record Date in connection with the securities listed and assumes that you will continue to hold thesecurities for the periods for which cash flows are projected. This may or may not include principal paybacks for the securities listed. These potential cash flows are subject to change due to a variety of reasons, including but notlimited to, contractual provisions, changes in corporate policies, changes in the value of the underlying securities and interest rate fluctuations. The effect of a call on any security(s) and the consequential impact on its potential cashflow(s) is not reflected in this report. Payments that occur in the same month in which the report is generated -- but prior to the report run ("As of") date -- are not reflected in this report. In determining the potential cash flows, UBSrelies on information obtained from third party services it believes to be reliable but does not independently verify or guarantee the accuracy or validity of any information provided by third parties. Cash flows for mortgage-backed,asset-backed, factored, and other pass-through securities are based on the assumptions that the current face amount, principal pay-down, interest payment and payment frequency remain constant. Calculations may include principalpayments, are intended to be an estimate of future projected interest cash flows and do not in any way guarantee accuracy.
This report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are theofficial record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futurereturns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.
Page 57
Calculation Definitions
Alpha: Alpha measures the difference between an investment's actual performance, and its expected performance as indicated by the returns of a selected market index. A positive Alpha indicates the risk-adjusted performance isabove that index. In calculating Alpha, Standard Deviation (total risk) is used as risk measure. Alpha is often used to judge the value added or subtracted by a manager.
Appreciation/Depreciation: Appreciation or Depreciation is the change in market value minus net cash flows. The value indicates by how much the portfolio value has changed due to changes in asset values. Appreciation would bean increase, Depreciation would be a decrease.
Average Exposure: Average Exposure is generally, the average allocation to a segment or an asset. Calculated as the beginning market value plus the weighted net cash flows as a percentage of the total portfolio market value.
Beta: Beta is defined as a Manager's sensitivity to market movements and is used to evaluate market related, or systematic risk. Beta is a measure of the linear relationship, over time, of the Manager's returns and those of theBenchmark. Beta is computed by regressing the Manager's excess returns over the risk free rate (cash proxy) against the excess returns of the Benchmark over the risk free rate. An investment that is as equally volatile as the marketwill have a Beta of 1.0; an investment half as volatile as the market will have a Beta of 0.5; and so on. Thus, Betas higher than 1.0 indicate that the fund is more volatile than the market.
Composite Benchmark: The Composite Benchmark is a weighted average benchmark based on the allocation of funds within each of the portfolios in the composite and the risk index assigned to each portfolio.
Correlation (R): The Correlation represents the degree to which investments move in tandem with one another and is a critical component of diversified portfolio construction. The Correlation varies between a minimum of -1 (movein opposite direction) and a maximum of 1 (completely correlated). Lower Correlations enhance diversification and lead to better risk-adjusted returns within diversified portfolios. An R of less than 0.3 is often considered lowCorrelation.
Current Yield: This measure looks at the current price of a bond instead of its face value and represents the return an investor would expect if he or she purchased the bond and held it for a year. This measure is not an accuratereflection of the actual return that an investor will receive in all cases because bond and stock prices are constantly changing due to market factors.
Distribution of Excess Returns: Distribution of Excess Returns displays an arrangement of statistical data that exhibits the frequency of occurrence of the investment's returns in excess of the selected Market Index.
Down Market (Mkt) Capture Ratio: Down Market Capture Ratio is a measure of an investment's performance in down markets relative to the market itself. A down market is one in which the market's return is less than zero. Thelower the investment's Down Market Capture Ratio, the better the investment protected capital during a market decline. A negative Down Market Capture Ratio indicates that an investment's returns rose while the market declined.
Downside Capture Return: The downside capture return is the cumulative performance of the portfolio in all periods during which the risk benchmark posted a negative return.
Downside Probability: The downside probability is the ratio of the number of periods during which the portfolio posted a negative return to the total number of periods under study. If, for example, during a 12 month span, theportfolio realized 5 months of negative returns, the downside probability would be equal to 5/12 or 42 percent. The sum of the downside and upside probabilities must equal 1.0. The downside probability does not consider the extentto which the portfolio will fail to exceed the target index. It merely considers the likelihood that the target will not be exceeded. It is important to bear in mind this point when comparing the downside probabilities of more than oneportfolio. It is not necessarily correct, for example, to deem portfolio A riskier than portfolio B simply because A has a higher downside probability.
Downside Risk (Semi Standard Deviation, Semi Std Dev, or Downside Deviation):Downside Risk only identifies volatility on the down side. Downside Risk measures the variability of returns below zero, whereas StandardDeviation attributes volatility in either direction to risk. The Downside Risk method calculates the deviations below zero for each observed return. Each time a return falls below zero, the sum is divided by the number of observationsand the square root is taken. This result is then shown on an annualized basis.
Dynamic Index: A Dynamic Index is a weighted average benchmark based on the average allocation of the portfolio within its asset classes and the risk index assigned to each asset class. The index is dynamic in that the asset classweights change as the asset allocation changes.
Effective Duration: A duration calculation for bonds with embedded options. Effective duration takes into account that expected cash flows will fluctuate as interest rates change.
Excess: Denotes that a statistic is being measured relative to the Market Index selected. The data set analyzed consists of the periodic differences between the investment's measure and the selected Market Index's definition.
Expense Ratio: Often referred to as the Net Expense Ratio, Morningstar pulls the net annual expense ratio from the fund's audited annual report. Annual-report expense ratios reflect the actual fees charged during a particular fiscalyear. The annual report expense ratio for a fund of funds is the wrap or sponsor fee only. The expense ratio expresses the percentage of assets deducted each fiscal year for fund expenses, including 12b-1 fees, management fees,administrative fees, operating costs, and all other asset-based costs incurred by the fund. Portfolio transaction fees, or brokerage costs, as well as initial or deferred sales charges are not included in the expense ratio. The expense ratio,which is deducted from the fund's average net assets, is accrued on a daily basis. If the fund's assets are small, its expense ratio can be quite high because the fund must meet its expenses from a restricted asset base. Conversely, asthe net assets of the fund grow, the expense percentage should ideally diminish as expenses are spread across the wider base. Funds may also opt to waive all or a portion of the expenses that make up their overall expense ratio.
Gross Dollar Weighted Return: Gross Dollar Weighted Return is the internal rate of return, excluding money manager fees.
The Gross Expense Ratio: Represents the total gross expenses (net expenses with waivers added back in) divided by the fund's average net assets. If it is not equal to the net expense ratio, the gross expense ratio portrays the fund's
This report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are theofficial record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futurereturns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.
Page 58
expenses had the fund not waived a portion, or all, of its fees. Thus, to some degree, it is an indication of fee contracts. Some fee waivers have an expiration date; other waivers are in place indefinitely.
Gross Time Weighted Return: Gross Time Weighted Return is the Modified Dietz return, excluding money manager fees.
Index Value: Index Value is the unit value series based on the return stream. It can be used to calculate rates of return between any two dates in the report.
Information Ratio: The Information Ratio is a measure of value added by an investment manager. It is the ratio of (annualized) excess return above the selected Market Index to (annualized) Tracking Error. Excess return is calculatedby linking the difference of the manager's return for each period minus the selected Market Index return for each period, then annualizing the result.
Manager Capture Ratio: The Manager Capture Ratio is manager return divided by the selected Market Index return. It shows what portion of the market performance was captured by the manager under certain market conditions:up market, down market, or both.
Market Experience: Market Experience is the presumable market value of the portfolio if it and its cash flows had grown at the policy index rate of return. It lets the reader know if active management has aided or hurt the portfolio.
Net Cash Flow: For the total portfolio, net cash flow is aggregate contributions minus aggregate withdrawals. At the asset class level, net cash flow is aggregate purchases minus aggregate sales minus aggregate income. It is used inthe numerator of the Modified Dietz return calculation. It is the same as "New Money" and "Flow".
Net Dollar Weighted Return: Net Dollar Weighted Returns is the internal rate of return, including money manager fees.
Net Time Weighted Return: Net Time Weighted Return is the Modified Dietz return, including money manager fees.
New Money: For the total portfolio, New Money is aggregate contributions minus aggregate withdrawals. At the asset class level, New Money is aggregate purchases minus aggregate sales minus aggregate income. It is used in thenumerator of the Modified Dietz return calculation. It is the same as "Net Cash Flow" and "Flow".
Rate of Return, ROR, Return %, ROI: All Return terms refer to the Modified Dietz return.
Relative Risk: Relative risk is simply the ratio of the standard deviation of the portfolio to the standard deviation of the risk index. The statistic reveals how much of the variation of the risk index is "shared" by the portfolio. A relativerisk of 1.0 indicates that the portfolio has the same level of return variability as the risk index. A relative risk of less than 1.0 indicates that the portfolio has shown a lower dispersion of returns than the index. A relative risk in excess of1.0 indicates that the portfolio returns have been more dispersed than those of the index.
Riskless Index: The theoretical rate of return of an investment with zero risk. The risk-free rate represents the interest an investor would expect from an absolutely risk-free investment over a specified period of time. The 3 monthT-Bill is the usual index used for riskless.
R-Squared (R2): The diversification measure R2 indicates the percentage of volatility in portfolio returns which can be "explained" by market volatility. This statistic indicates the degree to which the observed values of one variable,such as the returns of a managed portfolio, can be explained by, or are associated with the values of another variable, such as a Market Index. It is especially helpful in assessing how likely it is that Alpha and Beta are statisticallysignificant. The R2 values generally range from 0.0 to 1.0. An investment with an R2 of 1.0 is perfectly correlated with the market whereas an investment with an R2 of 0.0 will behave independently of the market. An R2 of 0.95, forexample, implies that 95% of the fluctuations in a portfolio are explained by fluctuations in the market.
Sector Allocations: The percentage a manager has allocated to specific economic sectors.
Sharpe Ratio: The Sharpe Ratio indicates the excess return per unit of total risk as measured by Standard Deviation. It is a ratio of the arithmetic average of excess returns over the risk free rate to the Standard Deviation. The SharpeRatio is a measure of the premium earned for the risk incurred by the portfolio.
Sortino Ratio: The Sortino Ratio is a measure of reward per unit of risk. With Sortino, the numerator (i.e., reward) is defined as the incremental compounded average return over the minimum acceptable return (MAR). Thedenominator (i.e., risk) is defined as the downside deviation of the returns below the MAR. Since the downside deviation is the standard deviation of those returns which fail to exceed the MAR, the result of the Sortino Ratio is ameasure of the average reward per unit of loss. As with Sharpe and Treynor, the Sortino Ratio only has value when it is used as the basis of comparison between portfolios. The higher the Sortino Ratio, the better.
Standard Deviation: A measure of the extent to which observations in a series vary from the arithmetic mean of the series. The Standard Deviation of a series of asset returns is a measure of volatility or risk of the asset.
Target Allocation: The Target Allocation is the allocation goal of the portfolio.
Tracking Error (Excess Standard Deviation): Tracking Error is a measure of how closely an investment's returns track the returns of the selected Market Index. It is the annualized Standard Deviation of the differences between theinvestment's and the associated index's returns. If an investment tracks its associated index closely, then Tracking Error will be low. If an investment tracks its associated index perfectly, then Tracking Error will be zero.
Treynor Ratio: The Treynor Ratio is defined as the ratio of the manager's excess geometrically annualized return over the portfolio Beta. Excess returns are computed versus the cash index.
Page 59
Up Market (Mkt) Capture Ratio: Up Market Capture Ratio is a measure of a product's performance in up markets relative to the market itself. An up market is one in which the market's return is greater than or equal to zero. Thehigher the investment's Up Market Capture Ratio, the better the investment capitalized on a rising market.
Upside Capture Return: The upside capture return is the cumulative performance of the portfolio in all periods during which the risk benchmark posted a positive return.
Upside Probability: The upside probability is the ratio of the number of periods during which the portfolio posted a positive return to the total number of periods under study. If, for example, during a 12 month span, the portfoliorealized 7 months of positive returns, the upside probability would be equal to 7/12 or 58 percent. The sum of upside and downside probabilities must equal 1.0.
Upside Uncertainty: Upside uncertainty measures the variability of portfolio returns that exceed a minimum acceptable return (MAR). Risk, in this instance, is defined as the likelihood that the MAR will not be achieved. Since thestatistic is defined as the variability of returns greater than the MAR, risk is not an issue. Thus, variability on the upside is referred to as uncertainty, not risk. The upside uncertainty is simply the standard deviation of those portfolioreturns that exceed the MAR. The larger the upside uncertainty, the better.
Weighted Average: This is a calculation that looks at the average for the statistic for each security weighted by the allocation by market value for each security.
Weighted Flow: The net cash flows weighted for the duration of the month during which the money manager had access to the funds. It is used in the denominator of the Modified Dietz rate of return calculation.
Yield: Yield refers to the yield to maturity.
YTD: Year to Date.
Page 60
Index Definitions
10-Year U.S. Treasury Index: A debt obligation issued by the U.S. Treasury with a term of 10 years.Barclays Capital Global Aggregate X U.S.: An index consisting of all investment grade securities issued in different currencies and combining the Barclays Aggregate, Barclays Pan-European Aggregate and Barclays Global Treasuryindexes. The index also includes Eurodollar and Euro-Yen corporate bonds, Canadian government, agency and corporate securities and U.S. dollar investment grade, 144A securities.
Barclays Capital Global Emerging Markets: Tracks total returns of external-currency-denominated debt instruments of the emerging markets: Brady bonds, loans, Eurobonds, and U.S. dollar-denominated local market instruments.The index covers five regions: Americas, Europe, Asia, Middle East and Africa.
Barclays Capital Muni Bond Index: A capitalization-weighted bond index created by Barclays intended to be a representative of major municipal bonds of all quality ratings.
Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Index: Covers the U.S. dollar-denominated, investment grade, fixed rate, taxable bond market segment of SEC-registered securities and includes bonds from the U.S. Treasury, government-related,corporate, mortgage- and asset-backed and commercial mortgage-backed securities.
Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Government: Composed of the Barclays U.S. Treasury Bond Index (all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-targeted issues) and the Agency Bond Index (allpublicly issued debt of U.S. government agencies, quasi-federal corporations, and corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. government).
Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate High Yield: Covers the universe of fixed-rate, dollar-denominated, non-convertible, publicly issued, non-investment grade debt. Pay-in-kind (PIK) bonds, Eurobonds and debt issues from countriesdesignated as emerging markets (e.g., Argentina, Brazil, Venezuela, etc.) are excluded but Canadian bonds and SEC-registered global bonds of issuers in non-emerging countries are included. Original issue zeroes, step-up couponstructures and 144As are also included. Bonds must have at least one year to final maturity, at least $150 million par amount outstanding and be rated Ba1 or lower.
Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Investment Grade: Covers all publicly issued, fixed-rate, nonconvertible, investment grade corporate debt. Issues are rated at least Baa by Moody's Investors Service or BBB by Standard & Poor's.Total return comprises price appreciation / depreciation and income as a percentage of the original investment.
Barclays Capital U.S. Convertibles Composite: The Barclays Capital U.S. Convertible Bond Index represents the market of U.S. convertible bonds. Convertible bonds are bonds that can be exchanged, at the option of the holder, fora specific number of shares of the issuer's preferred stock or common stock.
Barclays Capital U.S. Treasury - Bills (1-3 months): Is a market value-weighted index of investment-grade fixed-rate public obligations of the U.S. Treasury with maturities of three months, excluding zero coupon strips.
Cambridge U.S. Private Equity: Based on returns data compiled on funds representing more than 70% of the total dollars raised by U.S. leveraged buyout funds, subordinated debt and special situation managers between1986-2008.
Cambridge U.S. Venture Capital Index: Based on returns data compiled for more than 75% of U.S., institutional venture capital assets between 1990-2008.
Dow Jones AIG Commodity Index: Composed of futures contracts on 20 physical commodities. It is composed of commodities traded on U.S. exchanges with the exception of nickel, aluminum and zinc. The Index relies primarily onliquidity data or the relative amount of trading activity to determine its weightings. All data used for both liquidity and production calculations are averaged for a five-year period.
HFRI Distressed & Restructuring: Equally weighted index of investment managers who employ an investment process focused on corporate fixed income instruments, primarily on corporate credit instruments of companies tradingat significant discounts to their value at issuance or obliged (par value) at maturity as a result of either formal bankruptcy proceeding or financial market perception of near-term proceedings. Distressed strategies employ primarily debt(greater than 60%) but also may maintain related equity exposure.
HFRI Equity Hedge: Equally weighted index of investment managers who employ equity hedge strategies, maintaining both long and short positions primarily in equity and equity derivative securities. Equity hedge managers wouldtypically maintain at least 50% exposure to, and may in some cases be entirely invested in, equities both long and short.
HFRI Event Driven: Equally weighted index of investment managers who maintain positions in companies currently or prospectively involved in corporate transactions of a wide variety including but not limited to mergers,restructurings, financial distress, tender offers, shareholder buybacks, debt exchanges, security issuance or other capital structure adjustments. Security types can range from most senior in the capital structure to most junior orsubordinated, and frequently involve additional derivative securities.
HFRI Fund of Funds Index: Fund of funds invested with multiple managers through funds or managed accounts. The strategy accesses a diversified pool of managers with the objective of lowering the risk of investing in one singlemanager. The fund of funds manager has discretion in choosing which strategies and managers to invest in the fund.
HFRI Fund Weighted Composite: An equally weighted return of all funds net of fees in the HFRI monthly indexes. Fund strategies include, but are not limited to: convertible arbitrage, distressed securities, emerging markets, equityhedge, equity market neutral, statistical arbitrage, event driven, macro, market timing, merger and risk arbitrage, relative value, short selling and sector funds.
HFRI Macro: Equally weighted index of investment managers which trade a broad range of strategies in which the investment process is predicated on movements in underlying economic variables and the impact these have onequity, fixed income, hard currency and commodity markets. Managers employ a variety of techniques, both discretionary and systematic analysis, combinations of top down and bottom up theses, quantitative and fundamentalapproaches and long- and short-term holding periods.
This report is provided for informational purposes only. The information shown was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, the accuracy of which cannot be guaranteed. Account statements provided by UBS or other financial institutions are theofficial record of your holdings, balances, transactions and security values and are not amended or superseded by any of the information presented in this report. Information is current as of the date shown. Past performance is no guarantee of futurereturns. See IMPORTANT INFORMATION at end of report for details.
Page 61
HFRI Relative Value: Equally weighted index of investment managers who maintain positions in which the investment thesis is predicated on realization of a valuation discrepancy in the relationship between multiple securities.Managers employ a variety of fundamental and quantitative techniques to establish investment theses, and security types range broadly across equity, fixed income, derivative or other security types.
JP Morgan Global Ex-U.S. Bond Index: Consists of regularly traded, fixed-rate domestic government debt instruments from 12 international bond markets. Countries included are Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, France,Germany, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom.
MSCI AC World Index ex USA: Consists of approximately 2,000 securities across 47 markets, with emerging markets representing approximately 18%. MSCI attempts to capture approximately 85% of the market capitalization ineach country.
MSCI EAFE Index (Europe, Australasia, Far East): A free float-adjusted market capitalization index that is designed to measure the equity market performance of developed markets, excluding the U.S. and Canada. As of June2007, the MSCI EAFE Index consisted of the following 21 developed market country indexes: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand,Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.
MSCI Emerging Markets Index: A free float-adjusted market capitalization index that is designed to measure equity market performance of emerging markets. As of November 2008, the MSCI Emerging Markets Index consisted ofthe following 24 emerging market country indexes: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, China, Colombia, Czech Republic, Egypt, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Israel, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, Morocco, Pakistan, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Russia,South Africa, Taiwan, Thailand and Turkey.
MSCI Europe Index: A free float-adjusted market capitalization-weighted index that is designed to measure the equity market performance of the developed markets in Europe. As of June 2007, the MSCI Europe Index consisted ofthe following 16 developed market country indexes: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.
MSCI Japan Index: A free float-adjusted market capitalization-weighted index that is designed to measure the equity market performance of Japan.
NAREIT Index: Benchmarks the performance of the REIT industry since its inception in 1972. It was designed to provide a comprehensive assessment of overall industry performance. Some REITs available from over-the-countermarkets are not included due to the lack of real-time pricing.
NCREIF Property Index (NPI): A quarterly time series composite total rate of return measure of investment performance of a large pool of individual commercial real estate properties acquired in the private market for investmentpurposes only. All properties in the NPI have been acquired, at least in part, on behalf of tax-exempt institutional investors - the great majority being pension funds. As such, all properties are held in a fiduciary environment.
Russell 1000® Index: Measures the performance of the large-cap segment of the U.S. equity universe. It is a subset of the Russell 3000® Index and includes approximately 1000 of the largest securities based on a combination oftheir market cap and current index membership. The Russell 1000 represents approximately 92% of the U.S. market.
Russell 1000® Growth Index: Measures the performance of the large-cap growth segment of the U.S. equity universe. It includes those Russell 1000 companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.
Russell 1000® Value Index: Measures the performance of the large-cap value segment of the U.S. equity universe. It includes those Russell 1000 companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower expected growth values.
Russell 2000® Growth Index: Measures the performance of the small-cap growth segment of the U.S. equity universe. It includes those Russell 2000 companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.
Russell 2000® Value Index: Measures the performance of the small-cap value segment of the U.S. equity universe. It includes those Russell 2000 companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values.
Russell Mid-Cap® Growth Index: Measures the performance of the mid-cap growth segment of the U.S. equity universe. It includes those Russell mid-cap companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growthvalues.
Russell Mid-Cap® Value Index: Measures the performance of the mid-cap value segment of the U.S. equity universe. It includes those Russell mid-cap companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values.
S&P 500 Index: Covers 500 large cap industrial, utility, transportation, and financial companies of the US markets. The index represents about 75% of NYSE market capitalization and 30% of NYSE issues. It is a capitalizationweighted index calculated on a total return basis with dividends reinvested.
TASS Index of CTAs: Is a dollar-weighted index based on historical managed futures performance of CTAs with established track records.
Page 62
©2013 UBS Financial Services Inc. All Rights Reserved. Member SIPC.All other trademarks, registered trademarks, service marks and registered service marks are of their respective companies.
UBS Financial Services Inc.www.ubs.com/financialservicesinc050707-1138
UBS Financial Services Inc. is a subsidiary of UBS AG.
Page 63
ManagerYES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO
U.S. EquityColumbia NA NA NA NATCW NA NA NA NABarrow Hanley √ √ √ √Atlanta Capital √ √ √ √Invesco REIT √ √ √ √Fairpointe Capital √ NA NA NAVaughan Nelson √ NA NA NAWilliam Blair √ NA NA NAInternational Equity1607 Capital Partners √ √ √ √Fixed IncomeING √ √ √ √Ryan Labs √ NA NA NATempleton Global Bond √ NA NA √Dreyfus International √ NA NA √
Criteria Criteria Criteria List
Manager Status and Watch List 3Q13
Compliance with Criteria 1 Year 3/5 Year Cummulative Watch
ab
Gwinnett County Public Employees Retirement System
Downgraded Bonds 3Q13 ING INVESTMENTS
Position Description Coupon
Stated
Maturity CUSIP
Date of
Downgrade
Moody's
Rating S&P Rating
Fitch
Rating Current Face (m)
Market
Price
Chase Funding Loan
Acquisition Trust 4.75 12/25/2019 161542CY9 9/26/2013 Baa1 A+ to BB+ AA 2,930,000
Watch List Commentary
Downgraded Bonds 3Q13 RYAN LABS
Position Description Coupon
Stated
Maturity CUSIP
Date of
Downgrade
Moody's
Rating S&P Rating
Fitch
Rating Current Face (m)
Market
Price
ADT Corp 3.50 7/15/2022
Moodys
8/19/2013
S&P
09/23/2013
Baa2
to Ba2 BB- BBB- 815,000
Watch List Commentary
10/15/2013
Friday, September 27, 2013 12:34 PM Hello Bill,
We have been informed that yesterday S&P has downgraded Chase Funding Loan Acquisition Trust cusip 161542CY9 (PAR 2,930,000) from A+ to BB+.
Moody’s is currently rating this security as Baa1, with Fitch rating the security as AA. We currently look to hold the security.
If you have any questions please feel free to contact me.
Kindest regards,
Paul Irvine
Thank you
Matt Salzillo
Hello,
Please see attached memo regarding ADT Corp securities downgrade in the Gwinnett Portfolio that we manage. We anticipate being out of this
security within the 90 day window the IPS allows for disposal but have not sold the security as of yet.
Q3 2013
Market Value
(m)
Market Value
(m)
10/15/2013
Friday, September 27, 2013 12:34 PM Hello Bill,
We have been informed that yesterday S&P has downgraded Chase Funding Loan Acquisition Trust cusip 161542CY9 (PAR 2,930,000) from A+ to BB+.
Moody’s is currently rating this security as Baa1, with Fitch rating the security as AA. We currently look to hold the security.
If you have any questions please feel free to contact me.
Kindest regards,
Paul Irvine
Hello,
Please see attached memo regarding ADT Corp securities downgrade in the Gwinnett Portfolio that we manage. We anticipate being out of this
security within the 90 day window the IPS allows for disposal but have not sold the security as of yet.
ab
Columbia Management 0.60% (60 basis points) on the first $25 million
0.45% (45 basis points) on the next $25 million
0.40% (40 basis points) on all assets over $50 million
TCW 0.60% on 25mm and >
Barrow Hanley 0.75% of First $10.0 Mil,
0.50% of Next $15.0 Mil,
0.25% of Next $175.0 Mil
Fairpointe Capital 0.65 Flat
William Blair 0.90 of First $10.0 Mil,
0.75% of Next $20.0 Mil,
0.65% of Next $20.0 Mil,
0.60% of Next $50.0 Mil
Vaughan Nelson 0.85% of First $10.0 Mil,
0.75% of Next $15.0 Mil,
Atlanta Capital 0.80% of First $50.0 Mil,
0.50% of Next $50.0 Mil
Invesco Real Estate 0.75% of First $10.0 Mil,
0.70% of Next $10.0 Mil
0.65% Remainder
1607 Capital Partners 0.75% of First $100.0 Mil,
0.65% of Next $150.0 Mil,
0.50% on 250.0 Mil or >
ING Asset Management 0.30% of First $50.0 Mil,
0.25% of Next $50.0 Mil,
0.18% of Next $400.0 Mil
Ryan Labs 0.30% of First $10.0 Mil,
0.28% of Next $10,0 Mil,
0.25% of Next $15.0 Mil,
0.20% of Next $15.0 Mil,
0.145% of Next $50.0 Mil,
0.10% of Next $200.0 Mil
Templeton Global Bond 0.65% Expense Ratio
Dreyfus International 0.80% Expense Ratio
Small Cap Blend
REITS
Foreign Developed Blend
Fixed Income Taxable Intermediate
Emerging Markets
Mid Cap Growth
Gwinnett County Public Employees Retirement System Investment Management Fee Schedule
Large Cap Value
Large Cap Growth
Mid Cap Core
Mid Cap Value
Gwinnett County Retirement PlansFund Performance Review
September 30, 2013
RETIREMENT SERVICES
SectionI E i R iI. Economic ReviewII. Investment Analysis
•Efficient Frontier Map: Plan Diversification•Performance Monitoring•Performance Monitoring•Manager Style and Manager Style Drift•Compliance Report Card
IV GlIII. Investment Policy MonitoringIV. Glossary
Economic and Capital M k t R iMarkets Review
Third Quarter ― 2013
ADVISED ASSETS GROUP, LLC
As a result of the shutdown of the federal government, most economic data was not reported as of September 30, 2013. As a result, we have included the most recent information possible in this quarter’sincluded the most recent information possible in this quarter s Economic & Capital Markets Review.
FOR PLAN SPONSOR OR ADVISOR USE ONLY. Not for Use with Plan Participants.
Current Economic ConditionsGDP
– Real Gross Domestic Product increased at an annual real rate of 2.5% in the second quarter of 2013.1
• Previous estimates indicated real growth at a 2.7% annual rate, but inventory replenishment wasn’t as robust, and exports grew somewhat slower than expected. p
• US Growth is projected to slow to an annual rate of 1.9% in the third quarter.
• For 2012, the economy grew at an annual real rate of 2.2% after a 1.8% real increase in 2011.
Source: St. Louis Fed, http://research.stlouisfed.org/fred2/graph/?id=GDPC1 (9/30/13)
InflationTh C P i I d (CPI) i d– The Consumer Price Index (CPI) increased 1.5% for the 12 months ending August.2
• The 12 month change in Core CPI (CPI ex food & energy) was 1.8% over the previous 12 months.
• Increases in the index for shelter and medical care contributed to increase Food index rose slightly incontributed to increase. Food index rose slightly in August and is up 1.4% over the last 12 months.
• Energy Index declined 0.3% in August, due mostly to a sharp decline in the natural gas index.
• Inflation expectations remain benign over the near term.
FOR PLAN SPONSOR OR ADVISOR USE ONLY. Not for Use with Plan Participants.
Source: St. Louis Fed, http://research.stlouisfed.org/fred2/graph/?id=CPIAUCSL# (9/30/13)
Current Economic ConditionsEmployment Statistics
Th ffi i l l t t (U 3)– The official unemployment rate (U-3) was unchanged at 7.3% at the end of August.3
• Non-farm payrolls increased by 169,000 in August. For the month, employment increased in retail trade and health care but declined in information.
Th “U 6 R t ” th t h i f th• The “U-6 Rate”, the most comprehensive measure of the nation’s employment situation, fell from 14.3% in June to 13.7% in August.
• The labor force participation rate contracted modestly; moving slightly lower from 63.5% in June to 63.2% in August.
Source: St.. Louis Fed, http://research.stlouisfed.org/fred2/graph/?id=UNRATE (9/30/13)
Housingg– August Housing Starts increased 0.9% from the
July measure.4• This number represents a 19.0% increase from the May
2012 measure.
• Building permits increased 22% from the August 2012• Building permits increased 22% from the August 2012 figures.
• Housing is a key component of consumer spending and sentiment
• Home price indices continue to improve, with prices increasing across the nation
FOR PLAN SPONSOR OR ADVISOR USE ONLY. Not for Use with Plan Participants.
Source: St. Louis Fed, http://research.stlouisfed.org/fred2/graph/?id=HOUST# (9/30/13)
Current Market Conditions
http://research.stlouisfed.org/fred2/graph/?id=GFDEGDQ188S(9/30/13)
Gridlock in Washington DC:• Markets are focused on when and how the budget and debt ceiling showdown will pan out.
• Discretionary spending accounted for 17% of 2012 budget of $3.539B; Medicare, Medicaid and Social Security accounted for 45%.
FOR PLAN SPONSOR OR ADVISOR USE ONLY. Not for Use with Plan Participants.
Social Security accounted for 45%.
• Healthcare costs account for roughly 18% of domestic GDP.
Market Update – Domestic EquityZephyr StyleADVISOR: Advised Assets Group LLCZephyr StyleADVISOR
Domestic Equity Indices - Total Return as of September 2013
35
S&P 500 Russell 1000 Growth Russell 1000 Value Russell Midcap GrowthRussell Midcap Value Russell 2000 Growth Russell 2000 Value
Ret
urn
15
20
25
30
0
5
10
3 months YTD 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years
Domestic equity markets saw gains for the third quarter.• Growth stocks outperformed value stocks by a wide margin.
• Small Cap Growth stocks experienced the largest gains during the quarter.
• All domestic sectors have shown substantial gains for the year, with most returning more than 20%
FOR PLAN SPONSOR OR ADVISOR USE ONLY. Not for Use with Plan Participants.
Market Update – International EquityZephyr StyleADVISOR Zephyr StyleADVISOR: Advised Assets Group LLC
International Equity Indices - Total Return as of September 2013
35
MSCI EAFE MSCI AC WORLD INDEX ex USA MSCI EUROPEMSCI JAPAN MSCI CHINA MSCI EM (EMERGING MARKETS)
Ret
urn
10
15
20
25
30
-5
0
5
3 months YTD 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years
International stocks rebounded nicely during the third quarter.• European and Chinese stocks led for the three months, both returning more than 10%.
• Japanese stocks have been the strongest performers YTD, gaining nearly 25%.
• Despite a positive third quarter, emerging markets stocks continue to show losses for the year.
FOR PLAN SPONSOR OR ADVISOR USE ONLY. Not for Use with Plan Participants.
Market Update – Fixed IncomeZephyr StyleADVISOR Zephyr StyleADVISOR: Advised Assets Group LLC
Fixed Income Returns as of September 2013
15
Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Barclays Capital U.S. Government: Intermediate Barclays Capital U.S. Treasury: U.S. TIPSBarclays Capital U.S. Intermediate Credit Barclays Capital Intermediate U.S. High Yield Citigroup WorldBIG Index
Ret
urn
0
5
10
Source: U S Treasury
-5
0
3 months YTD 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years
Source: U.S. Treasury
Fixed Income markets saw slightly positive returns for the quarter.
• International bonds experienced the best performance for the three months
Treasury Yield Curve5www.treasury.gov
2 5%3.0%3.5%4.0%
for the three months.
• High Yield bonds have shown the only positive performance for 2013.
0.0%0.5%1.0%1.5%2.0%2.5%
1 month 90 days 1 year 2 year 3 year 5 year 7 year 10 year 20 year 30 year
FOR PLAN SPONSOR OR ADVISOR USE ONLY. Not for Use with Plan Participants.
9/30/2013 9/30/2012 9/30/2011
1 Market Watch News Release, September 26, 2013http://www.marketwatch.com/story/us-gdp-growth-in-2nd-quarter-unchanged-at-25-2013-09-26
2 Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor, Economic News Release “Consumer Price Index – August 2013”, September 17, 2013, http://bls.gov/news.release/cpi.nr0.htmp g p
3 Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor, Economic News Release “Employment Situation Summary”, September 6, 2013.http://www.bls.gov/news.release/empsit.nr0.htm
4 National Association of Homebuilders. 2013http://www.nahb.org/generic.aspx?genericContentID=45409
5U.S. Department of the Treasury, Data and Charts Center 2013, http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/data-chart-center/Pages/index.aspx
NOT FDIC NCUA/NCUSIF INSURED | NOT A DEPOSIT | NOT GUARANTEED BY ANY BANK OR CREDIT UNION |
FOR PLAN SPONSOR OR ADVISOR USE ONLY. Not for Use with Plan Participants.
NOT FDIC, NCUA/NCUSIF INSURED | NOT A DEPOSIT | NOT GUARANTEED BY ANY BANK OR CREDIT UNION | NOT INSURED BY ANY FEDERAL GOVERNMENT AGENCY | MAY LOSE VALUE
This Economic and Capital Markets Review is being offered as informational and educational material provided to a Plan Sponsor or a Representative, duly authorized and acting on behalf of a Plan Sponsor, to assist the Plan Sponsor in understanding the general investment environment.
This document is not intended as a recommendation, solicitation or offering of any particular securities by Advised Assets Group, LLC, Great-West Life & , g y p y p, ,Annuity Insurance Company, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.
The purpose of this document is to provide investment-related information only for the benefit of the Plan Sponsor in its role as a fiduciary to the plan, not as investment advice for plans or plan participants. Although we believe the data contained in this report is generally from reliable sources, Advised Assets Group, LLC cannot guarantee its completeness or accuracy. Economic data and information are derived from a variety of financial publications and economic reporting companies, including Moody’s, S&P, etc. The opinions expressed herein are those of AAG as of 10/15/2013 and are subject to change. No forecast is guaranteedNo forecast is guaranteed.
Plan fiduciaries should review the educational material provided and consult with their investment advisers if necessary to make investment decisions as the information provided herein is not legal, ERISA, or tax advice. Any discussion of these matters included or related to this document or other educational information is provided for informational purposes only. Such discussion does not purport to be complete or to cover every situation. Current tax and ERISA law are subject to interpretation and legislative change. The appropriateness of any product for any specific taxpayer may vary depending on the particular set of facts and circumstances. You should consult with and rely on your own legal and tax advisers.
MSCI EAFE® Index is a trademark of Morgan Stanley Capital International. Inc. and is an unmanaged index considered indicative of the International equity market. S&P 500® Index is a trademark of the Standard & Poor’s Financial Services, LLC and is an unmanaged index considered indicative of the domestic Large-Cap equity market. Russell 2000® Index is a trademark of the Frank Russell Company and is an unmanaged index considered indicative of the domestic Small-Cap equity market. Russell 1000® Index is a trademark of the Frank Russell Company and is an unmanaged index considered indicative of the domestic Large-Cap equity market. Russell Midcap® Index is a trademark of the Frank Russell Company and is an unmanaged index considered indicative of the domestic mid-cap equity market. Barclays Capital is a trademark of Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC.indicative of the domestic mid cap equity market. Barclays Capital is a trademark of Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC.
Advised Assets Group, LLC is a federally registered investment adviser and wholly owned subsidiary of Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company and an affiliate of Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company of New York, White Plains, New York More information can be found atwww.adviserinfo.sec.gov. All rights reserved. Form #AAG 184908 (10/13)
U l th i t d NOT FDIC NCUA/NCUSIF INSURED | NOT A DEPOSIT | NOT GUARANTEED BY ANY BANK
FOR PLAN SPONSOR OR ADVISOR USE ONLY. Not for Use with Plan Participants.
Unless otherwise noted: NOT FDIC, NCUA/NCUSIF INSURED | NOT A DEPOSIT | NOT GUARANTEED BY ANY BANK OR CREDIT UNION | NOT INSURED BY ANY FEDERAL GOVERNMENT AGENCY | MAY LOSE VALUE
Executive Summary
Advised Assets Group, LLC
Gwinnett County Plan Options
Highest Risk of Principal
Asset Class
Highest Risk of Principal
International Equity
Emerging MarketsArtisan International Inv
Oppenheimer GlobalDreyfus Intl Stock Index
Oppenheimer Devel Mkts Y
S ll C G thAsset Class
Mid C V l
Small Cap Value
Mid Cap Growth
Columbia Small Cap Value Z
Baron Growth Neuberger Berman Genesis TrArtisan Mid Cap
Small Cap Growth Franklin Small Cap Growth
Mid Cap Value
Large Cap Growth Pioneer Fundamental Growth Y Fidelity Contrafund
Perkins Mid Cap Value T American Cent Mid Cap Val A
Amer Funds Gr Fund A
s d C p
Amer Funds Inv Co of Amer A Nuveen Tradewinds Val Opp ILarge Cap Blend
Large Cap Value
Fidelity PuritanBalanced/Asset Allocation
Van Kampen Growth & Income Y
Blackrock Equity Idx F TIAA-CREF Eq Index Inst
Maxim Profile Series
Amer Funds Inv Co of Amer A Nuveen Tradewinds Val Opp Ig p
Inv Grade Bond
High-Yield BondPIMCO Total Return AdminVanguard Total Bd Mkt Idx
Fidelity PuritanJanus Balanced T Asset Allocation Funds:
Maxim Profile Series (Target Risk Funds)
Maxim SecureFoundation(Target Date Funds)
JP Morgan High Yield A
For Plan Sponsor Use Only 14
Lowest Risk of PrincipalGovernment Bond
g
Gwinnett County Stable Value Fund
Performance Monitoring
Group/Investment Return% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten
US OE Diversified Emerging MktsOppenheimer Developing Markets Y 8.94 96 9.64 88 4.46 94 11.77 96 17.25 100Benchmark 1: MSCI EM NR USD 5.77 0.98 -0.33 7.22 12.80Benchmark 2: US OE Diversified Emerging Mkts 5.00 2.66 -0.53 5.94 11.47
7/1/20139/30/2013
10/1/20129/30/2013
10/1/20039/30/2013
10/1/20109/30/2013
10/1/20089/30/2013
g gNumber of investments ranked 659 613 432 346 225
US OE Foreign Large BlendArtisan International Inv 9.98 46 23.11 77 12.97 99 9.35 94 9.72 91Dreyfus Intl Stock Index 11.33 83 23.40 80 8.01 63 5.50 41 7.54 50Benchmark 1: MSCI EAFE NR USD 11.56 23.77 8.47 6.35 8.01Benchmark 2: US OE Foreign Large Blend 9.94 19.91 7.19 5.54 7.35Number of investments ranked 848 816 764 710 484
US OE World StockOppenheimer Global Y 9 49 72 26 86 85 12 59 73 10 65 83 9 63 77Oppenheimer Global Y 9.49 72 26.86 85 12.59 73 10.65 83 9.63 77Nuveen Tradewinds Value Opportunities I 6.59 26 20.85 53 8.26 16 12.53 94Benchmark 1: MSCI World NR USD 8.18 20.21 11.82 7.84 7.58Benchmark 2: US OE World Stock 8.23 20.10 10.27 8.07 7.78Number of investments ranked 1,123 1,045 828 724 459
US OE Small GrowthFranklin Small Cap Growth A 12.64 61 42.31 98 22.11 83 17.53 95 10.51 69Benchmark 1: Russell 2000 Growth TR USD 12.80 33.07 19.96 13.17 9.85Benchmark 2: US OE Small Growth 12.26 30.08 18.30 12.29 8.60Number of investments ranked 733 721 692 658 546
US OE Small ValueColumbia Small Cap Value Fund II Z 10.20 94 33.47 81 18.87 87 11.56 62 11.18 88Benchmark 1: Russell 2000 Value TR USD 7.59 27.04 16.57 9.13 9.29Benchmark 2: US OE Small Value 8.09 29.36 16.88 11.06 9.51Number of investments ranked 385 377 334 321 243
US OE Mid-Cap GrowthNeuberger Berman Genesis Tr 11.12 76 28.23 73 18.01 81 10.15 21 11.70 90Baron Growth Retail 11.03 75 30.76 90 20.36 93 13.19 72 10.58 66Artisan Mid Cap Inv 15.60 98 31.53 92 19.99 91 16.59 96 12.01 94Benchmark 1: Russell Mid Cap Growth TR USD 9.34 27.54 17.65 13.92 10.16Benchmark 2: US OE Mid-Cap Growth 10.12 25.90 15.66 11.63 8.60Number of investments ranked 743 724 708 677 592
DATA SOURCE: Morningstar 09/30/13For Plan Sponsor Use Only 15
Performance Monitoring
Group/Investment Return% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten
US OE Mid-Cap ValuePerkins Mid Cap Value T 4.37 8 18.79 5 11.58 4 8.72 8 9.84 51American Century Mid Cap Value A 4.41 9 24.36 16 15.32 36 11.65 47Benchmark 1: Russell Mid Cap Value TR USD 5.89 27.77 17.27 11.86 10.91Benchmark 2: US OE Mid-Cap Value 6.82 27.86 16.01 11.47 9.35
7/1/20139/30/2013
10/1/20129/30/2013
10/1/20039/30/2013
10/1/20109/30/2013
10/1/20089/30/2013
pNumber of investments ranked 433 426 393 370 275
US OE Large GrowthFidelity Contrafund 8.94 50 19.46 40 15.54 54 11.12 62 10.29 94American Funds Growth Fund of Amer A 9.23 53 25.09 85 15.63 56 10.24 46 8.58 75Pioneer Fundamental Growth Y 7.49 24 16.76 18 16.95 78 11.90 74 8.41 71Benchmark 1: Russell 1000 Growth TR USD 8.11 19.27 16.94 12.07 7.82Benchmark 2: US OE Large Growth 9.33 20.63 15.00 10.26 6.80Number of investments ranked 1,770 1,749 1,633 1,555 1,333
US OE Large BlendUS OE Large BlendAmerican Funds Invmt Co of Amer A 6.63 74 20.94 58 13.98 33 9.25 49 7.37 56TIAA-CREF Equity Index Instl 6.33 66 21.53 65 16.69 84 10.56 82 8.07 75Great-West Aggressive Profile I Init 7.02 81 22.64 74 13.64 28 9.17 47 8.07 75Benchmark 1: S&P 500 NR USD 5.08 18.55 15.52 9.28 6.89Benchmark 2: US OE Large Blend 5.74 20.24 14.43 9.09 6.83Number of investments ranked 1,671 1,594 1,473 1,399 1,128
US OE Large ValueInvesco Growth and Income Y 4.79 67 23.78 75 15.74 70 9.42 65 8.46 76Benchmark 1: Russell 1000 Value TR USD 3.94 22.30 16.25 8.86 7.99B h k 2 US OE L V l 4 43 21 16 14 52 8 57 6 90Benchmark 2: US OE Large Value 4.43 21.16 14.52 8.57 6.90Number of investments ranked 1,255 1,229 1,132 1,092 923
US OE Aggressive AllocationGreat-West Moderately Agg Profile I Init 5.37 25 16.23 61 10.88 57 8.96 76 7.75 84Benchmark 1: Morningstar Aggressive Target Risk 7.12 18.78 12.81 9.42 8.95Benchmark 2: US OE Aggressive Allocation 5.88 15.31 10.28 8.07 6.64Number of investments ranked 447 435 358 329 198
DATA SOURCE: Morningstar 09/30/13For Plan Sponsor Use Only 16
Performance Monitoring
Group/Investment Return% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten
US OE Moderate AllocationFidelity Puritan 5.69 91 12.60 61 11.53 86 9.48 82 7.31 81Janus Balanced T 3.98 37 13.27 72 10.00 57 10.06 93 8.31 95Great-West Moderate Profile I Init 4.38 51 12.92 67 9.23 39 8.45 59 7.19 78Great-West Moderately Cnsrv Prfl I Init 3.39 20 9.60 20 7.62 14 7.76 41 6.62 60
7/1/20139/30/2013
10/1/20129/30/2013
10/1/20039/30/2013
10/1/20109/30/2013
10/1/20089/30/2013
yBenchmark 1: Morningstar Moderately Aggr Target Risk 6.03 15.35 11.32 9.05 8.46Benchmark 2: US OE Moderate Allocation 4.24 11.47 9.28 7.62 5.94Number of investments ranked 977 940 824 778 601
US OE Conservative AllocationGreat-West Conservative Profile I Init 2.36 44 6.32 62 5.98 42 7.06 52 5.59 62Benchmark 1: Morningstar Conservative Target Risk 1.71 1.96 4.88 5.75 5.35Benchmark 2: US OE Conservative Allocation 2.43 4.97 6.12 6.65 4.76Number of investments ranked 788 778 641 558 310
US OE High Yield BondUS OE High Yield BondJPMorgan High Yield A Load Waived 1.92 28 6.60 52 7.99 44 11.49 62 8.18 81Benchmark 1: Barclays US HY Interm TR USD 2.44 7.16 9.01 12.94 8.55Benchmark 2: US OE High Yield Bond 2.20 6.78 8.12 10.55 7.01Number of investments ranked 684 645 584 549 481
US OE Intermediate-Term BondPIMCO Total Return Admin 1.11 93 -0.99 57 3.51 57 7.69 79 5.85 93Vanguard Total Bond Market Index Signal 0.54 41 -1.83 27 2.76 28 5.34 23 4.54 53Benchmark 1: Barclays US Govt/Credit 5-10 Yr TR USD 0.59 -2.37 3.79 7.56 5.38Benchmark 2: US OE Intermediate-Term Bond 0.61 -0.94 3.28 6.17 4.09N mbe of in estments anked 1 238 1 223 1 132 1 054 945Number of investments ranked 1,238 1,223 1,132 1,054 945
DATA SOURCE: Morningstar 09/30/13For Plan Sponsor Use Only 17
Performance Monitoring
Group/Investment Return% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten
US OE Target Date 2011-2015Great-West SecureFoundation® LT 2015 G 4.48 84 11.33 98 8.78 80Benchmark 1: Morningstar Lifetime Moderate 2015 3.77 7.53 8.98 8.22 8.19Benchmark 2: US OE Target Date 2011-2015 3.65 7.29 7.26 6.41 5.13Number of investments ranked 182 172 157
7/1/20139/30/2013
10/1/20129/30/2013
10/1/20039/30/2013
10/1/20109/30/2013
10/1/20089/30/2013
US OE Target Date 2016-2020Great-West SecureFoundation® LT 2020 G 4.57 65 11.28 74Benchmark 1: Morningstar Lifetime Moderate 2020 4.31 9.47 9.86 8.57 8.60Benchmark 2: US OE Target Date 2016-2020 4.29 8.70 8.03 7.01 5.90Number of investments ranked 225 223
US OE Target Date 2021-2025Great-West SecureFoundation® LT 2025 G 5.01 46 12.89 60 9.34 43Benchmark 1: Morningstar Lifetime Moderate 2025 5.04 12.02 10.86 8.90 8.91Benchmark 2: US OE Target Date 2021-2025 5 09 11 59 9 36 7 42Benchmark 2: US OE Target Date 2021 2025 5.09 11.59 9.36 7.42Number of investments ranked 185 174 150
US OE Target Date 2026-2030Great-West SecureFoundation® LT 2030 G 5.94 73 15.52 70Benchmark 1: Morningstar Lifetime Moderate 2030 5.83 14.62 11.74 9.21 9.12Benchmark 2: US OE Target Date 2026-2030 5.58 12.51 9.58 7.39 6.19Number of investments ranked 225 223
US OE Target Date 2031-2035Great-West SecureFoundation® LT 2035 G 6.61 63 17.54 75 11.23 60B h k 1 M i t Lif ti M d t 2035 6 46 16 50 12 27 9 43 9 27Benchmark 1: Morningstar Lifetime Moderate 2035 6.46 16.50 12.27 9.43 9.27Benchmark 2: US OE Target Date 2031-2035 6.20 15.12 10.84 8.08Number of investments ranked 185 174 150
DATA SOURCE: Morningstar 009/30/13For Plan Sponsor Use Only 18
Performance Monitoring
Group/Investment Return% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten Return
% of Peer Group Beaten
US OE Target Date 2036-2040Great-West SecureFoundation® LT 2040 G 7.08 78 18.60 81Benchmark 1: Morningstar Lifetime Moderate 2040 6.81 17.38 12.42 9.55 9.39Benchmark 2: US OE Target Date 2036-2040 6.40 14.96 10.54 7.79 6.60Number of investments ranked 222 220
7/1/20139/30/2013
10/1/20129/30/2013
10/1/20039/30/2013
10/1/20109/30/2013
10/1/20089/30/2013
US OE Target Date 2041-2045Great-West SecureFoundation® LT 2045 G 7.26 75 18.86 76 11.59 49Benchmark 1: Morningstar Lifetime Moderate 2045 6.94 17.52 12.34 9.56 9.45Benchmark 2: US OE Target Date 2041-2045 6.70 16.64 11.41 8.31Number of investments ranked 185 173 149
US OE Target Date 2046-2050Great-West SecureFoundation® LT 2050 G 7.31 82 18.76 73Benchmark 1: Morningstar Lifetime Moderate 2050 7.01 17.51 12.20 9.55 9.51Benchmark 2: US OE Target Date 2046-2050 6 69 15 78 10 84 8 06 6 99Benchmark 2: US OE Target Date 2046 2050 6.69 15.78 10.84 8.06 6.99Number of investments ranked 207 204
US OE Target Date 2051+Great-West SecureFoundation® LT 2055 G 7.33 80 18.62 70 11.26 35Benchmark 1: Morningstar Lifetime Moderate 2050 7.01 17.51 12.20 9.55 9.51Benchmark 2: US OE Target Date 2051+ 6.88 17.57 11.45 8.37 7.12Number of investments ranked 144 120 52
DATA SOURCE: Morningstar 09/30/13For Plan Sponsor Use Only 19
Stable Asset Fund
Gwinnett County Stable Asset FundPerformance (as of September 30, 2013)
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
Gwinnett County Stable Asset Fund
Fund* 2.21% 2.85% 3.28% 3.61%
Morningstar Taxable MM Funds 0.02% 0.02% 0.12% 1.48%
1 3 Year Treasuries 0 37% 0 71% 1 65% 2 58%1-3 Year Treasuries 0.37% 0.71% 1.65% 2.58%
Average Credit Quality: AAA (Moody’s)
Average Duration: 4.14 years
MV to BV: 100.7%
* Fund performance is Net of Fees.
20
Manager StyleEach quadrant of the graph represents one of the four major domestic equity components of the market. From top left working clockwise the quadrants include Large Value, Large Growth, Small Growth and Small Value.
Manager Style Graph:left working clockwise the quadrants include Large Value, Large Growth, Small Growth and Small Value.
Manager StyleOctober 2008 - September 2013 (Single Computation)
Large
Russell Top 200 Value Russell Top 200 Growth
1
g
Russell Midcap Value Russell Midcap Growth
0
1
Baron Growth RetailNeuberger Berman Genesis TrColumbia Small Cap Value II ZArtisan Mid Cap InvNuveen Tradewinds Value Opportunities IFid lit C t f d0 Fidelity ContrafundAmerican Funds Growth Fund of Amer AAmerican Funds Invmt Co of Amer APerkins Mid Cap Value TAmerican Century Mid Cap Value AInvesco Van Kampen Growth and Income YFranklin Small Cap Growth APioneer Fundamental Growth YR ll 6 St l B i
Russell 2000 Value Russell 2000 Growth
-1 Russell 6-way Style Basis
Created with Zephyr StyleADVISOR. Manager returns supplied by: Morningstar, Inc.For Plan Sponsor Use Only 21
SmallValue -1 0 1 Growth
Manager Style DriftEach quadrant of the graph represents one of the four major domestic equity components of the market. From top left working clockwise the quadrants include Large Value, Large Growth, Small Growth and Small Value.
Manager Style Graph:left working clockwise the quadrants include Large Value, Large Growth, Small Growth and Small Value.
Manager StyleOctober 2008 - September 2013 (36-Month Moving Windows, Computed Monthly)
Large
Russell Top 200 Value Russell Top 200 Growth
1
g
Russell Midcap Value Russell Midcap Growth
0
1
Baron Growth RetailNeuberger Berman Genesis TrColumbia Small Cap Value II ZArtisan Mid Cap InvNuveen Tradewinds Value Opportunities IFid lit C t f d0 Fidelity ContrafundAmerican Funds Growth Fund of Amer AAmerican Funds Invmt Co of Amer APerkins Mid Cap Value TAmerican Century Mid Cap Value AInvesco Van Kampen Growth and Income YFranklin Small Cap Growth APioneer Fundamental Growth YR ll 6 St l B i
Russell 2000 Value Russell 2000 Growth
-1 Russell 6-way Style Basis
Created with Zephyr StyleADVISOR. Manager returns supplied by: Morningstar, Inc.For Plan Sponsor Use Only 22
SmallValue -1 0 1 Growth
Fund Compliance Report CardPerformance Summary: Gwinnett County Retirement Plans period ended 09/30/2013
O ll R ti 1 L T R lli A l i 2
Fund Consecutive # of QuartersMorningstar Complex Ticker Mstar Quarters Below out of
Category Rating Symbol Fund Name Overall Return Sharpe Rating Below trailing 12Intl3 Diversified Emerging Mkts 1 ODVYX Oppenheimer Developing Markets Y 94.5 96.0 93.0 5 Above 0 0 out of 12 Pass
Foreign Large Blend 1 ARTIX Artisan International Inv 94.8 94.7 95.0 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassWorld Stock 1 OGLYX Oppenheimer Global Y 69.8 77.0 62.5 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassWorld Stock 1 NVORX Nuveen Tradewinds Value Opportunities I 56.0 55.5 56.5 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 Pass
Overall Rating1 Long-Term Rolling Analysis2
Composite %'s
Small-Cap5 Small Growth 1 FSGRX Franklin Small Cap Growth A 85.2 81.3 89.0 3 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassSmall Value 1 NSVAX Columbia Small Cap Value Fund II Z 73.5 79.0 68.0 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 Pass
Mid-Cap8 Mid-Cap Growth 1 ARTMX Artisan Mid Cap Inv 91.3 93.7 89.0 5 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassMid-Cap Growth 1 BGRFX Baron Growth Retail 80.2 76.3 84.0 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassMid-Cap Growth 1 NBGEX Neuberger Berman Genesis Tr 62.7 63.3 62.0 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassMid-Cap Value 1 ACLAX American Century Mid Cap Value A 63.8 41.5 86.0 3 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassMid-Cap Value 1 JMCVX Perkins Mid Cap Value T 20.3 21.0 19.5 3 Below 1 1 out of 12 Fail
Large-Cap Large Growth 1 FUNYX Pioneer Fundamental Growth Y 84.8 73.7 96.0 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassLarge Growth 1 FCNTX Fidelity Contrafund 75.4 69.3 81.5 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassLarge Growth 1 AGTHX American Funds Growth Fund of Amer A 57.7 58.3 57.0 3 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassLarge Blend 1 AIVSX American Funds Invmt Co of Amer A 52.1 45.7 58.5 3 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassLarge Blend 1 MXPPX Great-West Aggressive Profile I Init 37.8 50.0 25.5 2 Below 2 3 out of 12 PassLarge Value 1 ACGMX Invesco Growth and Income Y 65.3 69.0 61.5 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 Pass
Asst All/Other Aggressive Allocation 1 MXRPX Great-West Moderately Agg Profile I Init 73.4 70.3 76.5 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassModerate Allocation 1 FPURX Fidelity Puritan 82.8 83.0 82.5 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassModerate Allocation 1 JABAX Janus Balanced T 80.8 82.0 79.5 5 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassModerate Allocation 1 MXOPX Great-West Moderate Profile I Init 52.8 58.0 47.5 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassModerate Allocation 1 MXTPX Great-West Moderately Cnsrv Prfl I Init 50.7 37.3 64.0 3 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassConservative Allocation 1 MXVPX Great-West Conservative Profile I Init 55.1 51.7 58.5 3 Above 0 0 out of 12 Pass
B d9 Hi h Yi ld B d 1 OHYAX l JPM Hi h Yi ld A L d W i d 62 2 61 3 63 0 4 Ab 0 0 t f 12 PBond9 High Yield Bond 1 OHYAX.lw JPMorgan High Yield A Load Waived 62.2 61.3 63.0 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 PassIntermediate-Term Bond 1 PTRAX PIMCO Total Return Admin 68.2 76.3 60.0 4 Above 0 0 out of 12 Pass
Index Funds6 Foreign Large Blend 1 DIISX Dreyfus Intl Stock Index (idx) 49.5 50.0 49.0 3 N/A N/A N/A out of 12 PassLarge Blend 1 TIEIX TIAA-CREF Equity Index Instl (idx) 80.1 81.7 78.5 4 N/A N/A N/A out of 12 PassIntermediate-Term Bond 1 VBTSX Vanguard Total Bond Market Index Signal (idx 38.1 35.7 40.5 2 N/A N/A N/A out of 12 Pass
1.The Overall Rating is derived from the 3, 5 and 10 year net-of-fee performance figures, the 3 and 5 year Sharpe Ratios and the Morningstar Rating TM.
For Plan Sponsor Use Only DATA SOURCE: Morningstar 09/30/13 23
2.The Long-Term Rolling Analysis accumulates the trailing 12 quarter Overall Ratings and determines a pass/fail designation accordingly.
Fund Compliance Report CardReturn Analysis: Gwinnett County Retirement Plans period ended 09/30/2013
3rd Qtr 3rd Qtr Performance vs. Benchmark (Annualized Returns and Return Percentiles %)3rd Qtr 3rd Qtr2013 2013 1 Year 1 Year 3 Year 3 Year 5 Year 5 Year 10 Year 10 Year Incept.
Return Percentile Return Percentile Return Percentile Return Percentile Return Percentile DateIntl3 Diversified Emerging Mkts Peer Group 5.31 50 2.28 50 -0.46 50 6.17 50 11.79 50
Oppenheimer Developing Markets Y 8.94 94 9.64 87 4.46 93 11.77 96 17.25 99 9/7/2005Foreign Large Blend Peer Group 10.20 50 20.33 50 7.44 50 5.80 50 7.58 50Artisan International Inv 9.98 44 23.11 76 12.97 99 9.35 94 9.72 91 12/28/1995World Stock Peer Group 8.31 50 20.52 50 11.14 50 8.70 50 8.21 50Oppenheimer Global Y 9.49 72 26.86 85 12.59 73 10.65 83 9.63 75 11/17/1998N T d i d V l O t iti I 6 59 25 20 85 53 8 26 17 12 53 94 N/A N/A 12/9/2004
Performance vs. Benchmark (Annualized Returns and Return Percentiles %)
Fund Name
Nuveen Tradewinds Value Opportunities I 6.59 25 20.85 53 8.26 17 12.53 94 N/A N/A 12/9/2004Small-Cap5 Small Growth Peer Group 12.05 50 31.00 50 19.04 50 13.07 50 9.91 50
Franklin Small Cap Growth A 12.64 61 42.31 98 22.11 82 17.53 94 10.51 68 5/1/2000Small Value Peer Group 8.04 50 29.73 50 16.43 50 11.14 50 9.89 50Columbia Small Cap Value Fund II Z 10.20 93 33.47 82 18.87 86 11.56 63 11.18 88 5/1/2002
Mid-Cap8 Mid-Cap Growth Peer Group 10.18 50 26.14 50 15.98 50 11.96 50 9.72 50Artisan Mid Cap Inv 15.60 98 31.53 92 19.99 91 16.59 96 12.01 94 6/27/1997Baron Growth Retail 11.03 74 30.76 89 20.36 93 13.19 70 10.58 66 12/30/1994Neuberger Berman Genesis Tr 11.12 75 28.23 71 18.01 81 10.15 20 11.70 89 8/26/1993gMid-Cap Value Peer Group 6.83 50 27.67 50 15.93 50 11.81 50 9.77 50American Century Mid Cap Value A 4.41 8 24.36 15 15.32 36 11.65 47 N/A N/A 1/13/2005Perkins Mid Cap Value T 4.37 7 18.79 5 11.58 4 8.72 8 9.84 51 8/12/1998
Large-Cap Large Growth Peer Group 9.09 50 20.36 50 15.31 50 10.47 50 7.54 50Pioneer Fundamental Growth Y 7.49 23 16.76 17 16.95 77 11.90 73 8.41 71 4/7/2009Fidelity Contrafund 8.94 48 19.46 39 15.54 53 11.12 62 10.29 93 5/17/1967American Funds Growth Fund of Amer A 9.23 52 25.09 84 15.63 54 10.24 45 8.58 76 11/30/1973Large Blend Peer Group 5.74 50 19.90 50 15.00 50 9.34 50 7.20 50American Funds Invmt Co of Amer A 6 63 74 20 94 59 13 98 32 9 25 47 7 37 58 1/2/1934American Funds Invmt Co of Amer A 6.63 74 20.94 59 13.98 32 9.25 47 7.37 58 1/2/1934Great-West Aggressive Profile I Init 7.02 81 22.64 76 13.64 28 9.17 45 8.07 77 9/11/1997Large Value Peer Group 4.47 50 21.51 50 15.02 50 8.92 50 7.55 50Invesco Growth and Income Y 4.79 65 23.78 73 15.74 67 9.42 63 8.46 77 10/19/2004
Asst All/Other Aggressive Allocation Peer Group 6.06 50 15.61 50 10.76 50 8.25 50 6.88 50Great-West Moderately Agg Profile I Init 5.37 26 16.23 60 10.88 54 8.96 74 7.75 83 9/11/1997Moderate Allocation Peer Group 4.44 50 11.99 50 9.64 50 8.16 50 6.40 50Fidelity Puritan 5.69 88 12.60 61 11.53 86 9.48 83 7.31 80 4/16/1947Janus Balanced T 3.98 36 13.27 72 10.00 58 10.06 93 8.31 95 9/1/1992G t W t M d t P fil I I it 4 38 48 12 92 67 9 23 42 8 45 58 7 12 74 9/11/1997Great-West Moderate Profile I Init 4.38 48 12.92 67 9.23 42 8.45 58 7.12 74 9/11/1997Great-West Moderately Cnsrv Prfl I Init 3.39 20 9.60 21 7.62 15 7.76 39 6.62 58 9/11/1997Conservative Allocation Peer Group 2.63 50 5.46 50 6.37 50 6.97 50 5.34 50Great-West Conservative Profile I Init 2.36 42 6.32 61 5.98 42 7.06 52 5.59 61 9/11/1997
Bond9 High Yield Bond Peer Group 2.19 50 6.56 50 8.20 50 11.15 50 7.51 50JPMorgan High Yield A Load Waived 1.92 27 6.60 51 7.99 42 11.49 61 8.18 81 11/13/1998Intermediate-Term Bond Peer Group 0.62 50 -1.18 50 3.32 50 6.36 50 4.48 50PIMCO Total Return Admin 1.11 92 -0.99 58 3.51 58 7.69 79 5.85 92 9/8/1994
Index Funds Dreyfus Intl Stock Index (idx) 11.33 81 23.40 79 8.01 61 5.50 40 7.54 49 6/30/1997
For Plan Sponsor Use Only DATA SOURCE: Morningstar 09/30/13 24
y ( )TIAA-CREF Equity Index Instl (idx) 6.33 66 21.53 66 16.69 85 10.56 83 8.07 77 7/1/1999Vanguard Total Bond Market Index Signal (idx) 0.54 42 -1.83 28 2.76 29 5.34 25 4.54 53 9/1/2006
A Percentile Ranking of 100% represents the best in class performance whereas 0% represents the lowest.
Investment options available in the plan may be through mutual funds and/or a group fixed annuity contract. Total return performance shown above represents that of the underlying fund and does not include a deduction for any applicable annuity contract of administrative fees/expenses. Performance numbers shown above would be less after applicable fee/expenses are deducted.
Fund Compliance Report CardSharpe Ratio and Expense Analysis: Gwinnett County Retirement Plans period ended 09/30/2013
Expense Expense Manager Fund SizeSharpe Ratios and Percentiles % Standard Deviation p p g3 Yr Ratio 3 Yr % 5 Yr Ratio 5 Yr % 3 Yr 5 Yr Ratio Percentile % Tenure (yrs) $MM
Intl3 Diversified Emerging Mkts Peer Group 0.07 50 0.36 50 19.62 26.87 1.54 50Oppenheimer Developing Markets Y 0.33 91 0.56 95 18.24 25.31 1.03 92 6 37,423Foreign Large Blend Peer Group 0.50 50 0.36 50 17.07 22.76 1.26 50Artisan International Inv 0.77 97 0.50 93 17.77 23.59 1.19 56 18 11,888World Stock Peer Group 0.78 50 0.52 50 15.17 20.84 1.34 50Oppenheimer Global Y 0.80 54 0.57 71 16.45 21.70 0.93 86 9 10,000Nuveen Tradewinds Value Opportunities I 0.62 19 0.70 94 14.34 19.78 0.91 87 2 562
Small Cap5 Small Growth Peer Group 1 09 50 0 65 50 17 37 22 91 1 34 50
p % Fund Name
Small-Cap5 Small Growth Peer Group 1.09 50 0.65 50 17.37 22.91 1.34 50Franklin Small Cap Growth A 1.29 84 0.83 94 16.62 22.58 1.35 49 13 825Small Value Peer Group 1.00 50 0.56 50 16.66 24.27 1.31 50Columbia Small Cap Value Fund II Z 1.07 79 0.57 57 17.54 24.29 1.07 74 12 1,706
Mid-Cap8 Mid-Cap Growth Peer Group 1.02 50 0.65 50 15.68 21.13 1.23 50Artisan Mid Cap Inv 1.23 84 0.80 94 15.92 22.26 1.33 40 16 7,734Baron Growth Retail 1.38 95 0.71 73 14.15 20.13 1.32 40 19 7,632Neuberger Berman Genesis Tr 1.27 89 0.61 35 13.85 18.68 1.11 61 20 14,039Mid-Cap Value Peer Group 1.06 50 0.62 50 15.03 21.30 1.23 50American Century Mid Cap Value A 1.25 86 0.71 86 11.92 17.56 1.26 43 10 4,533Perkins Mid Cap Value T 0.90 15 0.56 24 13.03 17.41 0.84 87 15 11,310
Large-Cap Large Growth Peer Group 1.09 50 0.62 50 14.07 18.88 1.11 50Pioneer Fundamental Growth Y 1.44 98 0.79 94 11.29 15.67 0.81 82 7 1,436Fidelity Contrafund 1.25 83 0.73 80 12.10 16.27 0.74 88 23 100,987American Funds Growth Fund of Amer A 1.14 62 0.63 52 13.49 18.00 0.71 90 28 123,491Large Blend Peer Group 1.15 50 0.58 50 13.00 18.51 1.06 50American Funds Invmt Co of Amer A 1.13 48 0.60 69 12.18 16.84 0.62 83 22 62,595Great-West Aggressive Profile I Init 0.97 21 0.53 30 14.23 20.63 1.30 32 16 79ggLarge Value Peer Group 1.14 50 0.55 50 13.36 18.93 1.06 50Invesco Growth and Income Y 1.17 61 0.57 62 13.18 18.58 0.59 93 14 8,458
Asst All/Other Aggressive Allocation Peer Group 0.93 50 0.56 50 11.62 16.59 1.27 50Great-West Moderately Agg Profile I Init 1.00 73 0.62 80 10.89 15.82 1.18 59 16 152Moderate Allocation Peer Group 1.05 50 0.67 50 8.97 12.95 1.13 50Fidelity Puritan 1.26 80 0.77 85 8.92 12.70 0.59 94 10 21,725Janus Balanced T 1.11 60 0.94 99 8.93 10.73 0.83 79 8 9,928Great-West Moderate Profile I Init 1.01 39 0.68 56 9.12 12.96 1.10 54 16 159Great-West Moderately Cnsrv Prfl I Init 1 03 45 0 76 83 7 32 10 41 1 02 62 16 66Great-West Moderately Cnsrv Prfl I Init 1.03 45 0.76 83 7.32 10.41 1.02 62 16 66Conservative Allocation Peer Group 1.09 50 0.80 50 6.04 9.27 1.14 50Great-West Conservative Profile I Init 1.07 48 0.89 69 5.49 7.92 0.96 68 16 39
Bond9 High Yield Bond Peer Group 1.20 50 0.95 50 6.68 11.84 1.00 50JPMorgan High Yield A Load Waived 1.19 48 1.04 78 6.57 10.96 1.01 49 15 10,934Intermediate-Term Bond Peer Group 1.04 50 1.41 50 2.97 4.21 0.81 50PIMCO Total Return Admin 0.87 27 1.78 93 3.99 4.16 0.71 62 26 250,051
Index Funds Dreyfus Intl Stock Index (idx) 0.52 58 0.35 40 17.54 22.69 0.60 92 7 557TIAA-CREF Equity Index Instl (idx) 1.25 78 0.62 79 13.02 18.80 0.07 99 9 7,205V d T t l B d M k t I d Si l (id ) 0 93 36 1 38 45 2 89 3 75 0 10 99 21 109 023
For Plan Sponsor Use Only DATA SOURCE: Morningstar 09/30/13 25
Vanguard Total Bond Market Index Signal (idx) 0.93 36 1.38 45 2.89 3.75 0.10 99 21 109,023
A Percentile Ranking of 100% represents the best in class performance whereas 0% represents the lowest.
Expense refers to the Prospectus Net Expense Ratio
Fund Compliance Report CardAnnual Returns and Statistics: Gwinnett County Retirement Plans period ended 09/30/2013
Portfolio ConstructionTurnover Number of % in top
2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 Alpha Beta R2 Ratio Holdings 10 holdingsIntl3 Diversified Emerging Mkts Peer Group 18.82 -18.90 18.51 73.93 -54.08
Oppenheimer Developing Markets Y 21.29 -17.85 27.39 82.10 -47.84 4.60 0.89 93 20 117 25%Foreign Large Blend Peer Group 18.16 -13.61 10.27 31.29 -43.28Artisan International Inv 25.39 -7.26 5.91 39.77 -46.96 1.19 1.17 93 55 87 31%World Stock Peer Group 16.61 -7.64 12.84 33.63 -41.10Oppenheimer Global Y 21.09 -8.46 16.06 39.77 -40.78 -0.54 1.13 96 12 87 23%N een Trade inds Val e Opport nities I 2 28 5 20 24 13 51 14 31 85 2 84 0 60 78 84 50 36%
Fund NameCalendar Year Returns MPT Statistics ( 3 year)
Nuveen Tradewinds Value Opportunities I 2.28 -5.20 24.13 51.14 -31.85 2.84 0.60 78 84 50 36%Small-Cap5 Small Growth Peer Group 13.95 -2.59 27.72 35.91 -40.33
Franklin Small Cap Growth A 10.51 -1.02 34.56 45.41 -41.12 2.09 0.96 92 41 98 16%Small Value Peer Group 15.98 -4.48 25.41 31.22 -31.88Columbia Small Cap Value Fund II Z 14.57 -2.39 25.64 25.14 -33.63 -0.38 1.05 98 42 127 11%
Mid-Cap8 Mid-Cap Growth Peer Group 14.45 -3.90 25.63 40.53 -41.86Artisan Mid Cap Inv 19.52 -2.08 31.57 50.26 -44.13 2.88 0.96 91 46 72 29%Baron Growth Retail 16.43 1.24 24.01 34.24 -39.18 5.85 0.78 94 14 101 27%Neuberger Berman Genesis Tr 9.82 4.60 21.38 26.25 -32.85 2.83 0.80 92 15 151 19%gMid-Cap Value Peer Group 16.55 -4.24 22.16 36.23 -36.66American Century Mid Cap Value A 16.11 -0.97 19.27 29.97 -24.68 -1.45 0.93 97 61 127 20%Perkins Mid Cap Value T 10.32 -2.55 14.81 30.37 -27.33 -3.49 0.86 98 60 118 15%
Large-Cap Large Growth Peer Group 15.32 -1.77 15.99 35.03 -40.01Pioneer Fundamental Growth Y 14.71 6.70 11.04 34.32 -31.06 1.93 0.87 95 28 41 N/AFidelity Contrafund 16.26 -0.14 16.93 29.23 -37.16 0.67 0.86 97 48 329 29%American Funds Growth Fund of Amer A 20.54 -4.89 12.28 34.48 -39.07 -1.85 1.05 96 18 412 24%Large Blend Peer Group 15.39 -0.17 14.28 26.98 -37.35American Funds Invmt Co of Amer A 15.60 -1.76 10.86 27.18 -34.73 -1.77 0.99 97 21 250 26%American Funds Invmt Co of Amer A 5 60 6 0 86 8 3 3 0 99 9 50 6%Great-West Aggressive Profile I Init 16.45 -4.41 15.55 33.01 -40.06 0.15 1.09 98 32 12 94%Large Value Peer Group 14.86 -0.36 13.33 24.01 -36.04Invesco Growth and Income Y 14.91 -1.89 12.92 24.55 -31.97 0.99 0.98 98 25 78 27%
Asst All/Other Aggressive Allocation Peer Group 13.74 -3.00 14.08 28.89 -35.07Great-West Moderately Agg Profile I Init 13.89 -2.17 13.15 28.57 -30.24 0.06 0.95 99 28 18 74%Moderate Allocation Peer Group 12.03 -0.30 12.06 24.37 -27.48Fidelity Puritan 13.79 0.67 14.04 26.69 -29.16 2.53 0.77 97 141 1211 17%Janus Balanced T 12.97 1.31 7.75 24.28 -15.22 1.24 0.76 94 84 415 19%Great-West Moderate Profile I Init 12 25 -1 26 11 54 24 43 -23 29 0 14 0 80 99 24 18 67%Great-West Moderate Profile I Init 12.25 -1.26 11.54 24.43 -23.29 0.14 0.80 99 24 18 67%Great-West Moderately Cnsrv Prfl I Init 10.59 -0.08 10.04 22.08 -18.11 -0.41 0.86 99 30 18 63%Conservative Allocation Peer Group 9.51 1.71 10.21 20.86 -19.24Great-West Conservative Profile I Init 9.02 1.06 8.73 20.39 -13.77 -0.05 0.64 98 30 19 65%
Bond9 High Yield Bond Peer Group 14.71 3.46 14.13 47.17 -24.67JPMorgan High Yield A Load Waived 14.48 2.26 14.46 48.04 -22.67 -1.59 1.07 98 65 1014 6%Intermediate-Term Bond Peer Group 6.72 6.38 7.58 13.33 -2.53PIMCO Total Return Admin 10.08 3.91 8.56 13.55 4.55 0.26 0.79 74 380 20465 52%
Index Funds Dreyfus Intl Stock Index (idx) 17.74 -12.51 7.31 30.15 -43.13 -0.47 1.01 99 11 1031 13%TIAA CREF E it I d I tl (id ) 16 33 0 99 16 88 28 34 37 23 0 05 1 00 100 6 2969 15%
For Plan Sponsor Use Only DATA SOURCE: Morningstar 09/30/13 26
TIAA-CREF Equity Index Instl (idx) 16.33 0.99 16.88 28.34 -37.23 -0.05 1.00 100 6 2969 15%Vanguard Total Bond Market Index Signal (idx) 4.15 7.69 6.54 6.04 5.15 -0.16 1.02 99 80 16057 6%
A Percentile Ranking of 100% represents the best in class performance whereas 0% represents the lowest.The Fund Performance Review is a proprietary high level analytical tool that is used to evaluate fund performance and is not intended as an offer or solicitation of securities, or as investment advice.Investment options available in the plan may be through mutual funds and/or a group fixed annuity contract. Total return performance shown above represents that of the underlying fund and does not include a deduction for any applicable annuity contract of administrative fees/expenses. Performance numbers shown above would be less after applicable fee/expenses are deducted.
Fund Compliance Report CardIndex Performance period ending 09/30/2013
Total Total TotalTotal Return Return Return Annual Annual Annual Annual Annual Return Annlzd Annlzd Annlzd Return Return Return Return Return
Index 1 Year 3 Year 5 Year 10 Year 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008International3 MSCI EMF ID -1.52 -2.81 4.64 10.09 15.15 -20.41 16.36 74.50 -54.47
MSCI Eafe Ndtr_D 23.77 8.47 6.35 8.01 17.32 -12.14 7.75 31.78 -43.38MSCI World Ndtr_D 20.21 11.82 7.84 7.58 15.83 -5.54 11.76 29.99 -40.71
Small-Cap5 Russell 2000 Growth 33.07 19.96 13.17 9.85 14.59 -2.91 29.09 34.47 -38.54Russell 2000 30.06 18.29 11.15 9.64 16.35 -4.18 26.85 27.17 -33.79Russell 2000 Value 27.04 16.57 9.13 9.29 18.05 -5.50 24.50 20.58 -28.92
Mid-Cap8 Russell Midcap Growth 27.54 17.65 13.92 10.16 15.81 -1.65 26.38 46.29 -44.32Standard & Poor's Midcap 400 27.68 17.45 13.08 10.84 17.88 -1.73 26.64 37.38 -36.23Russell Midcap Value 27.77 17.27 11.86 10.91 18.51 -1.38 24.75 34.21 -38.44
Large-Cap Russell 1000 Growth 19.27 16.94 12.07 7.82 15.26 2.64 16.71 37.21 -38.44Standard & Poor's 500 TR 19.34 16.27 10.02 7.57 16.00 2.11 15.06 26.46 -37.00Russell 1000 Value 22.30 16.25 8.86 7.99 17.51 0.39 15.51 19.69 -36.85
Bond9 Barclays Capital Aggregate Bond -1.68 2.86 5.41 4.59 4.21 7.84 6.54 5.93 5.24Barclays Capital Credit -1.90 4.13 8.54 5.19 9.37 8.35 8.47 16.04 -3.08B l C it l M t B k d 1 20 2 65 4 66 4 75 2 59 6 23 5 37 5 89 8 34Barclays Capital Mortgage-Backed -1.20 2.65 4.66 4.75 2.59 6.23 5.37 5.89 8.34Barclays Capital Government Bond -1.98 2.13 4.00 4.17 2.02 9.02 5.52 -2.20 12.39Barclays Capital 1-3 Year Governm 0.37 0.75 1.84 2.68 0.51 1.56 2.40 1.41 6.66
MSCI EMF ID A capitalization-weighted index of stocks from 26 emerging markets that only includes issues that may be traded by foreign investors. The reported returns reflect equities priced in US dollars and donot include the effects of reinvested dividends.
MSCI EAFE Ndtr_D Widely accepted as a benchmark for international stock performance, the EAFE Index is an aggregate of 21 individual country indexes that collectively represent many of the major markets of the world.MSCI World Ndtr_D Includes all 23 MSCI developed market countries. Ndtr_D indexes are calculated daily and take into account actual dividends reinvested daily before withholding taxes, but exclude special tax credits
declared by companies.Russell 2000 Growth Market-weighted total return index that measures the performance of companies within the Russell 2000 Index having higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.Russell 2000 Consists of the smallest 2000 companies in the Russell 3000 Index representing approximately 7% of the Russell 3000 total market capitalizationRussell 2000 Consists of the smallest 2000 companies in the Russell 3000 Index, representing approximately 7% of the Russell 3000 total market capitalization.Russell 2000 Value Market-weighted total return index that measures the performance of companies within the Russell 2000 Index having lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values.Russell Mid Cap Growth Market-weighted total return index that measures the performance of companies within the Russell Midcap Index having higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.Standard & Poor's Midcap 400 Includes approximately 10% of the capitalization of U.S. equity securities. These are comprised of stocks in the middle capitalization range.Russell Mid Cap Value Market-weighted total return index that measures the performance of companies within the Russell Midcap Index having lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. Russell 1000 Growth Market-weighted total return index that measures the performance of companies within the Russell 1000 Index having higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.Standard & Poor's 500 A market capitalization-weighted index of 500 widely held stocks often used as a proxy for the stock market. It measures the movement of the largest issues.
Standard and Poor's chooses the member companies for the 500 based on market size, liquidity and industry group representation.Russell 1000 Value Market-weighted total return index that measures the performance of companies within the Russell 1000 Index having lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values.BarCap US Aggregate Bond Composed of the Barclays Capital Govt/Credit Index, the Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and the Asset-Backed Securities Index.BarCap US Credit Listed for corporate bond-general and high-quality funds This index tracks the returns of all publicly issued fixed-rate nonconvertible dollar-denominated SEC-registered investment-grade corporate debtBarCap US Credit Listed for corporate bond-general and high-quality funds. This index tracks the returns of all publicly issued, fixed-rate, nonconvertible, dollar-denominated, SEC-registered, investment-grade corporate debt. BarCap US MBS Includes 15- and 30-year fixed-rate securities backed by mortgage pools of the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA). BarCap US Government Bond Listed for government-bond general and Treasury funds because it tracks the returns of U.S. Treasuries, agency bonds, and one- to three-year U.S. government obligations.
This index is effective for tracking portfolios holding non-mortgage government securities. BarCap US Govt 1-3 Yr Comprised of both the Treasury Bond index (all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-targeted issues) and the Agency Bond Index
(all publicly issued debt of U.S. Government agencies and quasi-federal corporations and corporate-debt guaranteed by the U.S. Government).
A benchmark index is not actively managed, does not have a defined investment objective, and does not incur fees or expenses. Therefore, performance of an Index Fund will generally be less than its benchmark index. You cannot invest directly in a benchmark index.
For Plan Sponsor Use Only DATA SOURCE: Morningstar 09/30/13 27
Investment PolicyInvestment Policy Monitoring
Advised Assets Group, LLC
Investment Policy MonitoringName Ticker Style
ChangeManager Change
Ownership Change
Style Drift Regulatory Action
Notes:
Oppenheimer Developing Markets Y ODVYX
Artisan International Inv ARTIX
Columbia Small Cap Value Fund II Z NSVAX
Oppenheimer Global Y OGLYX
Franklin Small Cap Growth A FSGRX
American Century Mid Cap Value A ACLAX
American Funds Growth Fund of Amer A AGTHX 1
1. Dylan Yolles ‐ Staying with the company but moving to a different division of Capital Management and Research. Dylan gave up his role on GFA to focus on other strategies. Martin Romo: Newly disclosed PC on the fund. Martin has been managing on the fund for 2 years. Barry Crosthwaite: Newly disclosed PC on the fund. Barry has been managing on the fund for 5 years. Gordy Crawford is still listed as a PC on the fund,however he will be retiring at the end of the month. (November, 2012)2. The style consistency of this fund slipped from medium to low. This fund does not have a market cap constraint and can be expected to be more of a multi‐cap fund with
Artisan Mid Cap Inv ARTMX 8Baron Growth Retail BGRFX
Fidelity Contrafund FCNTX
Pioneer Fundamental Growth Y FUNYX
Perkins Mid Cap Value T JMCVX 6Neuberger Berman Genesis Tr NBGEX
Invesco Growth and Income Y ACGMX 7
some international exposure. (November, 2012)3. This fund shifted from the Morningstar Large Cap Blend Category to the Morningstar World Stock Category. International exposure is currently at 32% of the portfolio. (December 2012)4. Josh Barrickman replacing Gregory Davis as one of the managers on this fund. Kenneth Volpert will remain on the fund. Greg Davis is leaving the bond indexing group the be the CIO of the Asia Pacific Group. Josh Barrickman will assume his role and has over 10 years of bond indexing experience with Vanguard. (February, 2013)
American Funds Invmt Co of America A AIVSX
Dreyfus Intl Stock Index DIISX 5Fidelity Puritan FPURX
Janus Balanced T JABAX
Great-West Moderate Profile I Init MXOPX
Great-West Aggressive Profile I Init MXPPX
Great-West Moderately Agg Profile I Init MXRPX
5. Previous management: Thomas J. Durante,Todd Rose,Richard A. Brown,Karen Q. Wong,Lynn A. Hutchison,Rebecca Gao,Danny Lai,Marlene Walker SmithCurrent management: Thomas J. Durante,Richard A. Brown,Karen Q. Wong. These changes are just clean‐up after merging serveral boutiques within Dreyfus. The people removed are all junior PMs.(March, 2013)6. In a move to add additional resources to this fund, Kevin Preloger was added to the management team of this fund. (April, 2013)7 P i t M J M l J O R d M k L ki ThGreat West Moderately Agg Profile I Init MXRPX
Great-West Moderately Cnsrv Prfl I Init MXTPX
Great-West Conservative Profile I Init MXVPX
Nuveen Tradewinds Value Opportunities I NVORX 3 2JPMorgan High Yield A Load Waived OHYAX
PIMCO Total Return Admin PTRAX
TIAA-CREF Equity Index Instl TIEIX
Vanguard Total Bond Market Index Signal VBTSX 4
7. Previous management: Mary Jayne Maly,James O. Roeder,Mark Laskin,Thomas Bastian,Sergio MarcheliCurrent management: Mary Jayne Maly,James O. Roeder,Thomas Bastian,Sergio Marcheli. Mark Laskin left the firm and INVESCO is not going to add another portfolio manager, but will add another senior analyst to replace his analyst duties. (June, 2013)8. Craigh A. Cepukenas was added as a named manager on this fund. Has been working on the fund since 2009. (October, 2013)
Vanguard Total Bond Market Index Signal VBTSX 4
For Plan Sponsor Use Only DATA SOURCE: Morningstar 09/30/13 29
Glossary
Advised Assets Group, LLC
Glossary
G - 1
12b-1 Fee The maximum annual charge deducted from fund assets to pay for distribution and marketing costs. Although usually set on a percentage basis, this amount will occasionally be a flatfigure.
Actively managed fund A fund manager buys and sells securities attempting to outperform the market as a whole.
Adjustable Bonds A bond whose coupon is reset periodically—usually every six months to three years. At the reset date, the coupon is set equal to some base index, such as the one-yearconstant Treasury rate, plus a spread (or margin). When interest rates are falling, these bonds do better than an in-year Treasury, but when interest rates rise, they can lag Treasury yields.
Aggressive Growth (Objective) Funds that seek rapid growth of capital and that may invest in emerging market growth companies without specifying a market capitalization range. They ofteninvest in small or emerging growth companies and are more likely than other funds to invest in IPO's or in companies with high price/earnings and price/book ratios. They may use such investmenttechniques as heavy sector concentrations, leveraging, and short-selling.
Alpha A measure of the difference between a fund’s actual returns and its expected performance, given its level of risk as measured by beta. A positive alpha figure indicates the fund hasperformed better than its beta would predict. In contrast, a negative alpha indicates the fund’s underperformance, given the expectations established by the fund’s beta.
Annual Returns Total returns calculated on a calendar-year basis. The annual return for a fund will be the same as its trailing 12-month total return only at year-end.
Annualized Returns Returns for periods longer than one year are expressed as "annualized returns." This is equivalent to the compound rate of return which, over a certain period of time, wouldproduce a fund’s total return over that same period.
Asset Allocation (Objective) Income and capital appreciation are dual goals for funds in this objective. Managers often use a flexible combination of stocks, bonds, and cash. Managers may shiftassets based on analysis of business-cycle trends.
Average Credit Quality Gives a snapshot of the portfolio’s overall credit quality. It is an average of each bond’s credit rating, adjusted for its relative weighting in the portfolio.
Average Effective Duration A measure of a fund's interest-rate sensitivity--the longer a fund's duration, the more sensitive the fund is to shifts in interest rates. Duration is determined by aformula that includes coupon rates and bond maturities. Small coupons tend to increase duration, while shorter maturities and higher coupons shorten duration. The relationship between fundswith different durations is straightforward: A fund with a duration of 10 years is twice as volatile as a fund with a five-year duration.
Average Effective Maturity Used for taxable fixed-income funds only, this figure takes into consideration all mortgage prepayments, puts, and adjustable coupons; it does not, however, accountfor call provisions. The number listed is a weighted average of all the maturities of the bonds in the portfolio, computed by weighing each maturity date (the date the security comes due) by themarket value of the security.
Balanced (Objective) Funds that seek both income and capital appreciation by investing in a generally fixed combination of stocks and bonds. These funds generally hold a minimum of 25% oftheir assets in fixed-income securities at all times.
Basis Point One-hundredth of a percentage point. For example, 50 basis points equals .50%.
Beta A measure of a fund’s sensitivity to market movements. The beta of the market is 1.00 by definition. Beta is calculated by comparing a fund’s excess return over Treasury bills to themarket's excess return over Treasury bills, so a beta of 1.10 shows that the fund has performed 10% better than its benchmark index in up markets and 10% worse in down markets, assuming allother factors remain constant. Conversely, a beta of 0.85 indicates that the fund’s excess return is expected to perform 15% worse than the market’s excess return during up markets and 15%better during down markets.
Bonds Interest-bearing certificates of indebtedness or IOUs. While bonds' rates of return remain fixed, bond prices change in relation to interest rates — when interest rates go up, bond prices godown, and vice versa. However, bond funds are variable funds and fluctuate with market conditions.
Bond funds Contrary to individual bonds, which offer a guaranteed rate of return, bond funds are variable funds and their returns may rise or fall depending on market conditions. Funds with 70%or more of their assets invested in bonds are classified as Bond Funds. Bond funds are divided into two main groups: Taxable Bond and Municipal Bond. Taxable Bond Fund categories includethe following: Long-Term Government, Intermediate-Term Government, Short-Term Government, Long-Term Bond, Intermediate-Term Bond, Short-Term Bond, Ultrashort-Bond, International-Bond, High-Yield Bond, Emerging-Markets Bond and Multisector Bond.
Breakpoint The investment amount at which investors in a load fund qualify for a discount on the fund’s sales charges.
Glossary
G - 2
Broker A firm or individual that acts as an intermediary between a buyer and a seller of securities, thereby earning a commission on the transaction. Unlike a broker-dealer, a broker does not ownthe securities that he or she sells.
Callable Bond A bond that can be repaid early, at the issuer’s discretion. A callable bond allows an issuer to refinance debt at a lower rate, should interest rates drop below the coupon rate on thebond. If interest rates have dropped significantly since the date of issue, a callable bond will trade as though its maturity were shortened to the call date, which is the earliest time at which the bondcan be redeemed.
Capital Appreciation The taxable income generated when a security is sold. The amount of appreciation is measured by subtracting the purchase price from the sale price.
Capital Gains Taxable income generated only when a security is sold. This figure is calculated by subtracting the purchase price from the sale price. Under IRS regulations, funds must distribute98% of their capital gains each year to avoid paying taxes on them. Shareholders pay taxes on these distributions, even if the gains are reinvested. Further capital gains can be generated byselling shares in a fund for more than the original purchase price.
Capitalization The total dollar value of all stock issued by a company. Small-cap stocks are issued by companies with market cap less than $1 billion. Mid-cap stocks are issued by medium-sizedcompanies with market cap anywhere from $1 billion to $5 billion. Large-cap stocks include companies with market cap greater than $5 billion.
CMOs Collateralized mortgage obligations are derivative securities, created by chopping up mortgage pass-throughs or whole loans into various slices in order to redistribute the cash flows (bothprincipal and interest payments) from the underlying bonds. The CMO group, except for adjustable-rate mortgage funds, includes PACs (planned amortization class bonds), floating- and inverse-floating-rate CMOs, and accrual or Z-tranche bonds, among other varieties.Consumer Price Index (CPI) This index measures the changes in prices of goods and services purchased by urban households. Many pension and employment contracts are tied to changes inconsumer prices, as protection against inflation and reduced purchasing power.
Corporate Bond--General (Objective) Funds that seek income by investing in fixed-income securities. Funds with this objective may hold a variety of issues, including but not limited togovernment bonds, high-quality corporates, mortgages, asset-backeds, bank loans and junk bonds.
Corporate Bond--High Quality (Objective) Offerings that seek income by investing at least 65% of their assets in corporate debt securities rated A or higher. They generally maintain averageratings of AA or better.
Corporate Bond--High Yield (Objective) Funds that seek income by generally investing 65% or more of their assets in bonds rated below BBB. The price of these issues is generally affectedmore by the condition of the issuing company (similar to a stock) than by the interest-rate fluctuation that usually causes bond prices to move up and down.
Current income Results when a stock pays a dividend or a bond makes an interest payment. This is the value of your investment increased. With current income, you get a fairly stable pattern ofincome — which generally means reduced volatility. (Stock dividends must be declared, and are not predictable.)
Diversification Spreading your money over many different types of investments. Contrary to putting all your eggs in one basket, diversification can help protect your savings because when oneinvestment is doing poorly, another may be doing well. This does not guarantee against loss of value in your investments.
Dividends The distribution of earnings to stockholders by a company. Dividends are usually paid out from current earnings.
Domestic equity funds are placed in a category based on the style and size of the stocks they typically own. The style and size parameters are based on the divisions used in the investmentstyle box: Value, Blend, or Growth style and Small, Medium, or Large median market capitalization.
Domestic Hybrid Category Used for funds with stock holdings of greater than 20% but less than 70% of the portfolio.
Dow Jones Industrial Average Computed by summing the prices of the stocks of 30 companies and then dividing that total by an adjusted value--one which has been adjusted over the years toaccount for the effects of stock splits on the prices of the 30 companies. Dividends are reinvested to reflect the actual performance of the underlying securities.
Duration A time measure of a bond’s interest-rate sensitivity, based on the weighted average of the time periods over which a bond’s cash flows accrue to the bondholder. Time periods areweighted by multiplying by the present value of its cash flow divided by the bond’s price. (A bond’s cash flows consist of coupon payments and repayment of capital). A bond’s duration will almostalways be shorter than its maturity, with the exception of zero-coupon bonds, for which maturity and duration are equal.
Equity-Income (Objective) Funds that are expected to pursue current income by investing at least 65% of their assets in dividend-paying equity securities.
Glossary
G - 3
Equity style box is a matrix that shows a fund’s investment style. Nine boxes represent two variables: the size of the companies invested in (small-cap, mid-cap, large-cap), and whether a fund isgrowth, value, or blend oriented. Morningstar recalculates the style of each fund on a monthly basis. The equity style box is shown below (areas are shaded according to risk — the darker thearea, the higher the risk associated with the investment).
Value Blend Growth
1 2 3 Large
4 5 6 Medium
7 8 9 Small
Excess Returns A component found in Morningstar Return, Morningstar Risk, and the Morningstar Rating. This figure is calculated by subtracting the monthly returns of the three-month Treasury-bill from the monthly returns of the fund during the same time period.
Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) are not mutual funds in the traditional sense; rather, they are hybrid instruments combining aspects of common stocks and mutual funds and offering many thebenefits of both. ETFs are products that trade like stocks. They mimic stock indexes and are passively managed just like an index fund. Because ETFs trade throughout the day just like a stock,investors have the ability to choose the timing and know the price of the transaction.
Expense Ratio The percentage of fund assets paid for operating expenses and management fees, including 12b-1 fees, administrative fees, and all other asset-based costs incurred by the fund,except brokerage costs. Fund expenses are reflected in the fund’s NAV . Sales charges are not included in the expense ratio.
FHLMC mortgages The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Commission, a federally-sponsored corporation that packages huge pools of individual mortgages and carves these pools up as mortgage-backed securities. This provides diversification, and consequently lower risk for mortgage investors. Although FHLMC securities are not directly backed by the federal government, it is implicitlyrecognized that the government would step in were there a likelihood that they would default.
Fixed-income style box is similar to the equity style box. Fixed income style boxes represent a bond fund’s investment style. A fixed-income style would be the intersection of its duration (short,intermediate, and long) and the quality of the bonds selected for the portfolio (high, medium, low). Listed below is the matrix using the fixed-income style groupings (again, the darker the shading,the higher the risk).
Short Int. Long
1 2 3 High
4 5 6 Medium
7 8 9 Low
Flagship Fund Not to be confused with the Flagship Family of funds, a flagship fund is typically the oldest of a management company’s funds, or one that boasts the largest number of assets.Such funds often bear the management company’s name.
Foreign Stock Category An international fund having no more than 10% of stocks invested in the United States.
Fund of Funds A fund that specializes in buying shares in other mutual funds rather than individual securities. Quite often this type of fund is not discernible from its name alone, but ratherthrough prospectus wording (i.e.: the fund’s charter).
Geometric Mean Return A compounded and annualized rate of return.
GNMA mortgages These are mortgage pass-through securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association. These bonds are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.government.
Government Bond--General (Objective) Offerings that pursue income by investing in a combination of mortgage-backed securities, Treasuries, and agency securities.
Glossary
G - 4
Government Bond--Mortgage (Objective) Funds that seek income by generally investing at least 65% of their assets in securities backed by mortgages, such as securities issued by theGovernment National Mortgage Association (GNMA), the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC).
Government Bond--Treasury (Objective) Treasury funds that seek income by generally investing at least 80% of their assets in U.S. Treasury securities.
Growth (Objective) Funds that pursue capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities. Current income, if considered at all, is a secondary concern.
Growth and Income (Objective) Growth of capital and current income are near-equal objectives for these funds. Investments are typically selected for both appreciation potential and dividend-paying ability.
Guaranteed Certificate Fund All money deposited into a certificate during a "deposit period" earns a guaranteed rate of return, credited daily until maturity. Backed by the general assets of thecertificate issuer.
High-Yield Bond Category A fund with at least 65% or more of bond assets in bonds rated below BBB.
Index Fund A fund that tracks a particular index and attempts to match returns. While an index typically has a much larger portfolio than a mutual fund, the fund’s management may study theindex’s movements to develop a representative sampling, and match sectors proportionately.
Individual Retirement Account (IRA) A personal retirement plan. Taxes on earnings are deferred until money from the account is withdrawn.
Industrial Cyclicals Sector Includes aerospace and aerospace industries, building supplies, industrial-building products, business equipment, chemicals, machinery (both light and industrial),metals fabrication (iron, steel, coal, and rare metals), paper and packaging, and photo equipment. Some examples of companies in this sector include Boeing, Canon, Caterpillar, Eastman Kodak,Georgia Pacific, Potash, and Sherwin-Williams.
Information Ratio The information ratio is a measure of the consistency of excess return. This value is determined by taking the annualized excess return over a benchmark (style benchmark bydefault) and dividing it by the standard deviation of excess return.
Institutional Fund Any fund that meets one of the following qualifications:a) has the word "institutional" in its name.
b) has a minimum initial purchase of $100,000 or more.
c) states in its prospectus that it is designed for institutional investors or those purchasing on a fiduciary basis.
International Equity Funds with 40% or more of their equity holdings in foreign stocks (on average over three years) are placed in the international equity class. These categories include Europe,Japan, International Hybrid, Latin America, Diversified Pacific, Pacific ex. Japan, Specialty Precious Metals, Diversified Emerging Markets, World Stock, and Foreign Stock. Foreign investmentsinvolve special risks, including currency fluctuations and political developments.
Lehman Brothers 1-3 Year Government Bond Comprised of both the Treasury Bond index (all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-targeted issues) andthe Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of U.S. Government agencies and quasi-federal corporations and corporate-debt guaranteed by the U.S. Government). These bonds also musthave maturities of one to three years. The returns published for the index are total returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
Lehman Brothers Aggregate Index Composed of the Lehman Brothers Govt/Credit Index, the Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and the Asset-Backed Securities Index. The returns publishedfor the index are total returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
Lehman Brothers Credit Listed for corporate bond-general and high-quality funds. This index tracks the returns of all publicly issued, fixed-rate, nonconvertible, dollar-denominated, SEC-registered, investment-grade corporate debt. The returns published for the index are total returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
Lehman Brothers Government Bond Index Listed for government-bond general and Treasury funds. Because it tracks the returns of U.S. Treasuries, agency bonds, and one- to three-year U.S.government obligations, this index is effective for tracking portfolios holding non-mortgage government securities. The returns published for the index are total returns, which include reinvestmentof dividends.
Lehman Brothers Govt/Credit Represents a combination of the Government and Corporate Bond indices. The returns published for the index are total returns, which include reinvestment ofdividends. For more information, view the Lehman Brothers Web site or call 212-526-1000.
Glossary
G - 5
Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government Index Includes those indexes found in the LB Government Index which have a maturity of one to three years. The returns published for the indexare total returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government/Corporate Index Includes both corporate (publicly-issued, fixed-rate, nonconvertible, investment grade, dollar-denominated, SEC-registered,corporate dept.) and government (Treasury Bond index, Agency Bond index, 1-3 Year Government index, and the 20+-Year treasury) indexes, including bonds with maturities up to ten years. Thereturns published for the index are total returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
Lehman Brothers Intermediate Treasury This index includes treasury bonds with maturates of at least one year and up to 10 years with an outstanding par value of at least 100 million. Theyinclude fixed-rate debt issues, rated investment grade or higher by Moody’s Investor Services, Standard & Poor’s Corporation, or Fitch Investor’s Service (in that order). Treasuries include allpublic obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-targeted issues. The returns published for the index are total returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
Lehman Brothers Long Credit Serves as a measure of all public-issued nonconvertible investment-grade corporate debts that have a maturity of 10 years or more. The returns published for theindex are total returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
Lehman Brothers Long Term Government Index Includes those indexes found in the LB Government index which have a maturity of 10 years or more. The returns published for the index aretotal returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
Lehman Brothers Mortgage-Backed Securities Includes 15- and 30-year fixed-rate securities backed by mortgage pools of the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA). The returnspublished for the index are total returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
Life Cycle These funds are geared toward investors of a certain age or with a specific time horizon for investing. Typically they are grouped together in sets (i.e. conservative, moderate, andaggressive portfolios).
Linear Scale Linear graphs are scaled so that equal vertical distances represent the same absolute dollar value change. A drop from $10,000 to $9,000, for example, is represented in the sameway as a drop from $100,000 to $99,000.
Logarithmic Scale Used for graphs, a scale that reveals percentage changes. A given percentage move takes up the same amount of space as another move of equal percentage. A changefrom 100 to 200, for example, is presented in the same way as a change from 1000 to 2000.
Maturity Short-term bonds mature (or come due) in less than four years. Intermediate-term bonds mature in four to ten years. Long-term bonds mature more than ten years from the date ofpurchase. The longer the term, the higher the risk and the rate of potential return.
Management Fees The management fee is the percentage deducted from fund assets to pay an advisor or subadvisor. Often, as the fund's net assets grow, the percentage deducted formanagement fees decreases. For example, a particular fund may report a management fee of 0.40% on the first $500 million in assets, 0.35% on all assets between $500 million and $1 billion,and 0.30% on assets in excess of $1 billion. Thus, if the fund contains $1.5 billion in total net assets, the advisor scales back its management fees accordingly. Alternatively, the fund may computethe fee as a flat percentage of average net assets. The management fee might also come in the form of a group fee (G), a performance fee (P), or a gross income fee (I). Note: The managementfee is just one (albeit a major) component of a fund's costs. The overall expense ratio is the most useful number for investors. Actual fees are also noted in this section.
Market-Neutral Funds These are funds that attempt to eliminate the risks of the market by holding 50% of assets in long positions in stocks and 50% of assets in short positions. Funds in thisgroup match the characteristics of their long and short portfolios, keeping factors such as price-to-earnings and industry exposure similar. Stock picking, rather than broad market moves, shoulddrive a market-neutral fund's performance.
Median Market Capitalization The median market capitalization of a fund's equity portfolio gives you a measure of the size of the companies in which the fund invests. It is the trimmed mean ofthe market capitalizations of the stocks in the fund’s portfolio.
Modern Portfolio Theory (MPT) Statistics Alpha, beta, and R-squared are modern-portfolio-theory measures of a fund’s relative risk, based on least-squares regression of a fund’s excessreturns on the excess returns of a market index. Standard deviation is not considered an MPT statistic because it is not generated through the same formula or mathematical analysis as the otherthree statistics.
Money market funds Best described as short-term versions of bonds. These relatively low-risk variable funds hold very short-term securities such as U.S. government securities, certificates ofdeposit, cash and cash equivalents. Investments in Money Market funds are neither insured nor guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.Although they seek to preserve the value of your investment at $1 per share, it is possible to lose money in Money Market funds.
Glossary
G - 6
Morley Stable Value Index A hypothetical portfolio comprised of a weighted blend of 50% five-year stable value contracts, 30% three-year stable value contracts and 20% 30-day primecommercial paper. The five-year component consists of 60 hypothetical five-year stable value contracts, one purchased at the prior month end's illustrative rate at the beginnning of each monthfor the prior 60 months. The three-year component consists of 36 hypothetical three-year stable value contracts, one purchased at the prior month end's illustrative rate at the beginnning of eachmonth for the prior 36 months.
Morningstar was founded in 1984 to provide investors with useful information for making intelligent, informed investment decisions. The company’s first product, originally named the Mutual FundSourcebook, proved to be innovative in its ability to tap into an underserved market. Soon a demand grew for an even more in-depth and analytical publication, leading to the launch of MorningstarMutual Funds in late 1986.
Morningstar Category identifies funds based on their actual investment styles as measured by their underlying portfolio holdings (portfolio statistics and compositions over the past three years). Ifthe fund is new and has no portfolio, we estimate where it will fall before assigning a more permanent category. When necessary, we may change a category assignment based on currentinformation.
MSCI EAFE Ndtr_D Listed for foreign stock funds (EAFE refers to Europe, Australasia, and Far East). Widely accepted as a benchmark for international stock performance, the EAFE Index is anaggregate of 21 individual country indexes that collectively represent many of the major markets of the world. Ndtr_D indexes are calculated daily and take into account actual dividends reinvesteddaily before withholding taxes, but exclude special tax credits declared by companies. In addition, Ndtr_D indexes subtract withholding taxes retained at the source, for foreigners who do notbenefit from a double taxation treaty. The returns published for the index are total returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
MSCI Europe Ndtr_D Listed for Europe stock funds. This index measures the performance of stock markets in Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands,Norway, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Ireland, Portugal, and the United Kingdom. Total returns date back to December 1981. Ndtr_D indexes are calculated daily and take into account actualdividends reinvested daily before withholding taxes, but exclude special tax credits declared by companies. In addition, Ndtr_D indexes subtract withholding taxes retained at the source, forforeigners who do not benefit from a double taxation treaty.
MSCI Pacific Ndtr_D Formerly known as MS Pacific, this index is listed for Pacific stock funds and measures the performance of stock markets in Australia, Hong Kong, Japan, New Zealand, andSingapore, and Malaysia. Ndtr_D indexes are calculated daily and take into account actual dividends reinvested daily before withholding taxes, but exclude special tax credits declared bycompanies. In addition, Ndtr_D indexes subtract withholding taxes retained at the source, for foreigners who do not benefit from a double taxation treaty. The returns we publish for the index aretotal returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
MSCI World Ndtr_D Includes all 23 MSCI developed market countries. Ndtr_D indexes are calculated daily and take into account actual dividends reinvested daily before withholding taxes, butexclude special tax credits declared by companies. In addition, Ndtr_D indexes subtract withholding taxes retained at the source, for foreigners who do not benefit from a double taxation treaty.
Mutual fund An investment option that pools money from many shareholders and invests it in a group of stocks, bonds, or other securities. Also known as an open-end investment managementcompany, mutual funds are securities required to be registered with the SEC.
NASD (National Association of Securities Dealers) A self-regulatory organization for the securities industry with jurisdiction over certain broker-dealers. The NASD enforces broker-dealers’compliance with securities regulations, including the requirement that they maintain sufficient levels of net operating capital. It also conducts market surveillance of the over-the-counter (OTC)securities market.
NAV Stands for net asset value, which is the fund’s share price. Funds compute this value by dividing the total net assets by the total number of shares.
NASDAQ Composite Index Measures the performance of all issues listed in the NASDAQ Stock Market, except for rights, warrants, units, and convertible debentures.
Net Assets The month-end net assets of the mutual fund, recorded in millions of dollars. Net-asset figures are useful in gauging a fund’s size, agility, and popularity. They help determine whethera small company fund, for example, can remain in its investment-objective category if its asset base reaches an ungainly size.
Ndtr_D: Noted for various Morgan Stanley indexes, Ndtr_D indicates that the index is listed in US dollars, with net dividends reinvested. Ndtr_D indexes take into account actual dividends beforewithholding taxes, but excludes special tax credits declared by companies. In addition, Ndtr_D indexes subtract withholding taxes retained at the source, for foreigners who do not benefit from adouble taxation treaty.
NYSE (New York Stock Exchange Composite) Serves as a comprehensive measure of the market trend for the benefit of investors who are concerned with general stock market price movements.The index is a composite of all common stocks listed on the NYSE and four sub-groups--Industrial, Transportation, Utility, and Finance.
Options/Futures/Warrants Options and futures may be used speculatively, to leverage a portfolio, or cautiously, as a hedge against risk.
Glossary
G - 7
OTC (over the counter) A name for a security that is not listed on an exchange. The OTC is the major trading market for all US bonds, as well as many small- and large-capitalization stocks.Whereas non-OTC stocks trade on the floor of actual stock exchanges, OTC issues are traded via telephone and computer networks connecting dealers in stocks and bonds. The dealer may ormay not be a member of a securities exchange, but he or she must be a member of the NASD.
Price/Book Ratio The weighted average of the price/book ratios of all the stocks in a fund’s portfolio. The P/B ratio of a company is calculated by dividing the market price of its stock by thecompany’s per-share book value. Stocks with negative book values are excluded from this calculation. In theory, a high P/B ratio indicates that the price of the stock exceeds the actual worth ofthe company's assets, while a low P/B ratio indicates that the stock is a bargain.
Price/Earnings Ratio The weighted average of the price/earnings ratios of the stocks in a fund’s portfolio. The P/E ratio of a stock is calculated by dividing the current price of the stock by itstrailing 12 months’ earnings per share. In computing the average, Morningstar weights each portfolio holding by the percentage of equity assets it represents, so that larger positions haveproportionately greater influence on the fund’s final P/E.
Price/Cash Flow This represents the weighted average of the price/cash-flow ratios of the stocks in a fund's portfolio. Price/cash-flow represents the amount an investor is willing to pay for adollar generated from a particular company's operations. Price/cash-flow shows the ability of a business to generate cash and acts as a gauge of liquidity and solvency. Because accountingconventions differ among nations, reported earnings (and P/E ratios) may not be comparable across national boundaries. Price/cash-flow attempts to provide an internationally-standard measureof a firm's stock price relative to its financial performance.
Prospectus A fund's formal written statement, generally issued on an annual basis. In this statement the fund sets forth its proposed purposes and goals, and other facts (e.g.: history andinvestment objective) that an investor should know in order to make an informed decision.
Prospectus Objective Indicates a particular fund’s investment goals, based on the wording in a fund's prospectus.
R-Squared Reflects the percentage of a fund’s movements that can be explained by movements in its benchmark index. An R-squared of 100 indicates that all movements of a fund can beexplained by movements in the index. Thus, index funds that invest only in S&P 500 stocks will have an R-squared very close to 100. Conversely, a low R-squared indicates that very few of thefund’s movements can be explained by movements in its benchmark index. An R-squared measure of 35, for example, means that only 35% of the fund’s movements can be explained bymovements in the benchmark index.
Regression A mathematical tool used to study the way that two sets of numbers interact with each other. Regression measures how much of one number's changes might be caused by or linkedto how much another number changes.
Returns Based Style Analysis In 1988, William F. Sharpe, Nobel Laureate and Professor of Finance at Stanford University, wrote an article for the Investment Analyst Review entitled"Determining a Fund's Effective Asset Mix". In this article, he demonstrated that a manager's style could be determined by analyzing portfolio returns, as opposed to holdings. This was donemathematically by comparing the manager's returns to the returns of a number of style indexes. This discovery revolutionized style and performance analysis and provided the basis for theStyleADVISOR suite of software.
Since its debut in 1993, StyleADVISOR has been the style analysis package of choice for the large institutional marketplace. Our client list has grown to include over 250 plan sponsors,consultants, and money managers. They use StyleADVISOR to determine, for themselves, using only monthly or quarterly returns, the style and consistency of managers and funds. They createcustom style benchmarks, do performance, risk-return, upside downside market capture analyses, manager to peer universe comparisons, asset allocation, and much more. StyleADVISOR alsoenables them to perform manager searches, create custom universes, evaluate competitors, and monitor aggregate portfolios.
Risk Basically there are four types of risk: 1) inflation risk means your money may not earn enough in the long run because as prices go up the value of your money goes down; 2) market riskmeans you could lose money because the price of a stock may go down; 3) credit risk means a company or organization that borrowed your money may not be able to pay it back; and 4) interestrate risk means you could lose money because as interest rates go up the value of bond investments goes down.
Risk-Free Rate of Return Three-month T-bills are government-backed short-term investments considered to be risk-free and as good as cash because the maturity is only three months.
Risk/Return Graph The Manager Risk/Return Graph displays the risk/return characteristics of a manager and compares them to a benchmark, universe or other managers. It plots Return on thevertical axis and a Risk Statistic on the horizontal axis.
The chart has crosshairs that provide a basis for comparison by dividing the graph into four quadrants. The crosshairs are centered at either the Market Benchmark, the Style Benchmark or themedian of the Universe, depending on the options you select. A relatively aggressive manager, for example, is likely to fall in the Northeast corner relative to the crosshairs centered at theuniverse median, with both more risk and more return.
Glossary
G - 8
Russell 1000 Consists of the 1000 largest companies within the Russell 3000 index. Also known as the Market-Oriented Index, because it represents the group of stocks from which most activemoney managers choose. The returns published for the index are total returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
Russell 1000 Growth Market-capitalization weighted index of those firms in the Russell 1000 with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 1000 includes thelargest 1000 firms in the Russell 3000, which represents approximately 98% of the investable US equity market.
Russell 1000 Value Market-capitalization weighted index of those firms in the Russell 1000 with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The Russell 1000 includes thelargest 1000 firms in the Russell 3000, which represents approximately 98% of the investable US equity market.
Russell 2000 Consists of the smallest 2000 companies in the Russell 3000 Index, representing approximately 7% of the Russell 3000 total market capitalization. The returns published for theindex are total returns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
Russell 2000 Growth Market-weighted total return index that measures the performance of companies within the Russell 2000 Index having higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecastedgrowth values. The Russell 2000 Index includes the 2000 firms from the Russell 3000 Index with the smallest market capitalizations. The Russell 3000 Index represents 98% of the of theinvestable US equity market.
Russell 2000 Value Market-weighted total return index that measures the performance of companies within the Russell 2000 Index having lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growthvalues. The Russell 2000 Index includes the 2000 firms from the Russell 3000 Index with the smallest market capitalizations. The Russell 3000 Index represents 98% of the of the investable USequity market.
Russell 3000 Composed of the 3000 largest U.S. companies by market capitalization, representing approximately 98% of the U.S. equity market. The returns published for the index are totalreturns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
S&P 500/BARRA Growth Index A subset of the Standard & Poor's 500 Index®. Each year, all the stocks in the S&P 500® are classified as either growth or value. The stocks classified as growthmake up the S&P 500/BARRA Growth Index. In general, growth companies tend to have high price-to-earnings (P/E) ratios, low dividend yields, and above-average earnings growth rates.
S&P 500/BARRA Value Index A subset of the Standard & Poor's 500 Index®. Each year, all the stocks in the S&P 500® are classified as either growth or value. The stocks classified as valuemake up the S&P 500/BARRA Value Index. In general, value companies tend to have low P/E ratios, high dividend yields, and below-average earnings growth rates.
S&P 400 MidCap Index The S&P 400 MidCap Index consists of 400 U.S. companies that have market capitalization from $1 billion to $5 billion. The index includes approximately 312 industrialcompanies, 10 transportation companies, 41 utilities, and 37 financial companies.
S&P 500 Index® Standard & Poor's 500 Index® is a benchmark for the United States stock market. It's a list of the 500 largest publicly traded companies, which include 400 industrial companies,20 transportation companies, 40 utilities, and 40 financial companies.
S&P Small Cap 600 Index The Standard & Poor's SmallCap 600 Index consists of 600 U.S. companies that have market capitalization less than $1 billion. The index includes approximately 499industrial companies, 18 transportation companies, 27 utilities, and 56 financial companies. Equity securities of companies with small market capitalization may be more volatile than securities oflarger, more established companies.
SEC Yield A calculation based on a 30-day period ending on the last of the previous month. It is computed by dividing the net investment income per share earned during the period by themaximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.
Share Classes Shares of the same fund that offer different shareholder rights and obligations, such as different fee and load charges. Common share classes are A (front-end load), B (deferredfees), C (no sales charge and a relatively high annual 12b-1 fee, such as 1.00%). Multi-class funds hold the same investment portfolio for all classes, and differ only in their surrounding feestructure.
Sharpe Ratio A risk-adjusted measure developed by Nobel Laureate William Sharpe. It is calculated by using standard deviation and excess return to determine reward per unit of risk. The higherthe Sharpe Ratio, the better the fund’s historical risk-adjusted performance. The Sharpe ratio is calculated for the past 36-month period by dividing a fund’s annualized excess returns by itsannualized standard deviation.
Glossary
G - 9
Socially Conscious Any fund that invests according to non-economic guidelines. Such funds may make investments based on such issues as environmental responsibility, human rights, orreligious views. A socially conscious fund may take a pro-active stance by selectively investing in, for example, environmentally-friendly companies, or firms with good employee relations. Thisgroup also includes funds that avoid investing in companies involved in promoting alcohol, tobacco, or gambling, or in the defense industry.
Standard Deviation A statistical measurement of dispersion about an average, which, for a mutual fund, depicts how widely the returns varied over a certain period of time. Investors use thestandard deviation of historical performance to try to predict the range of returns that are most likely for a given fund. When a fund has a high standard deviation, the predicted range ofperformance is wide, implying greater volatility.
Stocks Ownership in a company. Stocks are sold by the company and then bought/sold among investors. Risks involved include the company not performing up to expectations or that the price ofyour stock will fall.
Style Benchmark The concept of the style benchmark was first introduced by Nobel Laureate William F. Sharpe in 1988 and referred to as the "Effective Asset Mix". A quadratic optimizer is usedto find a combination of the selected indices that would best track (have the highest correlation to) a given return series. For example, if a domestic equity manager optimization found that aweighted composite of 20% Russell Large Value, 10% Russell Large Growth, 60% Russell Small Value, 5% Russell Small Growth, and 5% T-bills had a 92% R-squared to that manager's returns,it could be said that 92% of this manager's performance may be attributed to his "style". The remaining 8% is unexplained variance due to stock selection, etc.
Tax-deferred earnings You don't have to pay taxes on any earnings in your 401(k) until you withdraw your money. The money in a 401(k) can grow faster than with other types of savings plans,because the earnings you accumulate, if any, are also tax-deferred.
Treynor Ratio The Treynor Ratio is a measure of performance per unit of market risk. It is the portfolio's excess return over the risk-free rate divided by the portfolio's beta to the selectedbenchmark. Also known as the Reward to Volatility Ratio.
Turnover Ratio The turnover rate of a fund is a decent proxy for how frequently a manager trades his or her portfolio. The inverse of a fund's turnover ratio is the average holding period for asecurity in that fund. If a fund consistently showed a 20% turnover ratio, for example, it would suggest that--on average--that fund holds a security for five years before selling it. A fund with a200% turnover ratio pretty much changes its portfolio wholesale every six months.
Upside / Downside Market Capture Graph StyleADVISOR's Upside / Downside Market Capture graph displays the percentage of benchmark movement captured by a manager in both up anddown markets. The graph plots the manager's upside capture ratio (vertical axis) against the downside capture ratio (horizontal axis). The capture ratio is the manager's return divided by thebenchmark's return, or the percentage of the benchmark’s return that was “captured” by the manager. The Upside capture ratio is computed for periods when the market has a positive return.The Downside capture ratio is computed for periods when the market has a negative return.
Variable funds Investments that fluctuate with market conditions. Unlike guaranteed investments, such as bonds or CDs, variable funds don't guarantee a specific rate of return. They do offerpotential for higher earnings in return for higher degree of market risk.
Wilshire 4500 Listed for small-company funds, measures the performance of all U.S. common equity securities excluding the stocks in the S&P 500. The returns published for the index are totalreturns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
Wilshire 5000 Measures the performance of all U.S. common equity securities, and so serves as an index of all stock trades in the United States. The returns published for the index are totalreturns, which include reinvestment of dividends.
World Stock Category An international fund having more than 10% of stocks invested in the US. Also known as global funds. Foreign Investments involve special risks, including currencyfluctuations and political developments.
1996-2001. Morningstar, Inc. All Rights Reserved. The information, data, analyses and opinions contained herein (1) include the confidential and proprietary information of Morningstar, Inc., (2)may not be copied or redistributed, (3) do not constitute investment advice offered by Morningstar, Inc., (4) are provided solely for information purposes and (5) are not warrented to be correct,complete or accurate. Morningstar, Inc. shall not be responsible for any trading decisions, damages or other losses resulting from or related to, this information, data, analyses or opinions or theiruse.
Gwinnett County
October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013 Executive Summary
July 2013
RETIREMENT SERVICES
Agenda…
• Outstanding from previous RPMC meeting (8/22/13)– Staff meeting to discuss benchmarking g g
_______________________________________________________________
• Updates for current RPMC meeting (11/21/13)– September 30 2013 Plan ReviewSeptember 30, 2013 Plan Review– Gwinnett referenced as case study at GGFOA by UGA
professor, Dr. Paula StanfordPlan Benchmarking– Plan Benchmarking
____________________________________________________________________
• Legislative / Regulatory Updates“T 457(b) IRS A dit I ” bi A t 2013– “Top 457(b) IRS Audit Issues” webinar August 2013
– “Am I a Fiduciary?” webinar September 2013– “The New Look of Retirement” webinar October 2013
Best Practices and Industry TrendsI l t dImplemented DC Plan Survey Results
March 31, 2013*Yes NoConsolidated RecordKeeping X Best PracticeOpen Architecture X Best PracticeOpen Architecture X Best PracticeAuto Enrollment X (401 a) 27%Auto Increase X 27%Qualified Default Investment Alternative (QDIA) X 72%Employer Match X 40%Roth 457 X 32%Loans** X 92%**I Ad i S i **Investment Advisory Services** X 64%Self‐Directed Brokerage X 89%Fee Disclosure & Transparency X 57%DB & DC Integration X 35% no coordinationDB & DC Integration X 35% no coordination
Behavior-Based Education X 26% offering income projections
Lifetime Income X 26%*136 governmental defined contribution plans with a total of $103.3 b, 89 - 457b, 12 - 401k, 29 - 401a, 6 - 403b.** Statistics from 2013 Plan Sponsor Defined Contribution Survey – 627 Large plans defined as $200 m - $1 B in size.
Plan Overview (in millions)September 30, 2013September 30, 2013
Assets at Sept 30, 2013 $249.28Plan assets were $249.28 million as of September 30, 2013
Less assets at Sept 30, 2012 $213.44
Asset change for the year $35.84
Plan assets were $249.28 million as of September 30, 2013
Plan assets grew $35.84 million (16.8%) from October 1, Asset change for the year $35.84
Contributions for the year $23.95
2012 to September 30, 2013
Contributions were $23.95 million since October 1, 2012
Less distributions for the year ($16.67)
Net investment gain for the year
$28.56As of September 30, 2013, there were 8,410 participants
yea
Asset change for the year $35.84
Assets Distribution
Active Participants: 401(a) 457(b) Total
Asset Distribution by Plan
9/30/2012 3,231 4,681 7,912
9/30/2013 3,501 4,909 8,410
Average Account Balance perAverage Account Balance per Participant: 401(a) 457(b) Total
9/30/2012 $32,192 $23,377 $26,977
9/30/2013 $35,179 $25,692 $29,6419/30/2013 $35,179 $25,692 $29,641
Average Number of Investment Options per Participant: 401(a) 457(b) Total
9/30/2012 5.4 4.6 4.9
9/30/2013 6.3 5.4 5.8
Asset ContributionA t C t ib ti b Pl
401(a) Benchmark* 457(b) Benchmark* Total Benchmark*
Contributing Participants:
Asset Contribution by Plan
9/30/2012 2,598/100% 44% 3,326/75% 26% 5,924/89% 34%
9/30/2013 2,791/100% 52% 3,472/77% 23% 6,263/86% 26%
Average Contributions per Participant: 401(a) 457(b) Total Benchmark*
9/30/2012 $4,798 $2,354 $3,426 $4,334
6/30/2013 $4,984 $2,890 $3,823 $4,219$ , $ , $ , $ ,
Average Number of Investment Options per Participant 401(a) Benchmark** 457(b) Benchmark** Total Benchmark**
9/30/2012 8.5 4.0 7.1 4.0 7.7 4.0
9/30/2013 8.9 4.0 7.5 4.0 8.2 4.0
*NAGDCA DC Plan Survey 2012 84 governmental defined contribution plans with a total of $88 b 55-457b 13-401k 13-401a 3-403b;NAGDCA DC Plan Survey. 2012 84 governmental defined contribution plans with a total of $88 b, 55 457b, 13 401k, 13 401a, 3 403b; 2013 136 governmental defined contribution plans with a total of $103.3 b, 89- 57b, 12- 01k, 29-401a, 6-403b.** Statistics from 2013 Plan Sponsor Defined Contribution Survey – 627 Large plans defined as $200 m - $1 B in size.
Assets by Asset Class
$75.94
$60 0
$80.0
$100.0
milli
ons)
$47.97 $45.31
$26.10 $24.66
$9.72 $8.08 $7.19 $4.31
$20.0
$40.0
$60.0
Dolla
r Am
ount
(in
$ 3$-
30.5%9.9%3.9%3.2% 2.9% 1.7%
Fixed
Large Cap
Fund of Funds
Mid Cap
19.2%18.2%
10.5%
Mid Cap
International
Bond
Small Cap
Money Market
6
Balanced
Contribution History
$25.0
$30.0
23.95
$20.0
$25.0
Mill
ions
) 20.3020.6820.07
21.67
$10 0
$15.0
r Am
ount
(in
M
$5.0
$10.0
Dol
lar
$0.09/30/2009 9/30/2010 9/30/2011 9/30/2012 9/30/2013
457(b) Plan 10.01 8.00 7.81 7.83 10.04
12
401(a) Plan 11.66 12.07 12.87 12.47 13.91
Percentage of Contributions by Asset Class
Fund of Small Mid LargeFunds Internat'l Cap Cap Cap Balanced Bond Fixed
10/1/2008 to 9/30/2009 34.2% 9.9% 3.2% 5.2% 12.6% 2.1% 3.1% 29.6%10/1/2009 to 9/30/2010 32.2% 12.0% 3.8% 6.9% 13.3% 1.8% 3.7% 26.3%
401(a) Plan
10/1/2009 to 9/30/2010 32.2% 12.0% 3.8% 6.9% 13.3% 1.8% 3.7% 26.3%10/1/2010 to 9/30/2011 28.4% 14.2% 5.8% 10.7% 12.7% 1.4% 3.4% 23.4%10/1/2011 to 9/30/2012 27.2% 15.8% 4.1% 13.7% 12.5% 1.5% 2.6% 22.5%10/1/2012 to 9/30/2013 22.9% 17.7% 3.0% 16.2% 15.2% 1.2% 3.9% 19.9%
Fund of Small Mid LargeFunds Internat'l Cap Cap Cap Balanced Bond Fixed
10/1/2008 to 9/30/2009 11.6% 8.2% 3.8% 7.0% 21.2% 1.8% 2.7% 43.6%10/1/2009 to 9/30/2010 16.0% 10.9% 4.4% 8.5% 21.7% 1.6% 3.7% 33.2%10/1/2010 to 9/30/2011 14.9% 12.2% 5.9% 10.7% 19.5% 1.6% 3.5% 31.8%
457(b) Plan
10/1/2011 to 9/30/2012 16.5% 12.6% 5.0% 12.3% 17.9% 1.4% 3.2% 31.2%10/1/2012 to 9/30/2013 15.2% 14.6% 3.3% 14.2% 22.3% 1.1% 5.0% 24.3%
Fund of Small Mid LargeFunds Internat'l Cap Cap Cap Balanced Bond FixedCombined Funds Internat l Cap Cap Cap Balanced Bond Fixed
10/1/2008 to 9/30/2009 23.8% 9.1% 3.5% 6.0% 16.6% 2.0% 2.9% 36.1%10/1/2009 to 9/30/2010 25.8% 11.5% 4.1% 7.5% 16.7% 1.7% 3.7% 29.0%10/1/2010 to 9/30/2011 23.3% 13.5% 5.8% 10.7% 15.2% 1.5% 3.4% 26.5%10/1/2011 to 9/30/2012 23.1% 14.6% 4.5% 13.2% 14.6% 1.5% 2.8% 25.9%10/1/2012 to 9/30/2013 19 6% 16 4% 3 1% 15 4% 18 2% 1 2% 4 4% 21 8%
14
10/1/2012 to 9/30/2013 19.6% 16.4% 3.1% 15.4% 18.2% 1.2% 4.4% 21.8%
Internet Statistics – Combined
Category Total Pct Total PctAccount And Certificates Overview 6,879 5.6% 30,678 18.4%Allocation And Asset Allocation 2,478 2.0% 3,422 2.0%Disbursement Summary 2,959 2.4% 3,597 2.2%Fund Overview And Prospectus 309 0.3% 2,178 1.3%Address Change 81 0.1% 52 0.0%Allocation 549 0.4% 512 0.3%Beneficiaries 462 0 4% 422 0 3%
Plan Totals10/1/2011 to 9/30/2012 10/1/2012 to 9/30/2013
Beneficiaries 462 0.4% 422 0.3%Change Passcode 1,530 1.2% 1,294 0.8%Deferral 623 0.5% 747 0.4%Disbursement Summary 2,959 2.4% 3,597 2.2%Dollar Cost Avg - 0.0% 3 0.0%Elec Filing Cabinet 148 0.1% 448 0.3%Email Address 550 0.4% 833 0.5%Fund To Fund Trf 792 0.6% 880 0.5%Indic Data 273 0.2% 610 0.4%Inq Acct Bal 9,959 8.1% 6,450 3.9%Inq Acct Sum 5,150 4.2% 2,373 1.4%Inq Alloc 2,298 1.9% 1,387 0.8%Inq Asset Alloc 1,496 1.2% 893 0.5%Inq Asset Alloc Comparison 1,233 1.0% 745 0.4%Inq Bal Comparison 5,955 4.8% 4,184 2.5%Inq Bal History 6,768 5.5% 6,224 3.7%Inq Bene 2,836 2.3% 2,567 1.5%Inq Dfrl 2,349 1.9% 3,312 2.0%Inq Elec Stmts 1,975 1.6% 1,086 0.6%Inq Fund Overview 1,682 1.4% 1,627 1.0%Inq Fund Prospectus 275 0.2% 423 0.3%Inq F nd Ret rns 1 536 1 2% 2 400 1 4%Inq Fund Returns 1,536 1.2% 2,400 1.4%Inq Funds Trnd 1,331 1.1% 1,763 1.1%Inq Loan Sum 5,357 4.3% 4,766 2.9%Inq Managed Account-Ibbotson 148 0.1% 122 0.1%Inq O/L Forms 2,487 2.0% 1,941 1.2%Inq Online Prospectus 358 0.3% 179 0.1%Inq Per Rate Return 17,483 14.2% 13,609 8.1%Inq Rates 544 0.4% 632 0.4%Inq Stmt On Demand 5,058 4.1% 2,269 1.4%Inq Tran Hist 15,358 12.5% 39,779 23.8%Inq Trfs - Comp/Pend/Perd 1,386 1.1% 1,840 1.1%q p , ,Inq Uval 2,672 2.2% 3,599 2.2%Inquire Address 2,001 1.6% 2,023 1.2%Loan Request 249 0.2% 259 0.2%Online Enrollment 46 0.0% 53 0.0%Order Passcode 231 0.2% 336 0.2%Rebalancer 256 0.2% 198 0.1%Registration 1,479 1.2% 3,515 2.1%Transaction Downloads 2,507 2.0% 7,206 4.3%Trf From Sda 28 0.0% 43 0.0%Trf To Sda 77 0.1% 56 0.0%
9
GRAND TOTAL 123,160 100.0% 167,132 100.0%
Number of Successful log ins 58,185 72,571
Great-West Current Ratings
• A.M. Best Company, Inc.: A+ (Superior; highest of 10 categories) for financial strength operatingcategories) for financial strength, operating performance, and business profile
• Fitch Ratings: AA (Very Strong; second highest ofFitch Ratings: AA (Very Strong; second highest of nine categories) for financial strength
• Moody’s Investors Service: Aa3 (Excellent; second y ( ;highest of nine categories) for financial strength
• Standard & Poor’s: AA (Very Strong; second highest of nine categories) for financial strength
3
Pending Litigation
• Great-West has no pending litigation to report as of September 30, 2013.
DISCLOSURES
Great West FinancialSM refers to prod cts and ser ices pro ided b Great West Life & Ann it Ins ranceGreat-West FinancialSM refers to products and services provided by Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company (GWLA), Corporate Headquarters: Greenwood Village, CO, its subsidiaries and affiliates. Insurance products and related services are sold in New York exclusively by Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company of New York, Home Office: White Plains, NY, a subsidiary of GWLA. Great-West Retirement Services® refers to products and services of Great-West Financial Companies as applicable and FASCoreServices® refers to products and services of Great-West Financial Companies, as applicable, and FASCore, LLC (FASCore Administrators, LLC in California), subsidiaries of GWLA. The trademarks, logos, service marks, and design elements used are owned by GWLA.
C iti h ff d ff d th h GWFS E iti I d/ th b k d lCore securities, when offered, are offered through GWFS Equities, Inc. and/or other broker dealers. GWFS Equities, Inc., Member FINRA/SIPC, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company and an affiliate of Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company of New York, White Plains, New York, and FASCore, LLC (FASCore Administrators, LLC in California).
Managed account, guidance and advice services are offered by Advised Assets Group, LLC (AAG), a federally registered investment adviser and wholly owned subsidiary of Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company and an affiliate of Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company of New York, Home Office White Plains, New
11
York. More information can be found at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov.
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Gwinnett County Strategic Partnership Plan 2013
April 2. 2013
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Great-West Financial
2
More than 26,000 Plans
More than 4.6 million participant
accounts
$174 billion in plan assets
administered
Exceeded $6 billion Managed
Account assets
Exceeded $3 billion in target date
assets
Great-West’s success in 2012…
All figures are approximate as of September 30, 2012,. Information refers to the retirement business of Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance
Company, Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company of New York, and to recordkeeping business of FASCore, LLC and reflect all
recordkeeping customers: those of institutional partners, TPA clients and Great-West Retirement Services.
Enhanced Plan Sponsor
Retirement Readiness
Enhanced Participant
Retirement Readiness Solutions
Enhanced Technology
Fee Disclosure
…has led to significant
reinvestment in our services:
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Agenda
Great-West Promise
To increase your participants’ retirement readiness by partnering with you to
offer a best practice deferred compensation retirement program.
3
1. Footnote stat here
In this Strategic Partnership Plan, we will address:
2012 Program Milestones
Plan Statistics and Benchmarking
Best Practices and Industry Trends
Expanding these critical dimensions
Accumulation – Participation/Savings/Diversification
Lifetime Income
Marketing and Education
Plan Action Items
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Best Practices and Industry Trends
4
Implemented Comments
Yes No
Consolidated RecordKeeping X
Open Architecture X
Auto Enrollment X In 401(a) only
Auto Increase X Not allowed in 401a**Gwinnet says
wait for pay increases
Qualified Default Investment Alternative (QDIA) X
Employer Match X In 457(b) based on contribution
amount
Roth 457 X Implemented in 2012
Loans X In 457(b) only
Investment Advisory Services X Reality Investing through AAG
Self‐Directed Brokerage X
Fee Disclosure & Transparency X
DB & DC Integration X
Behavior-Based Education X Moving in this direction
Annual Plan Review and Measurement X Performed 4 times per year
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Administrative Improvements
Implemented Comments
Yes No
Payroll Data Interchange (PDI) X
Online Deferral Process X
Plan Service Center X
To Do List X
QDRO Services X Not required by County (ERISA)
Hardship Approval Services X Administered by Great West
Beneficiary Recordkeeping X
Vesting Tracking X
Money Source Balances X
Loan Administration X
Online Loans X
Electronic Loan File Feed X
Online Disbursement X 457 form has to come through Fred
Online Allocations X
Online Fund Transfers X
Quarterly Participant Statements X
5
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Program Milestones
• Fund addition and share class changes
• Addition of Roth
• Addition of SecureFoundation
• Addition of online Breeze presentations
• Participant and RPMC surveys
• Ron Nichols seminars
• Fiduciary training/Plan Sponsor due diligence trip to Denver
• Customized quarterly newsletter
• Redesigned participant statement
6
[Access to the voice response system and/or the website may be limited or unavailable during periods of peak demand, market volatility, systems
upgrades/maintenance or other reasons.]
[The Retirement Income Control Panel is brought to you by Advised Assets Group, LLC, a federally registered investment adviser and wholly owned subsidiary
of Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company and an affiliate of Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company of New York, White Plains, New York ]
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only 7
Executive Summary – 2012 Plan Summary
7
Asset growth of $24.50 million (12.5%)
Increase of 555 participants
Increase of $1,246 in average participant balance
1,846 participants using Managed Accounts
Slight decrease in average contribution per participant
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Plan Success Goals – Accumulation
8
1. Footnote stat here
“Behaviorally Healthy Plans have high participation, adequate savings levels, and a wise investment strategy.” – Shlomo Benartzi
THE MODEL PLAN WOULD HAVE
90% Plan Participation Rate
10% Individual Savings Rate
90% of participants are invested
in Diversified Savings Solutions
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Participation
Plan*** NAGDCA* PLAN SPONSOR** Target
Participation (%) 75%
(3,345/4,479) 26% 72% 90%
9
* NAGDCA 2012 DC Plan Survey Report- March 2012
** AI Research Plan Sponsor 2012 Industry Report 457 Plans., Represents 41% of respondents.
*** 457(b) only
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only 10
Participation
Tools to increase participation:
• Implement a retro “re”enroll in the 457 to force non participating
employees to once again choose whether or not to contribute.
• Target market those not participating in 457(b) with EZ enrollment form
mailing
10
*AI Research Plan Sponsor 2012 Industry Report 457 Plans
**Source: State of Indiana Deferred Compensation Plan, Auto Enrolled Statistics in 2011 and SMartT Program Safelite Group Study,
Thaler and Bernartizi, 2004
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only 11
Goal: Improve Participation
1. Make the employee take action:
A. Implement “re”enroll before year’s end
B. Mail EZ enrollment form
2. Introduce “Lunch and Learn” and “Brainy Breakfast” campaigns
11
*AI Research Plan Sponsor 2012 Industry Report 457 Plans
**Source: State of Indiana Deferred Compensation Plan, Auto Enrolled Statistics in 2011 and SMartT Program Safelite Group Study,
Thaler and Bernartizi, 2004
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Savings Rate
12
Plan*** NAGDCA* PLAN SPONSOR** Target
Annual Contribution (%)
8.6%
Using avg
salary of
$45k
4.9% 3.0% 10.0%
* NAGDCA 2012 DC Plan Survey Report- March 2012
** AI Research Plan Sponsor 2012 Industry Report 457 Plans., Represents 41% of respondents.
*** both 457(b) and 401(a)
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Other Income $20,000
Average Annual Pension $20,000
Average salary, assume 80% replacement
ratio, or needing $40,000 a year.*
Closing the Gap in Retirement Plan Asset Levels
How Much Should the Employee Save in a DC Plan?
$50,000
FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ONLY. This hypothetical illustration does not represent the performance of any particular investment options.
* Center for Retirement Research at Boston College; How Prepared Are State and Local Workers for Retirement?, October 2011
13
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only 14
Other Income $20,000
Average Annual Pension $20,000
FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ONLY. This hypothetical illustration does not represent the performance of any particular investment options. The purchase price of an
annuity will vary based on a number of actuarial factors.
Accumulation – Savings Rate
How Much Should the Employee Save in a DC Plan?
Hypothetically, $320,000 will
purchase a life-only annuity to
receive $20,000 a year
14
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ONLY. This hypothetical illustration does not represent the performance of any particular investment options. It assumes a
6% annual rate of return and reinvestment of earnings, with no withdrawals. Rates of return may vary. The illustration does not reflect any charges, expenses
or fees that may be associated with your Plan.
* 6% average annual rate of return
** If salary averaged $30,000 a year over 35 years
Cost per Month* Percentage of Salary**
35 Years $220 per month 8.8%
20 Years $700 per month 28%
Savings Rate
To Save $320,000 Over:
15
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only 16
Savings Rate
Tools to increase savings rate:
• Launch and market Retirement Income Control Panel
• Schedule a “restart” contributions campaign
• Managed Account participation
16
* NAGDCA 2012 DC Plan Survey Report- March 2012
** AI Research Plan Sponsor 2012 Industry Report 457 Plans., Represents 41% of respondents.
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
GOAL: Improve Savings Rate
1. Turn on Retirement Income Control Panel in May
A. Dedicate marketing materials, including statement narrative
B. Focused roll out by Fred in one on one and group meetings
C. Webinar to educate participants
2. Market a “restart” your contributions campaign 3rd quarter
3. Continue to enroll participants in Managed Accounts
17
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Accumulation - Asset Diversification
18
Plan PLAN SPONSOR**
Avg. # of Investments 5.5 4.0
Plan***
Diversified Investments 43.5%
Advisory Services 10.9%
Asset Allocation Funds 17.8%
Stable Value/Money Market Funds 38.7%
* NAGDCA 2012 DC Plan Survey Report- March 2012
** AI Research Plan Sponsor 2012 Industry Report 457 Plans., Represents 41% of respondents.
*** both 457(b) and 401(a)
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Diversification
19
A diversified portfolio eliminates
88% of the total risk exhibited by
a single security* 88%
“People who hold undiversified portfolios, like people who buy lottery
tickets, are gambling; they are accepting high risks without
compensation in the form of high expected returns.”*
*”The Diversification Puzzle”, Meir Statman, Financial Analysts Journal, cfapubs.org 2004
Diversification of an investment portfolio does not ensure a profit and does not protect against loss in declining markets.
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only 20
Diversification
Tools to increase diversification:
• Retirement Income Control Panel makes investment suggestions to
help employees improve their overall retirement readiness
• A Reality Investing “free look” will provide employees access to
professional investment management for free** target second quarter
2014
20
*”The Diversification Puzzle”, Meir Statman, Financial Analysts Journal, cfapubs.org 2004
Diversification of an investment portfolio does not ensure a profit and does not protect against loss in declining markets.
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
GOAL: Improve Diversification
1. Turn on Retirement Income Control Panel in May
A. Focused roll out by Counselors in one on one and group meetings
B. Personnel article educating on what it is and does
C. Webinar to educate participants
2. Provide Reality Investing free look 4th quarter
21
[Asset allocation and balanced investment options are subject to the risks of the underlying funds, which can be a mix of stocks/stock funds and bonds/bond
funds. Stock values fluctuate in response to the activities of the general market, individual companies and economic conditions. Bond values fluctuate in
response to the financial condition of individual issuers, general market and economic conditions, and changes in interest rates. In general, when interest rates
rise, bond values fall and investors may lose principal value.]
[There is no guarantee that participation in the Reality Investing® Advisory Services will result in a profit or that your account will outperform a self-managed
portfolio.]
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Plan Success Goals - Lifetime Income
“A retirement plan without an income solution is like taking off on a plane
without landing gear”
-- Shlomo Benartzi
22
1. Footnote stat here
NECESSARY TOOLS
Lifetime Income Solution
Retirement Income Control Panel
Retiree Outreach
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Lifetime Income-Retention
Tools to reduce rollovers:
• Referring participant to Great-West counselor will provide useful
information to your participant when making the decision to leave the plan,
including the value of SecureFoundation
• Retirement Income Control Panel provides participants a tool to estimate
monthly income at retirement
• Retiree advocate seminars will engage pre-retirement individuals in
advance of the full distribution decision
• Continuing to utilize Great-West’s Retirement Resource Center reduces
full withdrawals from plan.
23 * Since inception of service
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
GOAL: Retain Assets and Provide Lifetime
Income
1. Turn on Retirement Income Control Panel in May
A. Focused roll out by Counselors in one on one and group meetings
B. Personnel article educating on what it is and does
C. Webinar to educate participants
2. Increase exposure to SecureFoundation through marketing and Fred
3. Retiree Advocate Seminar 3rd quarter (set for July 24th)
24
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
MARKETING AND EDUCATION
CALENDAR
25
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only 26
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
Campaigns
ROTH SecureFoundation Reality Investing/Managed Accounts Rollover Education
Messaging on Quarterly Statement and/or in Stuffers
Statements
Custom
Newsletter
Gwinnett
article due
Statements
Custom
Newsletter
Gwinnett
article due
Statements
Custom
Newsletter
Gwinnett
article due
Statements
Custom
Newsletter
Gwinnett article due
Plan-Level Initiatives
Strategic
Plan
Review
Deferred
Vested
Project – GW
in attendance
Missing Beneficiary
Initative
Participant
Satisfaction Survey
RPMC &
Investment
Committee
Satisfaction Survey
Force Out
IRA project
Open
Enrollment
Meetings
Monthly Investment Committee Meeting
RPMC
meeting
RPMC
meeting
RPMC
meeting
RPMC
meeting
Monthly Gwinnett County DB/DC Project Call
Participant-Level Initiatives
DB to DC
Conversion
Meetings
It’s Easy to
Retire
Seminar
with Sue
Rooks
DB to DC
Conversion
Meetings
It’s Easy to
Retire
Seminar with
Sue Rooks
Enhanced Website Roll Out
Retiree
Advocate,
Ron
Nichols
seminars
Open Enrollment Meetings
Roth 457 Education Seminars (multiple
sites)
SecureFoundation Education Seminars
(multiple sites)
RI/Managed Accounts Education
Seminars (multiple sites)
Rollover Education Seminars (multiple
sites)
Be Well, Be Safe Financial Check-ups
Annual onsite education schedule per pages 18 & 19.
GJAC H.R. Office
Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m.
Office Appointment or walk in availability with flexible schedule
New Employee Orientation every other Monday 10:30 p.m. – 12:30 p.m.
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only
Diversification Case Study Case Study: Managed Accounts Improves Participant
Rate of Return
1 Year 3 Year 5 Year
4/1/10-3/31/11 4/1/08-3/31/11 4/1/06-3/31/11
Enrollment Status
During Period
Average
Annual IROR
# of
Participants
Average
Annual IROR
# of
Participants
Average
Annual IROR
# of
Participants
Participants enrolled in
Advice 12.88% 288 3.47% 268 3.71% 212
Participants enrolled in
Managed Accounts 15.59% 46,853 7.41% 25,829 4.61% 9,397
Participants in the
study group not
enrolled in any of the
Advisory Services
10.45% 184,780 3.95% 162,165 3.76% 73,293
27
Advised Asset Group, LLC (AAG) conducted a study to review the performance of its suite of participant advisory services branded as Advisory Services. The study encompassed
approximately 47,000 Advisory Services enrollees across 7 defined contribution plans that represented over 180,000 participants in total. AAG conducted the study to further its
understanding of the behavioral-based aspects of defined contribution plan participant investing patterns. AAG has defined participant investing behaviors in 3 categories: Do-It-Myself
InvestorSM, Help-Me-Do-It InvestorSM (generally interested in Advice service) and Do-It-For-Me InvestorSM (generally interested in Managed Account service). The study represents the
average annual rate of return of study participants for each category of service for the time period of April 1, 2006 through March 31, 2011. To fully account for the study population, also
shown is the average annual rate of return for plan participants not enrolled in any of the Advisory Services.
THIS PERFORMANCE DATA IS PROVIDED FOR INFORMATIONAL AND GENERAL EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE CONSTRUED OR
RELIED UPON AS INVESTMENT ADVICE OR TO PREDICT FUTURE RESULTS. PAST PERFORMANCE IS NOT A GUARANTEE OF FUTURE RETURNS, AND THE
PERFORMANCE OF ACTUAL PORTFOLIOS CAN VARY WIDELY. ACTUAL INVESTMENT RESULTS MAY BE HIGHER OR LOWER.
For Broker, TPA or Plan Sponsor Use Only 28
• Core securities, when offered, are offered through GWFS Equities, Inc. and/or other broker dealers. GWFS Equities, Inc.,
Member FINRA/SIPC, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company and an affiliate of
Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company of New York, White Plains, New York, and FASCore, LLC (FASCore
Administrators, LLC in California).
•
Managed account, guidance and advice services are offered by Advised Assets Group, LLC (AAG) and powered by Ibbotson Associates. Both AAG and
Ibbotson Associates are federally registered investment advisers. AAG, FASCore, LLC and GWFS Equities, Inc. are wholly owned subsidiaries of Great-
West Life & Annuity Insurance Company. GWFS Equities, Inc. is an affiliate of Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company of New York, White Plains,
New York, and FASCore, LLC. Representatives of GWFS Equities, Inc. are not registered investment advisers and cannot offer financial, legal or tax
advice. There is no guarantee that participation in Reality Investing Advisory Services will result in a profit or that your account will outperform a self-
managed portfolio. Please consult with your financial planner, attorney and/or tax adviser as needed. Ibbotson Associates is not affiliated with GWFS
Equities, Inc., Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company, Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company of New York, FASCore, LLC or Advised
Assets Group, LLC.
• Great-West SecureFoundation® guarantee is not available in New York and may not be available in all states. Please check with your advisor or Great-
West representative for more information. Great-West SecureFoundation® guarantee is a contingent deferred annuity contract ("contract") issued by
Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company to your plan sponsor. The Great-West SecureFoundation contract is Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance
Company's promise to provide a payment of guaranteed income subject to the terms and conditions of the contract and claims paying ability of Great-
West Life & Annuity Insurance Company. Great-West Retirement Services® refers to products and services provided by Great-West Life & Annuity
Insurance Company, FASCore, LLC (FASCore Administrators, LLC in California), Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company of New York, White
Plains, New York, and their subsidiaries and affiliates. Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company is not licensed to conduct business in New York.
Insurance products and related services are sold in New York by its subsidiary, Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company of New York. Other
products and services may be sold in New York by FASCore, LLC. Great-West FinancialSM refers to products and services provided by Great-West Life &
Annuity Insurance Company; Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company of New York, White Plains, New York; their subsidiaries and affiliates. The
trademarks, logos, service marks, and design elements used are owned by Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company. All rights reserved. Shlomo
Benartzi is not affiliated with GWFS Equities, Inc. ©2013 Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company. PT 167183
• NOT A DEPOSIT | NOT FDIC INSURED | NOT BANK GUARANTEED | NOT INSURED BY ANY FEDERAL GOVERNMENT AGENCY | FUNDS MAY LOSE
VALUE
Gwinnett County Defined Benefit Plan
Plan Restatement and IRS Determination Letter Request
The Gwinnett County Defined Benefit Plan (the “DC Plan”) was last restated effective as of
January 1, 2007, and has been amended subsequently two times. The Plan received a favorable
IRS determination letter on the qualified status of the Plan on February 17, 2011. This favorable
determination letter provides that it is set to expire on January 31, 2014. Accordingly, the
Retirement Plans Management Committee (RPMC) and legal counsel recommend that the Plan
be submitted to the IRS for a new favorable determination letter on the qualified status of the
Plan by January 31, 2014.
IRS procedures require a qualified plan with amendments to be restated into a single plan
document for the IRS determination letter filing. Generally, this restatement and determination
letter process is required every five years. Therefore, it is also recommended that the Board of
Commissioner adopt the Gwinnett County Defined Benefit Plan, as amended and restated
effective January 1, 2013 (the “Plan Restatement”), in the form attached hereto.
Summarized below are the changes made by the Plan Restatement.
Incorporation of Prior Plan Amendments. The Plan Restatement incorporates the prior
amendments to the Plan, which have already been approved by the Board of
Commissioners, into a new single Plan document.
Spouse or Surviving Spouse. In accordance with IRS Revenue Ruling 2013-17, effective
September 16, 2013, Gwinnett County must treat same-sex spouses like other spouses for
qualified plan purposes to the extent required by federal law. The definition of Spouse
(Section 1.56) has been modified for this purpose.
Benefit Calculations for Participants who become Elected Officials. In the case of a
participant who becomes an elected official who receives only supplemental
compensation from the County or who is also required to participate in a State or federal
retirement pension plan that is not funded by the County (e.g. JRS), there could be
situations where the Participant’s accrued benefit under the Plan is significantly reduced.
The reduction is caused by a lower Average Monthly Compensation used for benefit
purposes resulting from the participant only being paid a County supplement (and not a
full salary) or the participant’s Plan Compensation not including any portion of the
participant’s salary which is subject to the other State or federal retirement pension plan.
Section 5.02 of the Plan will be amended to provide that the participant’s accrued benefit
will be the greater of (i) the accrued benefit calculated based on all of the participant’s
Credited Service and Average Monthly Compensation; or (ii) the accrued benefit
calculated using the participant’s Credited Service and Average Monthly Compensation,
excluding any Credited Service and Compensation earned while the Participant was an
elected official; plus the accrued benefit calculated for the period the participant is an
elected official using only the participant’s Credited Service and Average Monthly
Compensation earned while the participant was an elected official.
Actions Requested from Board of Commissioners
1. Approval and adoption of Board of Commissioner resolutions adopting the Plan
Restatement and authorizing the IRS determination letter application request.
2. Adoption of the Plan Restatement by executing the signature page on the last page of the
Plan Restatement.
Gwinnett County Board of Commissioners
Defined Contribution Pension Plan
Plan Restatement and IRS Determination Letter Request
The Gwinnett County Board of Commissioners Defined Contribution Pension Plan (the “DC
Plan”) was last restated effective as of January 1, 2007, and has been amended subsequently two
times. The Plan received a favorable IRS determination letter on the qualified status of the Plan
on September 23, 2010. This favorable determination letter provides that it is set to expire on
January 31, 2014. Accordingly, the Retirement Plans Management Committee (RPMC) and
legal counsel recommend that the Plan be submitted to the IRS for a new favorable
determination letter on the qualified status of the Plan by January 31, 2014.
IRS procedures require a qualified plan with amendments to be restated into a single plan
document for the IRS determination letter filing. Generally, this restatement and determination
letter process is required every five years. Therefore, it is also recommended that the Board of
Commissioner adopt the new Adoption Agreement for Gwinnett County Board of
Commissioners Defined Contribution Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1,
2013, and the Amendment to the Basic Plan Document (the “Plan Restatement”), in the forms
attached hereto.
Summarized below are the changes made by the Plan Restatement.
Updates the Plan on Most Recent Model Plan Documents from Great-West. The new
Adoption Agreement updates the Plan on to the most recent Model Plan Documents used
by Great-West. The new documents incorporate all recent law changes since the last
Model Plan Documents provided by Great-West. The adoption of the new documents
has no impact on the current terms of the Plan.
Incorporation of Prior Plan Amendments. The Plan Restatement incorporates the prior
amendments to the Plan, which have already been approved by the Board of
Commissioners, into a new single Plan document.
Actions Requested from Board of Commissioners
1. Approval and adoption of Board of Commissioner resolutions adopting the Plan
Restatement and authorizing the IRS determination letter application request.
2. Adoption of the new Adoption Agreement and Plan Amendment by executing the
signature page on page 11 of the new Adoption Agreement and page 4 of the
Amendment.
Plan Participation – 2013
Plan 1st Qtr Participation
2nd Qtr Participation
3rd Qtr Participation
4th Qtr Participation
DB Plan
1,962 – 45%
1,921 – 44%
1,899 – 43%
DC Plans
2,437 – 55%
2,470 – 56%
2,502 – 57%
Retiree Medical Savings Plan
596
580
556
Deferred Compensation
2,976 – 68%
3,008 – 69%
3,016 – 69%
Deferred Compensation - Roth
174 - 4%
216 – 5%
273 – 7%
Deferred
Compensation Match
1,364 - 74%
1,427 – 76%
1,487 – 76%
Total Participants
4,399
4,391
4,401
Retirees receiving DB pension
1,881
1,910
1,907
Retirements - DB
8
30
3
Retirements – DC
4
6
2
Deferred Vested
18
4
6
Retirees w/Health Insurance
1,207
1,223
1,215
Great West Education Participation - 2013
Activity 1st Qtr Participation
2nd Qtr Participation
3rd Qtr Participation
4th Qtr Participation
Group/Onsite Meetings
63
53
59
Seminars/Lunch & Learns
3
4
8
One on One Meetings
327
278
411
Deferred Vested Audit Project
1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter
Total
976
980
984
Number Completed
577
728
908
% Complete
59.12%
74.29%
92.28%
2014 Workplan and Goals
Select Financial Advisor for DC Plans
Conclude Emerging Markets Manager Search
Discuss with UBS additional investment manager searches
Review the Stable Value Asset Policy
Review the DC Investment Policy
Discuss Asset Allocation Strategies and Diversification of Asset
Classes
Perform a fee analysis for DC/457 funds
Perform a fee analysis for DB Investment Managers Develop a Policy on the use of Revenue Sharing and Forfeiture Funds
Restatement of Plan Documents for DB and DC Plans
Review DB/OPEB Policy for Compliance with State Law Changes
Completed Goals
Conclude the Large Cap Growth Manager Search
Develop a monthly report to monitor Investment Manager changes in Organization, Managers, Style Drift and Compliance Issues
Review Securities Litigation Monitoring
Review Vesting Schedule for DC Plan
Members - RPMC Names Appointment Authority
Term Term Limit
Citizen (not member of system)
David Crews Board of Commissioners
4 years 2 12/31/2014 (Serving 2
nd Term)
County Administrator
Glenn Stephens Ex Officio Incumbent N/A
County Employee-Public Safety
Joy Parish County Administrator
4 years 2 12/31/2016
County Employee-General
Ashley Stinson County Administrator
4 years 2 12/31/2014
Chief Financial Officer
Aaron Bovos Ex Officio Incumbent N/A
Director of Human Resources (Acting)
Scott Fuller Ex Officio Incumbent N/A
Appointee of County Administrator
Jim Underwood County Administrator
Initial 3 years, 4 thereafter
2 12/31/2013 (Serving 2
nd Term)
Officer Terms: Chairman – 2 years limited to 2 consecutive terms Vice Chairman – 2 years limited to 2 consecutive terms
Chairman Elected Term Expires Terms Served
David Crews 1/1/2012 12/31/2013 1 (completing Kenneth Poe’s term)
Vice Chairman Elected Term Expires Terms Served
Jim Underwood 1/1/2012 12/31/2013 1 (completing David Crews’ term)
Members – Investment Committee
Names Appointment Authority
Term Term Limit
Department Director Phil Hoskins County Administrator
3 years, rotates
1 12/31/2015
County Attorney or designee
Mike Ludwiczak
Ex Officio Incumbent N/A
Director or Deputy Director, Finance
Rick Reagan Ex Officio Incumbent N/A
Investment Manager, Finance
Bill Rodenbeck
Ex Officio Incumbent N/A
Treasury Division Director, Finance
Paul Turner Ex Officio Incumbent N/A
Officer Terms: Chairman – 1 year
Members – Audit Committee
Names Appointment Authority
Term Term Limit
Appointed Member of RPMC
Ashley Stinson RPMC 3 years, rotates
1 Expires 12/31/2015
Deputy Department Director
Casey Snyder County Administrator
3 years, rotates
1 Expires 12/31/2015
Director or Deputy Director, Finance
Maria Woods Ex Officio Incumbent N/A
Accounting Division Director, Finance
Buffy Alexzulian
Ex Officio Incumbent N/A
Deputy Director or Section Manager of Benefits and Retirement Plans, Human Resources
Debbi Davidson
Ex Officio Incumbent N/A
Officer Terms: Chairman – 1 year
Next Meeting – February 27, 2014
Vendor Renewals – o Cavanaugh Macdonald o Morris, Manning and Martin, LLC
2013 Investment Reports – 4th Quarter and Annual Review
Introduce new members of RPMC
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement
for Governmental Employers
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
GREAT-WEST RETIREMENT SERVICES®
SECTION 401(a)
MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN
FOR GOVERNMENTAL EMPLOYERS
Adopted By: Gwinnett County
Employer
Gwinnett County Board of Commissioners Defined Contribution Pension Plan
Plan Name
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement
for Governmental Employers
GREAT-WEST RETIREMENT SERVICES
SECTION 401(a)
MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN
FOR GOVERNMENTAL EMPLOYERS
The Employer named below hereby establishes (or, as applicable, amends and restates) a money
purchase pension plan for eligible Employees as provided in this Adoption Agreement and the
accompanying 2011 Great-West Retirement Services Section 401(a) Money Purchase Pension
Plan for Governmental Employers sample Basic Plan Document.
A. EMPLOYER INFORMATION.
1. EMPLOYER’S NAME AND ADDRESS:
Gwinnett County
75 Langley Drive
Lawrenceville, Georgia 30046
2. TELEPHONE NUMBER: 770-822-7913
3. TAX ID NUMBER: 58-6000835
4. NAME OF PLAN: Gwinnett County Board of Commissioners Defined Contribution
Pension Plan
5. NAME OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR (the Employer unless another person(s) is
appointed as set forth in Section 3.02 of the Plan):
______________________________________________________________________
B. EFFECTIVE DATE.
1. [ ] This is a new Plan having an effective date of the date the Employer executes this
Adoption Agreement or, if later:___________________________.
2. [X] This is an amended and restated Plan.
The effective date of the original Plan was August 1, 2000.
The effective date of the amended and restated Plan is January 1, 2013.
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 2
for Governmental Employers
C. PLAN YEAR.
Plan Year shall mean:
1. [X] the calendar year.
2. [ ] the 12-consecutive-month period ending on __________________ of each year.
D. CUSTODY OF ASSETS.
Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) § 401(a) shall be satisfied by setting aside Plan assets
for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries, as follows:
1. [ ] in a Trust pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII of the Plan. The Employer or
certain Employees (or holders of certain positions with Employer) as named in the
trustee appointment attached to this Adoption Agreement shall be the Trustee.
Note: if the Employer is the Trustee, it is the responsibility of the Employer to
determine that it has the authority under applicable law to act as Trustee.
2. [ ] in a Trust pursuant to a separate written trust agreement entered into between the
Employer and the bank or trust company named in the Trustee appointment
attached to this Adoption Agreement.
3. [ ] in one or more annuity contracts meeting the requirements of Code § 401(f).
4. [X] in a custodial account meeting the requirements of Code § 401(f), pursuant to a
separate written agreement with the bank, trust company or other qualified entity
named in the appointment of Custodian attached to this Adoption Agreement.
E. ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES.
“Employee” shall mean:
1. [X] any full-time employee as defined by Employer job status codes, who is not
participating in a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer or who is hired
or rehired on or after January 1, 2008
2. [ ] any permanent part-time employee working _________________ hours per week
3. [ ] any seasonal, temporary or similar part-time employee
4. [X] any elected or appointed official
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 3
for Governmental Employers
5. [X] any employee in the following class(es) of employees: any member of the Board
of Commissioners who is not participating in a defined benefit plan maintained by
the Employer
6. [ ] any employee eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Schedule ____
attached to this Adoption Agreement
who performs services for and receives any type of Compensation from the Employer (or any
agency, department, subdivision or instrumentality of the Employer) for whom services are
rendered. Unless Box E.4 is checked, elected or appointed officials will not be treated as
Employees and will not be eligible to participate in the Plan, without regard to whether they are
treated as common-law employees or independent contractors for other purposes.
Each Employee will be eligible to participate in this Plan in accordance with the provisions of
Article IV of the Plan, except the following:
[ ] Employees who have not attained the age of ____ (not to exceed 21).
[ ] Employees who have not completed ____ Years of Service during the Eligibility
Computation Period.
[X] Employees who do not satisfy the eligibility requirements pursuant to Schedule A
attached to this Adoption Agreement.
F. SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER.
1. [X] This section is N/A because there are no predecessor employers.
2. [ ] Service with any predecessor employers will not be counted for any purposes
under the Plan.
3. [ ] Service with (insert name of predecessor employer(s)):
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
will be counted under the Plan for the following purposes (check each box that
applies):
[ ] eligibility.
[ ] vesting.
[ ] allocation of Employer Contributions.
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 4
for Governmental Employers
G. HOURS OF SERVICE.
Hours of Service shall be determined on the basis of:
1. [X] actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment.
2. [ ] days worked. An Employee shall be credited with 10 Hours of Service for each
day that the Employee would otherwise be credited with one or more Hours of
Service.
3. [ ] weeks worked. An Employee shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each
week that the Employee would otherwise be credited with one or more Hours of
Service.
4. [ ] months worked. An Employee shall be credited with 190 Hours of Service for
each month that the Employee would otherwise be credited with one or more
Hours of Service.
H. YEAR OF SERVICE: ELIGIBILITY AND VESTING.
For purposes of eligibility and vesting, Year of Service shall mean a period during which
the Employee completes:
1. [ ] at least one Hour of Service.
2. [ ] at least 1,000 Hours of Service.
3. [ ] at least ____ consecutive months of service.
4. [X] See the attached Addendum.
I. COMPENSATION DEFINITION.
Compensation shall mean:
1. [ ] Code § 3401(a) compensation as defined in Section 2.06 of the Plan.
2. [X] W-2 compensation as defined in Section 2.06 of the Plan.
3. [ ] Code § 415 compensation as defined in Section 2.06 of the Plan.
4. [ ] the definition set forth in Schedule ____ attached to this Adoption Agreement.
5. Compensation shall exclude:
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 5
for Governmental Employers
[X] overtime, including overtime premium, scheduled overtime, and scheduled
overtime premium.
[ ] bonuses.
[ ] commissions.
[X] that portion of a Participant’s Compensation that is defined in Title 47 of the
Georgia statutes that is designated for mandatory participation in a state or federal
retirement or pension plan.
J. COMPENSATION COMPUTATION PERIOD.
Compensation shall be determined on the basis of the:
1. [ ] Plan Year.
2. [X] calendar year.
K. FIRST YEAR COMPENSATION.
For purposes of determining the Compensation on the basis of which Employer
Contributions will be allocated for a Participant’s first year of participation, the Participant’s
Compensation shall be his Compensation for the period commencing:
1. [ ] as of the first day of the Plan Year or calendar year (whichever was selected under
Section J above).
2. [X] as of the first day the Employee became a Participant.
L. ENTRY DATE.
Entry Date shall mean:
1. [ ] the first day of each Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of each Plan
Year.
2. [ ] the first day of each Plan Year.
3. [ ] the first day of each month.
4. [ ] the first day of each payroll period.
5. [X] Each day of the Plan Year.
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 6
for Governmental Employers
M. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.
The Employer shall contribute:
1. [ ] ___% of Compensation of Participants for the Plan Year.
2. [X] a percentage of Compensation pursuant to Schedule B attached to this Adoption
Agreement.
3. [X] a contribution matching the Participant’s contribution to the Employer’s § 457(b)
plan, as follows: an amount equal to 1% of Compensation if the Participant
contributes at least 2.5% of base compensation to a Code Section 457(b) plan
maintained by the Employer.
4. [ ] a contribution for each Participant equal to the value of the unpaid vacation and/or
unpaid sick leave that is accrued by a Participant and which pursuant to the laws,
ordinances, or policies of the Employer or agreements entered into with the
Employer would otherwise be forfeited by the Participant.
N. ALLOCATION OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.
1. [ ] A Participant must be employed on the last day of the Plan Year to receive an
allocation of Employer Contributions for the Plan Year.
2. [X] Allocations of Employer Contributions will be made to Accounts of Participants
who terminate employment before the last day of the Plan Year due to (Check
each box that applies):
[X] death.
[X] disability.
[ ] retirement on or after Early Retirement Age.
[X] retirement on or after Normal Retirement Age.
[X] other Severance of Employment.
[ ] other Severance of Employment, provided that the Participant is credited
with a Year of Service for the Plan Year. For this purpose, a Participant
shall be credited with one Year of Service for the Plan Year if the
Participant completes at least _____ Hour(s) of Service during the Plan
Year.
O. CODE § 414(h).
1. [X] This Plan is a Code § 414(h) pick-up plan. Each Employee employed on
November 1, 2004, in lieu of retaining his or her current election, and each
Employee hired after November 1, 2004, may irrevocably elect to contribute
2.5%, 5.0%, or 7.5% of Compensation to the Plan, which the Employer agrees to
pick-up within the meaning of Code § 414(h). Note: the Employer is responsible
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 7
for Governmental Employers
for ensuring that proper pick-up elections are made. Please refer to IRS Revenue
Ruling 2006-43, or its successor, for more guidance.
2. [ ] This Plan does not contain a Code § 414(h) feature.
P. AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.
1. [ ] Participant After-tax Contributions SHALL BE allowed.
2. [X] Participant After-tax Contributions SHALL NOT BE allowed.
Q. FORFEITURES.
Forfeitures will be:
1. [ ] reallocated to Participants in the same manner as the Employer Contribution is
allocated.
2. [ ] used first to offset Plan expenses and then reallocated to Participants in the same
manner as the Employer Contribution is allocated.
3. [ ] used first to offset Plan expenses, then to reduce the Employer’s Employer
Contribution and then reallocated to Participants in the same manner as the
Employer Contribution is allocated.
4. [X] used to reduce the Employer’s Employer Contribution, or to offset Plan expenses,
or reallocated to Participants.
5. [ ] N/A because all contributions are 100% vested immediately.
R. RETIREMENT AGES AND DISABILITY DEFINITION.
1. Normal Retirement Age shall mean:
(a) [ ] age 65.
(b) [ ] age ____. For Plans where substantially all of the Plan’s Participants are
qualified public safety employees, Normal Retirement Age may be age 50.
(c) [ ] the later of age ____, or the Participant’s age upon completion of ____
Years of Service.
(d) [X] the ages set forth in Schedule C attached to this Adoption Agreement.
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 8
for Governmental Employers
2. Early Retirement Age shall mean:
(a) [X] Not applicable.
(b) [ ] the later of age ____, or the Participant’s age upon completion of ____
Years of Service.
3. Disability shall mean:
(a) [ ] the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a
medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be
expected to result in death or to be of long-continued and indefinite
duration, within the meaning of Code § 72(m)(3).
(b) [X] an illness or injury of a potentially permanent nature, expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than 12 months, certified by a physician
selected by or satisfactory to the Employer which prevents the Employee
from engaging in any occupation for wage or profit for which the
Employee is reasonably fitted by training, education or experience, as
specified in the Adoption Agreement.
(c) [ ] an illness or injury of a potentially permanent nature, expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than 12 months, certified by a physician
selected by or satisfactory to the Employer which prevents the Employee
from engaging in his or her occupation.
(d) [ ] Other: _____________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
S. VESTING SCHEDULE.
The vested interest of each Participant in his or her Employer Contribution Account shall
be determined on the basis of the following schedule:
1. [ ] 100% vesting immediately.
2. [ ] 100% vesting after ____ Years of Service.
3. [ ] 20% after two Years of Service.
40% after three Years of Service.
60% after four Years of Service.
80% after five Years of Service.
100% after six Years of Service.
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 9
for Governmental Employers
4. [X] 33% after one Year of Service.
67% after two Years of Service.
100% after three or more Years of Service.
T. VESTING COMPUTATION PERIOD.
A Participant’s Years of Service for purposes of vesting shall be computed by reference
to:
1. [ ] the Plan Year.
2. [ ] the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the Employee’s Employment
Commencement Date and each anniversary thereof.
3. [X] See Addendum
U. ROLLOVERS.
1. [X] Rollovers from eligible Code § 457(b) plans SHALL BE allowed.
2. [X] Rollovers from plans qualified under Code §§ 401(a), 403(a) and 403(b) SHALL
BE allowed.
3. [X] Rollovers from Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities described in Code
§§ 408(a) and (b) SHALL BE allowed.
V. TRANSFERS.
1. [X] Transfers from plans qualified under Code § 401(a) SHALL BE allowed.
2. [ ] Transfers from plans qualified under Code § 401(a) SHALL NOT BE allowed.
W. PARTICIPANT LOANS.
1. [ ] The Administrator MAY direct the Trustee to make Participant loans in
accordance with Article XIII of the Plan.
2. [X] The Administrator MAY NOT direct the Trustee to make Participant loans in
accordance with Article XIII of the Plan.
X. QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS.
1. [ ] The Plan SHALL accept qualified domestic relations orders as provided in
Section 15.02 of the Plan.
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 10
for Governmental Employers
2. [X] The Plan shall NOT accept qualified domestic relations orders as provided in
Section 15.02 of the Plan.
Y. PAYMENT OPTIONS.
The following forms of payment will be allowed under the Plan to the extent consistent
with the limitations of Code § 401(a)(9) and proposed or final Treasury regulations
thereunder.
[X] A single lump-sum payment;
[X] Installment payments for a period of years;
[X] Partial lump-sum payment of a designated amount, with the balance payable in
installment payments for a period of years;
[X] Annuity payments (payable on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis) for the
lifetime of the Participant or for the lifetimes of the Participant and Beneficiary;
[X] Such other forms of installment payments as may be approved by the Employer.
[TEXT CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE]
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 11
for Governmental Employers
This Adoption Agreement to the sample Basic Plan Document attached hereto is duly executed
on behalf of the Employer by the undersigned.
The Employer further understands and acknowledges that:
The sample Basic Plan Document including this Adoption Agreement is a sample
provided as a courtesy to the Employer and has not been approved by the Internal
Revenue Service. Obtaining such approval, if desired by the Employer is solely
the responsibility of the Employer.
Great-West Retirement Services is not a party to the Plan and shall not be
responsible for any tax or legal aspects of the Plan. The Employer assumes
responsibility for these matters.
Employer has counseled to the extent necessary, with its own legal and tax
advisors.
Great-West Retirement Services will send courtesy amendments for changes in
applicable law to Employers adopting this sample Basic Plan Document until a
restated sample Basic Plan Document is made available. We will cease providing
amendments to prior versions of the sample Basic Plan Document and only those
Employers adopting the restated sample Basic Plan Document will receive sample
amendments.
EMPLOYER:
GWINNETT COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
By: _______________________________
Chairperson
Attest: ____________________________ Approved as to Form:
Clerk, Gwinnett County
Board of Commissioners _________________________________
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 12
for Governmental Employers
CUSTODIAN
Employer has elected to meet the trust requirement of Code § 401(a) by setting plan
assets aside for the exclusive benefit of participants and beneficiaries in a custodial account
meeting the requirements of Code § 401(f). The bank, trust company or other qualified entity
named below shall be the “deemed trustee” of plan assets held pursuant to the custodial
agreement to be entered into between the Employer and the entity named below. Note: for a list
of entities qualified to act as a custodian for this purpose, please refer to IRS Announcement
2007-47, or its successor.
A. Effective November 1, 2004, the following named bank, trust company or other qualified
entity is hereby appointed as custodian of all or a portion of the assets of the Plan:
Orchard Trust Company
B. INDIVIDUAL(S) AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE INSTRUCTIONS TO CUSTODIAN/TRUSTEE:
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 13
for Governmental Employers
SCHEDULE A
Any (1) rehired employee who is currently receiving (or is eligible to receive) a benefit from the defined
benefit plan maintained by Employer; or (2) any employees who are active members of a State of
Georgia retirement or pension plan, if such plan is funded in part or in whole by County contributions,
will not be treated as Employees eligible to participate in the Plan.
Elected officials may waive in writing the right to participate in the Plan. Such waiver shall be
irrevocable.
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 14
for Governmental Employers
SCHEDULE B
The Employer's Contribution will be a percentage of' Compensation based on the rate of
contribution selected by an Employee in Section O of the Adoption Agreement.
Rate of Contribution (as a
Percentage of Compensation)
Selected by the Employee
Rate of Employer
Contribution (as a Percentage
of Compensation) for
Employees Employed on
December 31, 2006
Rate of Employer
Contribution (as a Percentage
of Compensation) for
Employees Hired or Rehired
after December 31, 2006
2.5% 11.5% 7.0%
4.5% 10.5% N/A
5.0% 11.5% 7.0%
5.5% 11.5% N/A
7.5% 11.5% 7.0%
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 15
for Governmental Employers
SCHEDULE C
Retirement Age
The date on which the sum of the Participant’s age and Years of Service for vesting purposes is
65, but in no event earlier than the date on which attains age 55, or if earlier, in the case of a
Participant whose termination of employment is considered a retirement under the defined
benefit plan maintained by Employer under which the Participant is eligible to retire, the date of
such termination.
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 16
for Governmental Employers
ADDENDUM
1. Notwithstanding Section H of the Adoption Agreement, an Employee is credited with a Year of
Service for purposes of vesting for each 12-month period of service the Employee completes,
whether or not such period of service is consecutive, under the elapsed time method of counting
service. Under the elapsed time method an Employee receives credit for the aggregate of all
periods of service commencing with the date on which an Employee completes an Hour of
Service. Because Years of Service for purposes of vesting are determined under the elapsed time
method, Section T of the Adoption Agreement shall not be applicable. Notwithstanding any
provision to the contrary, for Employees hired or rehired on or after January 1, 2010, only Years
of Service with the Employer as a Participant in the Plan are counted towards eligibility and
vesting under the Plan.
2. In addition to the Employer contribution provided for in Section M of the Adoption Agreement,
the Employee shall make the contributions to Retirement Medical Savings Accounts as provided
in this Section 2 of the Addendum.
(A) The Employer shall contribute one and one-half percent (1½%) of Compensation for each
Participant into a Retirement Medical Savings Account under the Plan to be used for
future medical expenses pursuant to Code Section 401(h). Contributions to a medical
savings account may be distributed only after a Participant has attained Normal
Retirement Age and has separated from service and much be used exclusively to pay
qualifying medical expenses under Code Section 213 for the Participant and for the
Participant's spouse and eligible dependents. Payments of qualifying medical expenses
shall not be subject to federal income tax when paid.
(B) Contributions into the Retirement Medical Savings Account pursuant to Code Section
401(h) shall be maintained in a separate sub-account for each Participant in the Plan for
the purpose of providing retired Participants with a source of funds to use toward
payment of or reimbursement for medical insurance premiums, Medicare premiums, or
health benefits, including dental and vision services, on a non-taxable basis under Code
Sections 105 and 106.
(C) Assets held in a sub-account may be aggregated with other assets of the Plan for purposes
of investment. Investment earnings and expenses shall be allocated to Retirement
Medical Savings Accounts.
(D) The benefits provide by the Retirement Medical Savings Accounts shall be separate from
and subordinate to the retirement benefits provided by the Plan.
(E) A Participant's Retirement Medical Savings Account cannot be transferred and must
remain in the Plan to be used exclusively for the purpose of providing medical benefits to
retired Participants, spouses, and eligible dependents. It shall be impossible, at any time
prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan for the payment of medical
benefits described in Code Section 40 l(h), for any assets allocated to a Retirement
Medical Savings Account to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than providing
health benefits for retired Participants and their spouses and eligible dependents. If, with
respect to any individual Retirement Medical Savings Account, there is any balance
remaining upon death of the last to die of the Pa1ticipant and the Participant's spouse and
eligible dependents, if any, and the satisfaction of all claims for Code Section 40l(h)
2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Adoption Agreement 17
for Governmental Employers
medical benefits with respect to the Participant, spouse, and eligible dependent, then any
such balance shall be returned to the Employer to be used as determined by the Employer.
(F) The Employer shall establish and may amend any rules and requirements that are
necessary to implement and administer the Retirement Medical Savings Account
pursuant to Code Section 401(h).
(G) The provisions of this Section 2 of the Addendum shall not apply to Participants hired or
rehired on or after January 1, 2007.
1
AMENDMENT TO THE
GWINNETT COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PENSION PLAN
This AMENDMENT is made as of this ____ day of December, 2013, by Gwinnett
County (the “County”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the County maintains the Gwinnett County Board of Commissioners
Defined Contribution Pension Plan (the “Plan”), which was last amended and restated effective
as of January 1, 2013, by the adoption of the 2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP Plan Document for
Governmental Employers (the “Basic Plan Document”) and the 2011 Basic 401(a) MPPP
Adoption Agreement for Governmental Employers (the “Adoption Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, the County now wishes to amend the Plan to incorporate certain Plan
provisions not reflected in the updated Basic Plan Document;
NOW, THEREFORE, the County does hereby amend the Basic Plan Document as
follows:
1. By deleting Section 6.03 of the Basic Plan Document and substituting therefor the
following:
“6.03 Treatment of Excess Annual Additions. In the event that the amounts
which would otherwise be contributed or allocated to a Participant‟s Account would
cause the annual additions for the limitation year to exceed the limitations of Section
6.01, the amount contributed or allocated shall be reduced so that the annual additions for
the limitation year shall equal the applicable limitation. Any such reduction for an excess
amount shall be made in accordance with correction methods permitted under the
Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (Revenue Procedure 2013-12) or any
subsequent guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service.”
2. By deleting the second paragraph in Section 11.01 of the Basic Plan Document
and substituting therefor the following:
“If any application for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, the
Administrator shall notify the applicant in writing of such denial and of the applicant‟s
right to a review of the decision as set forth below and shall set forth, in a manner
calculated to be understood by the applicant, the specific reasons for such denial, the
specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description
of any additional material or information necessary for the applicant to perfect the
application, an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, an
explanation of the Plan‟s review procedure and the time limits applicable to such
procedures, a statement that any appeal the applicant wishes to make of the adverse
determination must be in writing to the Retirement Plans Management Committee of the
2
Gwinnett County Public Employee Retirement System (the „RPMC‟), or its delegate,
within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Plan Administrator‟s written notice of denial;
and a statement that failure to provide the written appeal of the adverse determination to
the RPMC or its delegate in writing within the sixty (60) day period will render the Plan
Administrator‟s determination final, binding and conclusive.”
3. By deleting Section 11.02 of the Basic Plan Document and substituting therefor
the following:
“11.02 Review. Any person whose application for benefits is denied in whole or
in part may appeal to the Administrator for review of the decision by submitting, within
sixty days after receiving notice of the denial of the claim, a written statement to the
RPMC or its delegate that:
(a) requests a review of the application for benefits;
(b) sets forth all of the grounds upon which the request for review is
based and any facts in support of such request; and
(c) sets forth any issues or comments that the applicant deems
pertinent to the application.
In addition, an applicant may submit written comments, documents,
records, and other information in support of the appeal, and the applicant shall be
provided, free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and
other information relevant to the applicant‟s claim for benefits.
The RPMC, or such committee that the RPMC establishes under its
bylaws to review appeals for the denial of benefits, shall review appeals of denials of
applications for benefits submitted to it. The RPMC or its delegate shall act upon each
appeal within sixty days after receipt of the applicant‟s request for review by the RPMC
or its delegate. The RPMC or its delegate shall make a full and fair review of each
application and any written material submitted by the applicant in connection with such
review, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the
initial benefit determination. If the RPMC or its delegate determines that special
circumstances require an extension of time for processing an appeal, it may extend the
initial period, in which case written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the
applicant before the end of the initial period indicating the special circumstances
requiring an extension and the date by which the RPMC or its delegate expects to render
a determination on review. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty days
from the end of the initial period. Based on this review, the RPMC or its delegate shall
make an independent determination of the applicant‟s eligibility for benefits under the
Plan.
In the case of a denial of any appeal, the RPMC or its delegate shall notify
the applicant in writing of such determination and shall set forth, in a manner calculated
3
to be understood by the applicant, the specific reasons for the adverse determination,
references to the specific Plan provisions on which the determination is based, a
statement that the applicant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge,
reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant
to the applicant‟s claim for benefits.
The decision of the RPMC or its delegate on any application for benefits
shall be final and conclusive upon all persons.”
Except as specifically amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect prior
to this Amendment.
[SIGNATURE PAGE IS NEXT PAGE]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the County has caused this Amendment to be executed as of
the day and year first above written.
GWINNETT COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
By: _______________________________
Chairperson
Attest: ____________________________ Approved as to Form:
Clerk, Gwinnett County
Board of Commissioners _________________________________
RESOLUTIONS OF THE GWINNETT COUNTY
BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
RESOLUTIONS OF THE GWINNETT COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
APPROVING THE RESTATEMENT OF THE GWINNETT COUNTY DEFINED BENEFIT
PLAN AND THE GWINNETT COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS DEFINED
CONTRIBUTION PLAN, AND AUTHORIZING THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF
COMMISSIONERS TO EXECUTE THE RESTATEMENTS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS
AND THE SUBMISSION OF APPROPRIATE DETERMINATION LETTER
APPLICATIONS TO THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.
WHEREAS, Gwinnett County (the “County”) has adopted and maintains the Gwinnett
County Defined Benefit Plan (the “DB Plan”) and the Gwinnett County Board of Commissioners
Defined Contribution Pension Plan (the “DC Plan”);
WHEREAS, the County now wishes to amend and restate the DB Plan and the DC Plan
in their entirety to update the DB Plan and the DC Plan for applicable amendments and law
changes;
WHEREAS, the County now wishes to amend the DB Plan for determining the accrued
benefit for certain elected officials who receive supplemental compensation from the County;
WHEREAS, the County wishes to submit the DB Plan and the DC Plan to the Internal
Revenue Service for favorable determination letters during the applicable remedial amendment
period cycle for governmental plans, which ends on January 31, 2014; and
WHEREAS, the Retirement Plans Management Committee approved the proposed
restatements of the DB Plan and the DC Plan at a meeting held on December 2, 2013;
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Gwinnett County Board of
Commissioners (the “Board of Commissioners”) hereby authorizes and approves the adoption of
the amended and restated Gwinnett County Defined Benefit Plan and the amended and restated
Gwinnett County Board of Commissioners Defined Contribution Pension Plan in substantially
the forms attached hereto (the “Restatements”).
IT IS FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Board of Commissioners hereby authorizes and
directs the Chairman of the Board of Commissioners or his or her designee to submit the
Restatements to the Internal Revenue Service for favorable determination letters during the
applicable remedial amendment period cycle for governmental plans, which ends on January 31,
2014.
IT IS FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman of the Board of Commissioners or his
or her designee is hereby authorized, empowered and directed to take all actions and to execute
and deliver all agreements, instruments, indentures and documents as he or she shall deem
necessary to carry out the intent of the foregoing resolutions, including, without limitation, the
2
execution and delivery of the Restatements described above and submitting the appropriate
determination letter applications to the Internal Revenue Service.
IT IS FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of the Chairman of the Board of
Commissioners or his or her designee on any agreement, instrument, indenture or document shall
be conclusive evidence of his or her authority.
BE IT FINALLY RESOLVED, that this Resolution shall become effective when
adopted, and that all resolutions and parts of resolutions in conflict with this Resolution are
hereby repealed to the extent of the conflict
This resolution is adopted this ____ day of December, 2013.
BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
GWINNETT COUNTY, GEORGIA
By: _______________________________
Charlotte J. Nash
Chairman
ATTEST: ____________________________
GWINNETT COUNTY
DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2013
GWINNETT COUNTY DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
Gwinnett County (“County”) previously participated in the Association County
Commissioners of Georgia Benefit Plan and the Association County Commissioner of Georgia
Defined Benefit Plan Master Trust Agreement sponsored by the Association County
Commissioners of Georgia. Having determined that it is in the best interests of the participants
and beneficiaries, the County hereby establishes the Gwinnett County Defined Benefit Plan
(“Plan”) for the benefit of its employees and other eligible individuals as provided herein. Assets
held in the Association County Commissioner of Georgia Defined Benefit Plan Master Trust for
the benefit of Gwinnett County Employees shall be transferred to the Plan, and in no event will a
Participant‟s Account after the transfer of assets be less than his account prior to the transfer of
assets. No employees whose initial hire date with Gwinnett County is on or after January 1,
2007 may become eligible to participate in the Plan. Employees terminating employment on or
after January 1, 2007 may not return to the Plan.
The Plan is intended to conform to state and federal provisions applicable to government
qualified plans and to qualify under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. This amendment and restatement is intended to incorporate all prior Plan amendments
and should be construed as a continuation of the Plan as previously in effect.
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I: DEFINITIONS ...........................................................................................................1
1.01 ACCG Plan ..............................................................................................................1 1.02 Accrued Benefit .......................................................................................................1
1.03 Accumulated Employee Contributions ....................................................................1 1.04 Actuarial Equivalence or Actuarial Equivalent .......................................................1 1.05 Actuary .....................................................................................................................1 1.06 Annuity Starting Date ..............................................................................................2 1.07 Average Monthly Compensation .............................................................................2
1.08 Beneficiary ...............................................................................................................2 1.09 Benefit Commencement Date ..................................................................................2 1.10 Benefit Payment Date ..............................................................................................3
1.11 Break in Service .......................................................................................................3 1.12 Code .........................................................................................................................3 1.13 Compensation ..........................................................................................................3
1.14 County ......................................................................................................................4 1.15 Credited Service .......................................................................................................4
1.16 Defined Contribution Plan .......................................................................................5 1.17 Disability or Disabled ..............................................................................................5 1.18 Disability Pension ....................................................................................................5
1.19 Early Retirement Pension ........................................................................................5 1.20 Early Retirement Date..............................................................................................5
1.21 Effective Date ..........................................................................................................5 1.22 Elapsed Time Method ..............................................................................................6 1.23 Eligibility Service ....................................................................................................6
1.24 Employee .................................................................................................................6
1.25 Employer ..................................................................................................................7 1.26 Employment Commencement Date .........................................................................8 1.27 Full-time Employee .................................................................................................8
1.28 Hour of Service ........................................................................................................8 1.29 Inactive Participant ..................................................................................................9
1.30 Late Retirement Date ...............................................................................................9 1.31 Leave of Absence .....................................................................................................9
1.32 Limitation Year ......................................................................................................10 1.33 Maternity or Paternity Leave .................................................................................10 1.34 Non-forfeitable .......................................................................................................10 1.35 Nontransferable Annuity ........................................................................................10 1.36 Normal Retirement Date ........................................................................................10
1.37 Normal Retirement Pension ...................................................................................11 1.38 Participant ..............................................................................................................11
1.39 Participation Commencement Date .......................................................................11 1.40 Participant Contribution Account ..........................................................................11 1.41 Period of Service ....................................................................................................11 1.42 Period of Severance ...............................................................................................12 1.43 Plan ........................................................................................................................12 1.44 Plan Administrator .................................................................................................12
ii
1.45 Plan Entry Date ......................................................................................................12
1.46 Plan Sponsor ..........................................................................................................12 1.47 Plan Year ................................................................................................................12 1.48 Reduced Early Retirement Pension .......................................................................12
1.49 Reemployment Commencement Date ...................................................................12 1.50 Retire or Retirement ...............................................................................................12 1.51 Schedule A .............................................................................................................13 1.52 Schedule B .............................................................................................................13 1.53 Schedule C .............................................................................................................13
1.54 Service....................................................................................................................13 1.55 Severance from Service Date .................................................................................13 1.56 Spouse or Surviving Spouse ..................................................................................13 1.57 Termination of Employment ..................................................................................13
1.58 Transition Period ....................................................................................................14 1.59 Transition Rule Employees ....................................................................................14
1.60 Trust .......................................................................................................................14 1.61 Trust Fund ..............................................................................................................14
1.62 Trustee....................................................................................................................14 1.63 Unreduced Early Retirement Pension ....................................................................14 1.64 USERRA ................................................................................................................14
1.65 Vesting Service ......................................................................................................15
ARTICLE II: EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION ............................................................................16
2.01 Participation Eligibility ..........................................................................................16 2.02 Participation Upon Reemployment ........................................................................16 2.03 Eligibility for Plans on and after November 1, 2004 .............................................17
2.04 Transition Rules .....................................................................................................18
ARTICLE III: COUNTY CONTRIBUTIONS ..............................................................................20
3.01 Amount ..................................................................................................................20 3.02 Determination of Contribution ...............................................................................20
ARTICLE IV: PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS ....................................................................21
4.01 County Pick-Up Contributions ..............................................................................21 4.02 Earnings on Accumulated Employee Contributions ..............................................21 4.03 Refund of Participant Contribution Account .........................................................21
4.04 Repayment of Participant Contribution Account ...................................................22 4.05 USERRA Contributions .........................................................................................23
ARTICLE V: NORMAL AND LATE RETIREMENT PENSION ..............................................24
5.01 Normal or Late Retirement Pension ......................................................................24 5.02 Amount of Normal or Late Retirement Pension ....................................................24 5.03 Computation and Payment of Normal or Late Retirement Pension ......................24 5.04 Late Retirement ......................................................................................................25
5.05 Vesting Schedule ...................................................................................................25
iii
ARTICLE VI: EARLY RETIREMENT PENSION ......................................................................27
6.01 Eligibility for Early Retirement Pension................................................................27 6.02 Amount of Early Retirement Pension ....................................................................27 6.03 Computation and Payment of Early Retirement Pension ......................................27
6.04 Limited Offering of Early Retirement Pension Under Alternative Eligibility
Requirements .........................................................................................................28
ARTICLE VII: DISABILITY PENSION ......................................................................................29
7.01 Offering of Disability Pension ...............................................................................29 7.02 Amount of Disability Pension ................................................................................29
7.03 Computation and Payment of Disability Pension ..................................................29 7.04 Recovery from Disability .......................................................................................30 7.05 Continuing Evidence of Total Disability ...............................................................30
7.06 Ceasing Eligibility for Social Security Disability ..................................................30
ARTICLE VIII: DEATH BENEFITS ...........................................................................................31
8.01 Pre-Retirement Death Benefit ................................................................................31
8.02 Post Retirement Death Benefit...............................................................................31 8.03 Disability Death Benefit ........................................................................................31
8.04 Deferred Vested Pension Death Benefit ................................................................31 8.05 Incidental Death Benefit ........................................................................................32 8.06 Death Benefits Under USERRA ............................................................................32
ARTICLE IX: PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT - OPTIONAL FORMS OF PAYMENT 33
9.01 Normal Form of Benefit.........................................................................................33
9.02 Optional Forms of Benefit .....................................................................................33
9.03 Cost of Living Adjustment.....................................................................................34
9.04 Commencement of Benefits/Payment Schedules ..................................................34 9.05 Continued Employment After Normal Retirement ................................................37
9.06 Repayment of Lump Sum Pension ........................................................................37 9.07 Reemployment of Retired Participant ....................................................................38 9.08 Rollovers ................................................................................................................38
ARTICLE X: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS AFFECTING THE CREDITING OF
SERVICE ...............................................................................................................41
10.01 No Disregard of Service.........................................................................................41 10.02 Service Upon Reemployment ................................................................................41
10.03 Transferred Service Credit from Certain Other Prior Employers ..........................41
10.04 Credited Service Under USERRA for Contributory Plans ....................................42
ARTICLE XI: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS AFFECTING THE PAYMENT OF
BENEFITS .............................................................................................................43
11.01 General ...................................................................................................................43 11.02 Suspension of Benefits ...........................................................................................43 11.03 Merger of Plan .......................................................................................................43 11.04 Trustee-to-Trustee Transfer ...................................................................................43 11.05 Forfeiture of Benefits .............................................................................................44
iv
11.06 Payments to Minors or Legally Incompetent Persons ...........................................44
11.07 Unclaimed Payments .............................................................................................44 11.08 Assignment or Alienation ......................................................................................44 11.09 No Decrease in Benefits by Change in Social Security .........................................44
11.10 Limitation on Benefit .............................................................................................45
ARTICLE XII: COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS..................................................50
12.01 Information to Plan Administrator .........................................................................50 12.02 Indemnity of Trustees ............................................................................................50 12.03 Amendment to Vesting Schedule...........................................................................50
ARTICLE XIII: PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS .......................................51
13.01 Beneficiary Destination .........................................................................................51 13.02 No Beneficiary Designation ...................................................................................51
13.03 Personal Data to Plan Administrator......................................................................51 13.04 Address for Notification ........................................................................................52 13.05 Notice of Change in Terms ....................................................................................52
13.06 Litigation Against the Trust ...................................................................................52 13.07 Information Available ............................................................................................52
13.08 Appeal Procedure for Denial of Benefits ...............................................................53
ARTICLE XIV: CONTRIBUTIONS AND ADMINISTRATION OF FUNDS ...........................54
14.01 Use of Trust Fund ..................................................................................................54
14.02 Use of Group Annuity Contracts ...........................................................................54 14.03 Amount of County Contributions ..........................................................................54
14.04 Use of Forfeitures ..................................................................................................54
14.05 Contingent Nature of County Contributions ..........................................................54
14.06 Form of County Contribution ................................................................................54 14.07 Exclusive Benefit ...................................................................................................54
14.08 Condition for Refund of Contributions ..................................................................55 14.09 Evidence .................................................................................................................55 14.10 No Responsibility for County Action ....................................................................55
14.11 Waiver of Notice ....................................................................................................55 14.12 Successors ..............................................................................................................55 14.13 Word Usage ...........................................................................................................55 14.14 State Law ...............................................................................................................55
14.15 Employment Not Guaranteed ................................................................................55
ARTICLE XV: AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION .............................................................57
15.01 Amendment by the County ....................................................................................57 15.02 Limitations on Amendments ..................................................................................57 15.03 Termination or Freeze by the County ....................................................................57 15.04 Effect of Termination .............................................................................................57 15.05 Distribution Upon Termination of Trust ................................................................57
15.06 Over-funding ..........................................................................................................58 15.07 Notice Requirements ..............................................................................................58 15.08 Full Vesting on Termination ..................................................................................58
v
ARTICLE XVI: QUALIFIED GOVERNMENTAL EXCESS BENEFIT ARRANGEMENT ....59
16.01 Section 415(m) Arrangement .................................................................................59 16.02 Benefits ..................................................................................................................59 16.03 Payments to Participants ........................................................................................59
16.04 Benefits Upon Reemployment ...............................................................................59 16.05 Limitation on Benefits ...........................................................................................59 16.06 Errors and Omissions .............................................................................................60 16.07 Taxes ......................................................................................................................60 16.08 Source of Funds .....................................................................................................60
16.09 Trust .......................................................................................................................60
1
ARTICLE I: DEFINITIONS
1.01 ACCG Plan
“ACCG Plan” shall mean the pension plan adopted by the County effective January 1,
1971 that was sponsored by the Association County Commissioners of Georgia. The
County terminated its participation in the ACCG Plan effective December 31, 2006.
1.02 Accrued Benefit
“Accrued Benefit” means, subject to Plan termination provisions in Article XVI, a
Participant‟s Normal Retirement Pension under Section 5.02, as determined by the
County. The Accrued Benefit shall include the value of the Participant Contribution
Account, if any.
1.03 Accumulated Employee Contributions
“Accumulated Employee Contributions” means Participant contributions made pursuant
to Article IV.
1.04 Actuarial Equivalence or Actuarial Equivalent
“Actuarial Equivalence” or “Actuarial Equivalent” means a benefit of equivalent value to
a straight life annuity for the life of the Participant, whether in the form of an annuity, a
lump sum or otherwise, based on the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table using a blend
of fifty percent (50%) male and fifty percent (50%) female rates and an interest rate of
seven percent (7.0%). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining the
Actuarial Equivalent for a plan to plan transfer elected by a Participant from the Plan to
the County‟s Defined Contribution Plan and for the purchase of up to five years of
additional Credited Service, the Plan will use an interest rate of eight percent (8.0%). For
Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 2008, notwithstanding any other Plan
provisions to the contrary, the applicable mortality table used for purposes of adjusting
any benefit or limitation under Code Section 415(b)(2)(B), (C), or (D), to the extent
applicable to governmental plans, and Section 11.10 of the Plan is the table prescribed in
Revenue Ruling 2001-62 and any subsequent guidance thereto. For Limitation Years
beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the applicable mortality table used for purposes of
adjusting any benefit or limitation under Code Section 415(b)(2)(B), (C), or (D), to the
extent applicable to governmental plans, and Section 11.10 of the Plan is the table
prescribed in Section 1.417(e)-1(d)(2) of the Treasury Regulations and any subsequent
guidance thereto.
1.05 Actuary
“Actuary” means an enrolled actuary selected by the Trustees to provide actuarial
services for the Plan.
2
1.06 Annuity Starting Date
“Annuity Starting Date” means the first day of the first period for which an amount is
paid as an annuity or any other form of benefit; provided, however, such date shall be a
date falling within sixty (60) days after a Participant has met all the requirements of a
Normal or Late Retirement Pension, Early Retirement Pension, or a Disability Pension.
1.07 Average Monthly Compensation
“Average Monthly Compensation” means the arithmetic average of monthly
Compensation, which results in the highest such average, paid to a Participant by the
Employer for the sixty (60) consecutive calendar months, ignoring any Breaks in Service,
out of the Participant‟s last 120 calendar months of monthly Compensation, including the
calendar month in which the Participant receives his final paycheck in connection with
his Termination of Employment.
If a Participant has a Leave of Absence under the provisions of the Family and Medical
Leave Act (“FMLA”), the months prior to such Leave of Absence and the months after
such Leave of Absence shall be considered consecutive for purposes of this Section.
If the Participant has a Leave of Absence under the provisions of the Uniformed Services
Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as such Act may be amended from
time to time (“USERRA”), the months prior to and after such Leave of Absence shall be
considered consecutive for purposes of this Section, unless the Participant makes up the
Employer Pick-up Contributions that would have been due during this time in accordance
with Section 4.05. If such contributions are made up, for purposes of this Section, the
Participant shall be treated as receiving Compensation equal to the Compensation the
Participant would have received during such period if the Participant were not in
qualified military service, determined based on the rate of pay the Participant would have
received but for the Leave of Absence; provided, however if the Compensation the
Participant would have received during such period is not reasonably certain,
Compensation for this purpose shall equal the Participant‟s average Compensation during
the 12 months immediately preceding the qualified military service (or, if shorter, the
period of employment immediately preceding the qualified military service).
1.08 Beneficiary
“Beneficiary” means a person designated by a Participant who is or may become entitled
to a benefit under the Plan. Participants shall designate their Beneficiaries in accordance
with Section 13.01 of the Plan. A Beneficiary who becomes entitled to a benefit under
the Plan shall remain a Beneficiary under the Plan until the Trustee has fully distributed
his benefit to him, at which time he will cease to be a Beneficiary.
1.09 Benefit Commencement Date
“Benefit Commencement Date” means, with respect to a Participant, joint annuitant, or
Beneficiary, the date as of which benefit amounts are determined as specified in Section
9.04 of the Plan.
3
1.10 Benefit Payment Date
“Benefit Payment Date” means, with respect to a Participant, joint annuitant, or
Beneficiary, the date elected on a form submitted to the Plan Administrator on which
benefit payments shall commence. Except as provided in Section 9.04 of the Plan or in
the case of an involuntary lump sum payment under Section 5.03(c) or 6.03(c), a
Participant shall elect his Benefit Payment Date on a form provided by the Plan
Administrator.
1.11 Break in Service
(a) “Break in Service” means, with respect to an Employee who terminated prior to
January 1, 2007, a Period of Severance of twelve (12) consecutive months.
(b) For a Leave of Absence, including Military Leave under USERRA, and FMLA
Leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, a Break in Service shall
not be deemed to have occurred if the Employee returns to Service of the County
following the Leave of Absence within the time required by federal or state law.
(c) For purposes of determining when a Break in Service begins for a Participant on
Maternity or Paternity Leave, the Severance from Service Date of an Employee
who is absent from employment beyond the first anniversary of his first date of
absence is the second anniversary of the first date of absence. The period
between the first and second anniversaries is not a Period of Service. The period
between the first and second anniversaries is not a Period of Severance unless the
Participant fails to return from Leave. No Service shall be credited due to
Maternity or Paternity Leave as described in this Section unless the Employee
furnishes proof satisfactory to the County that the need for leave was due to
Maternity or Paternity Leave.
(d) The County shall prescribe procedures to make uniform and nondiscriminatory
determinations required by this Section.
1.12 Code
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.13 Compensation
“Compensation” means the total amount of all payments, direct or indirect, made by the
County to an Employee for services rendered to the County, for a calendar year which
ends within a Plan Year, as defined in Code Section 3401(a) for purposes of tax
withholding at the source (as reported to the Employee on Form W-2 for such year),
excluding pay for overtime, overtime premium, scheduled overtime, and scheduled
overtime premium. Compensation shall include before-tax or salary deferral
contributions made to this Plan or any other plan of the County, under a Code Section
132(f)(4) qualified transportation plan or under Code Sections 125, 402(g)(3), 457 or
414(h), on behalf of a Participant for such Plan Year.
4
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Compensation of a Participant taken
into account under the Plan for any Plan Year exceed (i) $200,000 for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1989, (ii) $150,000 for Plan Years on or after the later of
(a) January 1, 1996 or (b) the 90th day after the opening of the first legislative session
that begins on or after January 1, 1996, or (iii) for Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 2002, the limitations of Code Section 401(a)(17) in effect as of the beginning
of the Plan Year (i.e., $255,000 for 2013). The limitations set forth in the preceding
sentence shall be subject to adjustment annually as provided in Code Section
401(a)(17)(B) and Code Section 415(d); provided, however, that the dollar increase in
effect on January 1 of any calendar year, if any, is effective for the Plan Year. The
monthly limitation on Compensation for any Participant shall be determined in
accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17) and the applicable regulations thereunder.
However, the Code Section 401(a)(17) limits in this Section 1.13 shall not apply to
Transition Rule Employees to the extent the application of the limitation would reduce
the amount of Compensation that is allowed to be taken into account under the Plan
below the amount that was allowed to be taken into account under the Plan as in effect on
July 1, 1993, as adjusted from time to time.
Compensation shall not include, with respect to a State Court Judge, a Juvenile Court
Judge, the Solicitor-General, a Superior Court Judge, or the District Attorney, that portion
of his salary as defined in O.C.G.A. § 47-23-100 which is used for purposes of
mandatory participation in a State or federal retirement pension plan pursuant to
O.C.G.A. § 47-23-101.
1.14 County
“County” means Gwinnett County.
1.15 Credited Service
“Credited Service” means the measurement of a Participant‟s Service as an Employee
after the Original Effective Date of the Plan that is used to determine the Participant‟s
Accrued Benefit. Credited Service shall include only full-time service and shall be
determined by the Elapsed Time Method.
Participants who have qualified military service and are reemployed by the Employer
under USERRA shall be entitled to Credited Service for the time spent in qualified
military service to the extent required by USERRA, as provided in Section 4.05 and
Section 10.04.
Credited Service shall include Service prior to the Effective Date of the Plan, sick leave,
and retirement reserve leave. Furthermore, the County, as part of an employment
contract with Appointed Officials, may agree to provide additional Credited Service. In
no event, however, shall the additional Credited Service exceed five (5) years.
5
1.16 Defined Contribution Plan
“Defined Contribution Plan” means the qualified defined contribution retirement plan
entitled “Gwinnett County Board of Commissioners Defined Contribution Pension Plan”,
approved by Gwinnett County by resolution of the Gwinnett County Board of
Commissioners on July 18, 2000, effective as of August 1, 2000.
1.17 Disability or Disabled
A Participant is “Disabled” if he is entitled to disability benefits under the federal Social
Security Act.
1.18 Disability Pension
“Disability Pension” means, with respect to a Participant, the benefit described in Article
VII of the Plan.
1.19 Early Retirement Pension
“Early Retirement Pension” means an Unreduced Early Retirement Pension or a Reduced
Early Retirement Pension.
1.20 Early Retirement Date
“Early Retirement Date” means the following dates when a Participant becomes eligible
for an Early Retirement Pension:
(a) Schedule A. A Participant accruing benefits under Schedule A shall be entitled to
an Unreduced Early Retirement Pension when he completes thirty (30) years of
Vesting Service. A Participant accruing benefits under Schedule A will be
entitled to a Reduced Early Retirement Pension on the later of the date he attains
sixty (60) years of age and completes ten (10) years of service.
(b) Schedule B or Schedule C. A Participant accruing benefits under Schedule B or
Schedule C shall be entitled to an Unreduced Early Retirement Pension on the
earlier of the following dates: (i) the Participant completes thirty (30) years of
Vesting Service; or (ii) later of the date (A) he attains fifty (50) years of age and
(B) his age, combined with his years of Vesting Service, equals or exceeds
seventy-five (75). A Participant accruing benefits under Schedule B or Schedule
C will be entitled to a Reduced Early Retirement Pension on the later of the date
he attains sixty (60) years of age and completes ten (10) years of service.
1.21 Effective Date
“Effective Date” of the Plan means January 1, 2007.
6
1.22 Elapsed Time Method
“Elapsed Time Method” shall mean the method of computing Service by reference to the
total time (years and months) that elapses between the Employee‟s Employment
Commencement Date and the Employee‟s Severance from Service Date. The total time
need not be consecutive.
For the purpose of calculating Eligibility Service, Vesting Service and Credited Service, a
Participant shall accrue one month for each month in which he is credited with one Hour
of Service as a Full-time Employee of the County, and shall accrue one year for each 12
month period. The elapsed time service method calculates years and months by rounding
up any days to a whole month. The calculations for Eligibility Service, Credited Service
and Vesting Service shall be subject to the Break in Service provisions
1.23 Eligibility Service
“Eligibility Service” means the measurement of an Employee‟s Full Time Service for
purposes of determining whether the Employee is eligible for the Plan and is measured
from the Employee‟s Employment Commencement Date and each anniversary thereof to
the date an Employee first becomes a Plan Participant. Eligibility Service shall be
determined by the Elapsed Time Method.
1.24 Employee
“Employee” means any individual employed by the County, but shall exclude:
(a) any individual classified by the County as an independent contractor;
(b) any leased employee as defined in Section 414(n) of the Code; and
(c) any other individual employed by the County who is not designated as any of the
following:
(i) A full-time Employee, as defined by County policy as any Employee
eligible under the Employer‟s personnel policies to receive all
supplemental benefits including pension benefits;
(ii) County Commissioners, except as specifically excluded in subsection
(d)(iii) below;
(iii) The following elected officials of the County with no other County funded
retirement or pension plan:
A. Sheriff;
B. Tax Commissioner;
C. Clerk of Superior Court;
7
D. State Court Judge;
E. Probate Court Judge;
F. Juvenile Court Judge;
G. Magistrate Court Judge; and
H. Solicitor-General.
(iv) Superior Court Judges and the District Attorney who are elected officials
receiving supplemental compensation from the County.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following employees are specifically excluded
from participation:
(i) Employees with an Employment or Reemployment Commencement Date
on or after January 1, 2007;
(ii) Employees who participate in the County‟s Defined Contribution Plan and
who did not elect to participate in 2004 in the Defined Benefit Plan or who
do not have a prior deferred vested benefit in the Defined Benefit Plan
(iii) (1) County Commissioners and Elected Officials with an Employment or
Reemployment Commencement Date prior to August 1, 2000 who elected
to participate in the Employer‟s defined contribution pension plan; (2)
Appointed Officials with an Employment or Reemployment
Commencement Date on or after August 1, 2000; and (3) County
Commissioners with an Employment Commencement Date on or after
August 1, 2000 who have elected to participate in the Defined
Contribution Plan;
(iv) Extension Agents in TRS; and
(v) Employees who are active members of a state retirement or pension plan,
if such plan is funded in part or in whole by County contributions.
For purposes of this section, “Appointed Official” means a Full-time Employee who is
not part of the classified service and who serves at the pleasure of the Board of
Commissioners, the County Administrator, the Deputy County Administrator, or other
Elected Officials.
Excluded employees under (b) and (c) above shall be considered “Ineligible Employees”.
1.25 Employer
“Employer” means Gwinnett County, Georgia.
8
1.26 Employment Commencement Date
“Employment Commencement Date” means the date on which the Employee first
performs an Hour of Service for the County.
1.27 Full-time Employee
“Full-time Employee” means any Employee who is eligible under the County‟s personnel
policies to receive all supplemental benefits, including pension benefits.
1.28 Hour of Service
“Hour of Service” means the increments of time described in sections (a), (b), and (c)
hereof (as applicable) subject to any limitations set forth herein:
(a) Each hour for which the County, either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee,
or for which the Employee is entitled to payment, for the performance of duties
during the Plan Year. The County shall credit Hours of Service under this
paragraph (a) to the Employees for the Plan Year in which the Employee
performs the duties, irrespective of when paid;
(b) Each hour for back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, to which the
County has agreed or for which the Employee has received an award. The County
shall credit Hours of Service under this paragraph (b) to the Employee for the
Plan Year(s) to which the award or the agreement pertains rather than for the Plan
Year in which the award, agreement or payment is made;
(c) Each hour for which the County, either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee,
or for which the Employee is entitled to payment (irrespective of whether the
employment relationship is terminated), for reasons other than for the
performance of duties during a Plan Year, such as Leave of Absence, vacation,
holiday, sick leave, illness, incapacity (including Disability), layoff, jury duty, or
military duty, provided:
(i) The County shall not credit more than five hundred and one (501) Hours
of Service under this paragraph (c) to an Employee on account of any
single continuous period during which the Employee does not perform any
duties as an Employee (whether or not such period occurs during a single
Plan Year). The County shall credit Hours of Service under this paragraph
(c) in accordance with the rules of paragraphs (b) and (c) of Department of
Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-2, which the Plan, by this reference,
specifically incorporates in full within this paragraph (c);
(ii) An hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to
payment, on account of a period during which he performs no duties as an
Employee shall not be credited as an Hour of Service if such payment is
made or due under a plan maintained solely to comply with applicable
9
workers‟ compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability
insurance laws; and
(iii) Hours of Service shall not be credited to an Employee for a payment that
solely reimburses such Employee for medical or medically related
expenses incurred by him.
(d) Each hour for which the Employee is required to be granted leave under
USERRA.
(e) The County shall not credit an Hour of Service under more than one (1) of the
above paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d). If the Service counted under this Section
1.27 can be counted under more than one of these paragraphs, the rule crediting
the greatest number of Hours of Service shall apply. The County shall resolve any
ambiguity with respect to the crediting of an Hour of Service in favor of the
Employee.
(f) The County shall credit Hours of Service under this Section 1.27 in accordance
with Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c), 29 CFR
Part 2530, as amended, which the Plan, by this reference, specifically incorporates
in full, or such other federal regulations as may from time to time be applicable.
1.29 Inactive Participant
“Inactive Participant” means a Participant who is no longer receiving Credited Service
under the Plan but has not yet received his or her entire Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit
due (if any) under the Plan.
1.30 Late Retirement Date
“Late Retirement Date” means the date the Participant actually Retires from employment
with the County after his Normal Retirement Date.
1.31 Leave of Absence
“Leave of Absence” means a paid or unpaid excused leave of absence granted to an
Employee in accordance with applicable federal or state law or the County‟s personnel
policy. Leave of Absence shall include the following:
(a) Military Leave.
Employees who leave the service of the County, voluntarily or involuntarily, to
enter the Armed Forces of the United States, provided: (i) the Employee is
legally entitled to reemployment under USERRA, and (ii) the Employee applies
for and reenters service with the County within the time, in the manner, and under
the conditions prescribed by USERRA or any other similar and applicable law.
(b) FMLA Leave.
10
Employees who leave the service of the County under the provisions of the
Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (“FMLA”) provided that the Employee
returns to active employment within the time required under the FMLA.
(c) Other Leave.
Employees who leave the service of the Employee under such other
circumstances as the County shall determine are fair, reasonable and equitable as
applied uniformly among Employees under similar circumstances.
1.32 Limitation Year
“Limitation Year” means the calendar year.
1.33 Maternity or Paternity Leave
“Maternity or Paternity Leave” means any period during which an Employee is absent
from work with the County: (a) due to the pregnancy of such Employee, (b) due to the
birth of a child of such Employee, (c) due to the placement of a child with such Employee
in connection with the adoption of a child by such Employee, or (d) for purposes of such
Employee caring for such child immediately after such birth or placement.
1.34 Non-forfeitable
“Non-forfeitable” means a Participant‟s or Beneficiary‟s unconditional claim, legally
enforceable against the Plan, to the Participant‟s Accrued Benefit. If a Participant is one
hundred percent (100%) vested in any benefit under the Plan, such benefit is considered
Non-forfeitable.
1.35 Nontransferable Annuity
“Nontransferable Annuity” means an annuity, which by its terms provides that it may not
be sold, assigned, discounted, or pledged as collateral for a loan or security for the
performance of an obligation or for any purpose to any person other than the annuity
provider. If the Trustee distributes an annuity contract, such contract must be a
Nontransferable Annuity.
1.36 Normal Retirement Date
“Normal Retirement Date” means the date the Participant becomes eligible for a Normal
Retirement Pension. A Participant will become eligible for a Normal Retirement Pension
on the later of the date the Participant attains age 65 and completes 5 years of Vesting
Service or, if an Employee has an Employment or Reemployment Commencement Date
prior to November 1, 2004, the later of the date the Participant attains age sixty-five (65)
and completes three (3) years of Vesting Service. Unused sick and/or retirement reserve
leave shall be included to reduce the age and/or vesting service required to meet the age
and/or vesting requirements if the Participant chooses.
11
1.37 Normal Retirement Pension
A “Normal Retirement Pension” under Schedule A means:
two and one-quarter percent (2.25%) of a Participant‟s Average Monthly
Compensation multiplied by years of full time Credited Service.
A “Normal Retirement Pension” under Schedule B means:
two and one-quarter percent (2.25%) of a Participant‟s Average Monthly
Compensation multiplied by years of full-time Credited Service.
A “Normal Retirement Pension” under Schedule C means:
two and one-half percent (2.5%) of a Participant‟s Average Monthly
Compensation multiplied by years of full-time Credited Service.
1.38 Participant
“Participant” means a Full-time Employee who is eligible to be and is actively
participating in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article II of the Plan. An
Employee who becomes a Participant shall remain an active or Inactive Participant under
the Plan until the Trustee has fully distributed his Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit to
him.
1.39 Participation Commencement Date
“Participation Commencement Date” means the date a Participant first commences
participation under the Plan.
1.40 Participant Contribution Account
“Participant Contribution Account” means the account and sub-accounts established by
the Plan Administrator to reflect Accumulated Employee Contributions by the Participant
to the Trust, if any, plus interest credited thereon as required under the Plan. In addition
to any other accounts the Plan Administrator shall establish, the Plan Administrator shall
establish a separate book account (which shall be adjusted to reflect contributions,
interest and other credits or charges attributable thereto) for each Participant to be
designated the “County Pick-Up Contribution Account,” which shall reflect a
Participant‟s interest in the County pick-up contributions made under Section 4.01 of the
Plan.
1.41 Period of Service
“Period of Service” means the Employee‟s period of employment with the County
commencing with the Employment Commencement Date or the Reemployment
Commencement Date, whichever is applicable, and ending on the Employee‟s Severance
from Service Date.
12
1.42 Period of Severance
“Period of Severance” means, a continuous period of time during which the Employee is
not employed by the County, commencing on the Employee‟s Severance from Service
Date and ending on the Employee‟s Reemployment Commencement Date.
1.43 Plan
“Plan” means the Gwinnett County Defined Benefit Plan, as set forth herein.
1.44 Plan Administrator
“Plan Administrator” means the County or, if applicable, the “Plan Administrator” as
defined in Code Section 414(g).
1.45 Plan Entry Date
“Plan Entry Date” means the date the Employee is hired.
1.46 Plan Sponsor
“Plan Sponsor” means Gwinnett County, Georgia
1.47 Plan Year
“Plan Year” means the calendar year.
1.48 Reduced Early Retirement Pension
“Reduced Early Retirement Pension” means a benefit provided in Article VI. A
Participant eligible for benefits shall be entitled to a Reduced Early Retirement Pension
on the later of the following dates:
(a) The Participant attains sixty (60) years of age; and
(b) The Participant completes ten (10) years of service.
1.49 Reemployment Commencement Date
“Reemployment Commencement Date” means, with respect to an Employee who
terminated employment with the County prior to January 1, 2007, the first date on which
the Employee performs an Hour of Service that is required to be taken into account for
Eligibility, Vesting or Credited Service, following a Break in Service or Period of
Severance.
1.50 Retire or Retirement
“Retire” or “Retirement” means Termination of Employment with the County on or after
the Participant‟s Early, Normal or Late Retirement Date.
13
1.51 Schedule A
“Schedule A” means the benefit established in 2004 for the noncontributory defined
benefit plan previously adopted by Gwinnett County and known as the “Pre-Amended
Pension Plan”.
1.52 Schedule B
“Schedule B” means the benefit established in 2004 for the contributory defined benefit
plan previously adopted by Gwinnett County and known as the “1995 Amended Pension
Plan” and subsequently amended and restated.
1.53 Schedule C
“Schedule C” means the benefit established in 2004 for the contributory defined benefit
plan adopted by Gwinnett County as of November 1, 2004.
1.54 Service
“Service” means any period of time the Employee is in the employ of the County,
including any period the Employee is on a Leave of Absence authorized by the County if
such Leave of Absence is required by law to be counted as Service. Notwithstanding any
provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, Vesting, Eligibility, and
Credited Service with respect to USERRA leave will be provided in accordance with
Code Section 414(u) and with respect to FMLA Leave will be provided in accordance
with the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993.
1.55 Severance from Service Date
“Severance from Service Date” means the earlier of the date the Employee (a)
Terminates Employment or (b) the first anniversary of the first day of absence for any
other reason.
1.56 Spouse or Surviving Spouse
“Spouse” or “Surviving Spouse” means, with respect to a Participant, except as otherwise
required by Federal law, the person who is treated as married to such Participant under
the laws of Georgia. The determination of a Participant‟s Spouse or Surviving Spouse
shall be made as of the earlier of the Participant‟s Benefit Commencement Date or the
date of such Participant‟s death. Common law spouses shall be treated as a Spouse or
Surviving Spouse to the extent recognized under Georgia law provided that sufficient
documentation is provided to the County.
1.57 Termination of Employment
“Termination of Employment”, “Terminate Employment”, “Termination”, or
“Terminated” means a severance of employment with the County, including Retirement,
14
resignation, discharge, and death except as otherwise provided by the County as a Leave
of Absence or any other leave of absence regulated by federal or state law.
1.58 Transition Period
“Transition Period” means the period of time an Employee is required to make Employer
Pick-up Contributions at an increased rate under Schedule B or Schedule C in order to be
vested in a benefit under such Schedules.
1.59 Transition Rule Employees
“Transition Rule Employee” refers to an individual who first became a Participant in the
Plan prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after the earlier of (a) the last
day of the Plan Year in which a Plan amendment to reflect the amendments made by
section 13212 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (OBRA „93) was both
adopted and effective; or (b) December 31, 1995.
1.60 Trust
“Trust” means the Gwinnett County Defined Benefit Plan Trust Agreement.
1.61 Trust Fund
“Trust Fund” means all property of every kind held or acquired by the Trustee under the
Trust.
1.62 Trustee
“Trustee”, “Trustees”, or “Board of Trustees” means the persons appointed as Trustees
by the County.
1.63 Unreduced Early Retirement Pension
“Unreduced Early Retirement Pension” means a benefit provided in Article VI. A
Participant eligible for benefits under Schedule A will be entitled to an Unreduced Early
Retirement Pension on the date he completes thirty (30) years of Vesting Service. A
Participant eligible for benefits under Schedules B and C will be entitled to an Unreduced
Early Retirement Pension on the earlier of the following:
(a) The date he completes thirty (30) years of Vesting Service; or
(b) The date the sum total of the Participant‟s Year of Service and age equal seventy
five (75) with a minimum age of fifty (50).
1.64 USERRA
“USERRA” means the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of
1994.
15
1.65 Vesting Service
“Vesting Service” means the measurement of a Participant‟s full time Service that is used
to determine a Participant‟s Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit and whether the Participant
meets any Service requirements for an Early Retirement Pension. A year of Vesting
Service shall be measured from the Participant‟s Employment Commencement Date or
Reemployment Commencement Date and each anniversary thereof. Vesting Service
shall be determined by the Elapsed Time Method. Vesting Service shall include Service
prior to the Effective Date of the Plan, sick leave, and retirement reserve leave.
The County, as part of an employment contract with Appointed Officials, may agree to
provide additional Vesting Service. In no event, however, shall the additional Vesting
Service exceed five (5) years. A record of each such granting of Vesting Service by
employment contract shall be included in Appendix A.
16
ARTICLE II: EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION
2.01 Participation Eligibility
Each Employee who was a Participant in the ACCG Plan on the day before the Effective
Date of this Plan shall be a Participant in this Plan. Each Employee listed in Section
1.24(c) employed before January 1, 2007, is eligible to participate as of his Employment
Commencement Date. No Employee hired on or after January 1, 2007 shall be eligible to
participate in this Plan. An Employee who has a termination date prior to December 31,
2006 with a Reemployment Commencement Date on or before December 31, 2007 shall
be eligible to resume participation in the Plan provided he has not incurred a one-year
Break in Service and follows the applicable situation in Section 2.02. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, effective January 1, 2008, only Employees who are Participants in the Plan
on December 31, 2007 shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
2.02 Participation Upon Reemployment
If an Employee was a participant in the ACCG Plan on his Severance from Service Date
occurring prior to January 1, 2007, is reemployed on or before December 31, 2007 and
has not incurred a one-year Break in Service, the applicable situation will apply:
(a) If the terminated Employee left his Employee Contributions in the ACCG Plan,
the Employee will be required to reenter the plan under the Schedule he was
participating in upon termination.
(b) If the terminated Employee withdrew his Employee Contributions from the
ACCG Plan and did not have full-time service credit prior to April 1, 1995, he
shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan and shall be eligible to participate in
the Defined Contribution Plan. If his Accrued Benefit is less than or equal to
$5,000 and the Employee had full-time service credit under the ACCG Plan prior
to April 1, 1995, the present value of the Employee‟s Accrued Benefit from the
date of hire to March 31, 1995 will be transitioned to the Defined Contribution
Plan within a reasonable amount of time determined by the County.
(c) If the terminated Employee withdrew his Employee Contributions from the
ACCG Plan and had full-time service credit prior to April 1, 1995, he shall be
eligible to accrue additional Credited Service in the Plan as of his Reemployment
Commencement Date provided he repays his Employee Contributions in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4.04.
(d) A Participant who terminates employment on or after January 1, 2007 will not be
eligible to reenter the Plan upon reemployment. Such Employee will be entitled
to participate in the Defined Contribution Plan upon meeting such plan‟s
eligibility conditions, and his benefit under the Plan will be determined using
Compensation and Service to the date of his first termination of employment that
occurs on or after January 1, 2007.
17
2.03 Eligibility for Plans on and after November 1, 2004
(a) All active Employees who were non-contributory Participants in the ACCG Plan
before November 1, 2004, were eligible to elect to become Participants in
Schedule A, Schedule B or Schedule C effective November 1, 2004. Each such
Plan Participant made a one-time, irrevocable election at the time and in the
manner determined by the County. If any such Participant failed to make the
election, the Participant was deemed to have elected to participate in Schedule A
(the “default election (b). All active Employees who were contributory
Participants in either the ACCG Plan‟s 1995 Amended Pension Plan or the
Defined Contribution Plan before November 1, 2004, were eligible to elect to
become Participants in either Schedule B or Schedule C effective November 1,
2004. Each such Plan Participant made a one-time, irrevocable election at the
time and in the manner determined by the County. If any such Participant failed
to make the election, Participants in the 1995 Amended Pension Plan were
deemed to have elected to participate in Schedule B and Participants in the
Defined Contribution Plan were deemed to have elected to continue participating
in the Defined Contribution Plan (the “default election”).
(b) All Employees who were otherwise eligible for pension benefits who have an
Employment or Reemployment Commencement Date on or after November 1,
2004 and had experienced a Break in Service, were eligible to become
Participants in either Schedule C or the Defined Contribution Plan. Each such
Employee shall make a one-time, irrevocable election at the time and in the
manner determined by the County. If the Participant elects to participate in
Schedule C, the amount of his Credited Service shall be adjusted in Schedule C to
an amount necessary to provide an Accrued Benefit on the Participant‟s
Reemployment Commencement Date under Schedule C that is equivalent (in
dollar amount) to the Accrued Benefit under the Employer‟s Plan in which the
Employee was a Participant as of the date of the Participant‟s most recent
Termination of Employment prior to November 1, 2004.
(c) All Employees who are otherwise eligible for pension benefits who have a
Reemployment Commencement Date on or after November 1, 2004 but prior to
January 1, 2007 without experiencing a Break in Service, shall be entitled to
enter:
(i) Schedule A if the Participant was previously in the Pre-Amended Pension
Plan immediately preceding his most recent Termination of Employment;
or
(ii) Schedule B if the Participant was previously in the 1995 Amended
Pension Plan immediately preceding his most recent Termination of
Employment; provided however, upon reemployment, the Employee shall
also be provided the opportunity to elect to become a Participant in the
Defined Contribution Plan or Schedule C.
18
2.04 Transition Rules
(a) The Transition Period for each Employee who, as of October 31, 2004, was a
Participant in the Defined Contribution Plan and who elected to become a
Participant in Schedule C of the ACCG Plan shall be three (3) years with an
Employer Pick Up contribution rate of 7.25% of Compensation. At the option of
the Participant, in lieu of any Transition Period, the Participant shall make a lump
sum contribution to fund the benefits under Schedule C, equal to 3.75% of the
Participant‟s Compensation (as defined under Schedule C) in calendar years 2001,
2002 and 2003. If such Employee was previously a Participant in the ACCG Plan
and elected to transfer to the Defined Contribution Plan, the Participant shall also
be required to remit an amount equal to:
(i) the lump sum benefit transferred from the ACCG Plan to the Defined
Contribution Plan at the time of such transfer, and
(ii) the Employer Pick-Up contributions at an annual contribution rate of
3.50% made by the Participant during the period of his participation in the
Defined Contribution Plan, and
(iii) the Employer contributions made to the Defined Contribution Plan on
behalf of the Participant during the period of his participation in the
Defined Contribution Plan, and
(iv) interest, at an annually compounded rate of 5%, on:
A. the previously transferred lump sum benefit specified in (i) above
for the period beginning at the initial transfer date and ending on
October 31, 2004, and
B. the Employer Pick-Up contributions specified in (ii) above and the
Employer contributions specified in (iii) above for the period
beginning with the initial date of participation in the Defined
Contribution Plan and ending on October 31, 2004.
(b) The Transition Period for each Employee who, as of October 31, 2004, was a
Participant in the ACCG Plan under the Pre-amended Pension Plan formula and
who elected to become a Participant in Schedule B shall be five (5) years with an
Employer Pick-Up contribution rate equal to 7.50% of Compensation. At the
option of the Participant, in lieu of any Transition Period, the Participant shall
make a lump sum contribution, equal to 3.50% of the Participant‟s Compensation
in calendar years 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003.
(c) The Transition Period for each Employee who, as of October 31, 2004, was a
Participant in the ACCG Plan‟s Pre-amended Pension Plan and who elects to
become a Participant in Schedule C shall be five (5) years with an Employer Pick-
Up contribution rate equal to 10.75% of Compensation. At the option of the
Participant, in lieu of any Transition Period, the Participant shall make:
19
(i) a lump sum contribution equal to 3.50% of the Participant‟s Compensation
in calendar years 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, and
(ii) a lump sum contribution, equal to 3.75% of the Participant‟s
Compensation in calendar years 2001, 2002, and 2003.
(d) The Transition Period for each Employee who, as of October 31, 2004, was a
Participant in the ACCG Plan‟s 1995 Amended Pension Plan formula and who
elects to become a Participant in Plan C shall be three (3) years with an Employer
Pick-Up contribution rate equal to 7.25% of Compensation. At the option of the
Participant, in lieu of any Transition Period, the Participant shall make a lump
sum contribution to Plan C, equal to 3.75% of the Participant‟s Compensation (as
defined under Plan C) in calendar years 2001, 2002 and 2003.
(e) If a Participant Terminates Employment prior to completing the applicable
Transition Period as specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) above, the Participant
shall make, at least forty-five (45) days before his Benefit Commencement Date,
the applicable lump sum contribution specified in paragraphs (a) through (d)
above reduced pro-rata for each completed month the Participant has made the
required Employer Pick-up Contributions during the applicable Transition Period
(the “adjusted lump sum contribution”).
(f) If a Participant Terminates Employment prior to completing the applicable
Transition Period as specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) above and does not
make the adjusted lump sum contribution as specified in paragraph (e) above, the
Participant shall be deemed to have made the default election as specified in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section II above. All Employer Pick-Up contributions
made by the Employee to the ACCG Plan and this Plan during the Transition
Period in excess of the required Employer Pick-Up contributions for the default
election Plan shall be refunded to the Participant pursuant to Article IV of the
Plan.
(g) All lump sum benefits repaid as specified in paragraph (a), lump sum
contributions made in lieu of completing the Transition Period and interest on
such benefits and contributions shall not be considered Accumulated Employee
Contributions and are not subject to the refund provisions for Participant
Contribution Accounts under Article IV of the Plan.
(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Employee hired on
or after January 1, 2007 may become a Participant in the Plan.
20
ARTICLE III: COUNTY CONTRIBUTIONS
3.01 Amount
The County shall make the contributions required to fund the cost of the benefits
provided to Participants under this Plan. The County will make such contributions as are
necessary to fund the Plan in accordance with the policies of the Trustees, the minimum
funding standards of the Code and all applicable minimum funding standards under
Georgia law. Each contribution is contingent upon the maintenance of qualified status by
the Plan for the year with respect to which such contribution is made.
3.02 Determination of Contribution
The County shall determine the amount of any contribution to be made by it to the Trust
under the terms of the Plan. In this regard, the County may place full reliance upon all
reports, opinions, tables, valuations, and certificates the Trustees and Plan Administrator
furnish to the County.
21
ARTICLE IV: PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS
4.01 County Pick-Up Contributions
The County shall contribute to the Plan, as of each payroll period on behalf of and to the
credit of each Participant, the amount of the required Participant contribution determined
as follows:
(a) There are no Pick-up Contributions under the provisions of Schedule A.
(b) Employer Pick-up Contributions are required for Participants in Schedule B in the
amount of five and three-quarters percent (5.75%) of Compensation. The County
may amend the Plan not more than once annually to change the Contribution
Requirement, but in no event shall the Contribution Requirement exceed six and
one-half percent (6.5%).
(c) Employer Pick-up Contributions are required for Participants in Schedule C in the
amount of nine (9%) of Compensation. The County may amend the Plan not
more than once annually to change the Contribution Requirement, but in no event
shall the Contribution Requirement exceed nine percent (9%).
The contributions are mandatory and no Participant shall be entitled under any
circumstances to receive such contributions in cash in lieu of having them contributed to
the Trust by the County in accordance with the preceding sentence. Such contributions
shall be made pursuant to Section 414(h) of the Code and shall be treated as County
contributions in determining their federal income tax treatment under the Code.
Contributions made by the County on behalf of Plan Participants shall be included in the
Compensation of such individuals when determining their Accrued Benefits and except
as otherwise provided above, such contributions shall be treated as Participant
contributions credited to his Participant Contribution Account and 100% vested for all
purposes under the Plan.
4.02 Earnings on Accumulated Employee Contributions
The Accumulated Employee Contributions will be credited with interest at the rate of five
percent (5%) compounded annually. Interest begins on the first day of the first month of
the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year for which such contributions are
credited and ends on the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which
the Participant withdraws his Participant Contribution Account from the Plan or the
Participant Contribution Account is otherwise distributed.
4.03 Refund of Participant Contribution Account
A Participant or Beneficiary shall receive a refund or withdrawal of his Participant
Contribution Account if:
22
(a) the Participant Terminates Employment and, at the time of such Termination,
does not have sufficient Vesting Service to qualify for a Non-forfeitable Accrued
Benefit in accordance with the Vesting Schedule specified in Section 5.05(b);
(b) the Participant or Beneficiary is receiving benefits under the Plan and dies before
receiving Pension benefit payments in an amount equal to or greater than the
Participant Contribution Account, and no additional Pension benefits are due. In
this case, the Beneficiary (or estate, if no Beneficiary) shall receive the amount
remaining in the Participant Contribution Account, plus interest;
(c) the Participant Terminates Employment and, at the time of such Termination,
requests the refund of his Participant Contribution Account in lieu of retaining an
Accrued Benefit if such Participant was hired after April 1, 1995 and participated
in the contributory ACCG Plan;
(d) the Participant dies before receiving any benefits under the Plan and the present
value of the accrued death benefits as of the Participant‟s date of death, which are
payable to the Beneficiary, are equal to or less than the Participant Contribution
Account. In his case, the Beneficiary (or estate, if no Beneficiary) shall receive
the amount remaining in the Participant Contribution Account plus interest, and
no additional death benefits will be paid; or
(e) the Participant‟s Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit is subject to distribution under
Section 5.03(c) or 6.03(c) of the Plan.
Distribution of the Participant Contribution Account shall be made only in a lump sum
and for no less than 100% of the Participant Contribution Account. Upon distribution of
the Participant Contribution Account, the Participant or Beneficiary shall have no
Accrued Benefit under the Plan, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.04 of the Plan.
4.04 Repayment of Participant Contribution Account
(a) Participants who terminated employment with the County between January 1,
2006 and December 31, 2006 and are rehired in calendar year 2007 without a
break in service may have their Credited Service and any previous Accrued
Benefit restored by repaying the Trustee the entire amount of such refund plus
interest at a rate of five percent (5%) compounded annually. Interest shall begin
on the first day of the month following the month of the previously refunded
Participant Contribution Account and shall end on the last day of the month
preceding such repayment. The Plan may accept any such repayment directly
from the Participant or through a plan-to-plan transfer from any other qualified
retirement plan, a Section 401(k) plan, a Section 457 plan or a Section 403(b) tax
sheltered annuity. The minimum payment amount shall be 100% plus interest,
and such repayment must be made within ninety (90) days of the Participant‟s
Reemployment Commencement Date.
(b) Employees who terminate employment on or after January 1, 2007 shall not be
eligible to reenter the Plan.
23
(c) A Participant who is reemployed with the County after December 31, 2006 after
receiving a refund of his Participant Contribution Account shall not be eligible to
reenter the Plan, restore his benefit in the Plan or pay back any refunds of
contributions.
4.05 USERRA Contributions
To the extent and in the manner required under USERRA, a Participant who is absent
from employment for qualified military service and returns to employment with the
Employer shall be permitted to make up Employer Pick-up Contributions to the Plan with
respect to such period of qualified military service, and the Employer shall make any
County contributions required to be made under USERRA on behalf of such Employee
for the period of qualified military service, based on the contribution rates in effect for
the Plan Year(s) in which the Participant was in qualified military service. The
Participant shall designate the plan year(s) to which Employer Pick-up Contributions
made-up by such Participant relate. Such contributions may be made during the period
beginning with his Reemployment Commencement Date and ending on a date which is
no later than three (3) times the duration of his qualified military service, but in no event
later than five (5) years. In the event any Employer Pick-up Contributions are made
pursuant to this Section, the Participant shall not be entitled to retroactive earnings on
such contributions. No such payment shall exceed the amount the Participant would have
been required to contribute had the Participant remained continuously employed by the
Employer throughout the period of qualified military service.
24
ARTICLE V: NORMAL AND LATE RETIREMENT PENSION
5.01 Normal or Late Retirement Pension
A Participant who satisfies the eligibility criteria for a Normal Retirement Pension
specified in Section 1.37 and who retires on his Normal Retirement Date shall receive a
Normal Retirement Pension. A Participant who remains an Employee after his Normal
Retirement Date and who subsequently Retires shall receive a Late Retirement Pension.
5.02 Amount of Normal or Late Retirement Pension
Subject to the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitations in Section 11.11 of the Plan and
to the form of benefit, a Participant‟s Normal Retirement Pension shall equal his Non-
forfeitable Accrued Benefit and a Participant‟s Late Retirement Pension shall equal the
Actuarial Equivalent of his Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit as of the date of his
Termination of Employment. The Accrued Benefit is calculated based on Credited
Service and Average Monthly Compensation at the Participant‟s Date of Termination.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Participant who has service as an elected
official described in 1.24(c)(iii) or 1.24(c)(iv) whose Compensation does not include that
portion of his salary as defined in O.C.G.A. § 47-23-100 which is used for purposes of
mandatory participation in a State or federal retirement pension plan pursuant to
O.C.G.A. § 47-23-101, such Participant‟s Accrued Benefit shall be the greater of the
following:
(a) the Accrued Benefit calculated based on the Participant‟s Credited Service and
Average Monthly Compensation; or
(b) the Accrued Benefit calculated using the Participant‟s Credited Service and
Average Monthly Compensation, excluding any Credited Service and
Compensation earned while the Participant was an elected official;
plus,
the Accrued Benefit calculated for the period the Participant is an elected official
using the Participant‟s Credited Service and Average Monthly Compensation
earned while the Participant was an elected official.
5.03 Computation and Payment of Normal or Late Retirement Pension
(a) Computations
The Normal or Late Pension shall be computed by the Plan Administrator in the
normal form of benefit under Section 9.01 and any eligible optional forms of
benefit as provided in Section 9.02.
(b) Payments
Payments shall be in accordance with Section 9.04 of the Plan.
25
Payments shall begin no earlier than a Participant‟s Normal Retirement Date and
begin no later than the date specified in Section 9.04 of the Plan. Between the
dates a Participant is first eligible to receive his Normal or Late Retirement
Pension and the Mandatory Commencement Date specified in Section 10.04, a
Participant shall notify the Plan Administrator of his Benefit Payment Date and
select the annuity option in a format provided by the Plan Administrator. If a
Participant fails to designate a Benefit Payment Date and form of benefit, then the
Trustee shall commence payment in accordance with Article IX of the Plan after
the Participant‟s Normal Retirement Date and the pension benefit shall be paid in
the normal form.
Payments from an annuity form of benefit shall continue until the last scheduled
payment coincident with or immediately preceding the date of the Participant‟s
death or, if applicable, the date of his Beneficiary‟s death.
(c) Involuntary Lump Sum Payment of Normal or Late Retirement Pension
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) a lump sum payment
shall be made for a Normal or Late Retirement Pension to Participants, without
the Participant‟s consent, if the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of the
Participant‟s Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit is less than $10,000.
If such a lump sum payment is made, the Participant shall not be entitled to any
other pension benefit under the Plan.
However, effective January 1, 2006, if the mandatory distribution is greater than
$1,000 and the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to
an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to
receive the distribution directly, then the Plan Administrator will pay the
distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the
Plan Administrator.
5.04 Late Retirement
Except as provided in Sections 9.05 and 9.06, a Participant shall receive Credited Service
for Service completed after his Normal Retirement Date, until his subsequent
Termination of Employment.
5.05 Vesting Schedule
(a) A Participant‟s Accrued Benefit derived from County contributions shall be one
hundred percent (100%) Non-forfeitable:
(i) on and after his Normal Retirement Date (if employed on or after that
date),
(ii) if his employment Terminates as a result of death or Disability, or,
26
(iii) if there is a complete or partial termination of the Plan, or a complete
discontinuance of contributions, but in either situation only to the extent
the benefits are funded.
(b) Participants other than those to which paragraph (a) above applies shall receive a
Non-forfeitable percentage of their Accrued Benefits derived from County
contributions according to one of the following schedules:
(i) Participants accruing benefits under Schedule A or Schedule B: A
Participant with less than three (3) years of Vesting Service shall be zero
percent (0 %) vested in his accrued Benefit; a Participant with three (3) or
more years of Vesting Service shall be 100% vested in his Accrued
Benefit.
(ii) Participants accruing benefits under Schedule C:
(1) Participants having an Employment or Reemployment
Commencement Date prior to November 1, 2004 with less than 3
years of Vesting Service shall be 0% vested in their Accrued
Benefit; such Participants with 3 or more years of Vesting Service
shall be 100% vested in their Accrued Benefit.
(2) Participants having an Employment or Reemployment
Commencement Date on or after November 1, 2004 with less than
5 years of Vesting Service shall be 0% vested in their Accrued
Benefit; such Participants with 5 or more years of Vesting Service
shall be 100% vested in their Accrued Benefit.
27
ARTICLE VI: EARLY RETIREMENT PENSION
6.01 Eligibility for Early Retirement Pension
A Participant who meets the eligibility criteria for an Unreduced Early Retirement
Pension or a Reduced Early Retirement Pension and who vests and eligible for a benefit
on or after his Early Retirement Date but before his Normal Retirement Date shall receive
an Early Retirement Pension.
6.02 Amount of Early Retirement Pension
Subject to the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitations of Section 11.11 of the Plan, an
Unreduced Early Retirement Pension shall equal the Participant‟s Non-forfeitable
Accrued Benefit as of the date of his Termination of Employment; a Reduced Early
Retirement Pension shall equal the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant‟s Non-forfeitable
Accrued Benefit as of the date of his Termination of Employment.
6.03 Computation and Payment of Early Retirement Pension
(a) Computations
The Early Retirement Pension shall be computed by the Plan Administrator in the
normal form of benefit under Section 9.01 and any optional forms of benefits
under Section 9.02.
(b) Payments
Payments shall be in accordance with Section 9.04 of the Plan.
Payments shall begin no earlier than his Early Retirement Date and begin no later
than the date specified in Section 9.04 of the Plan. Between the dates a Participant
is first eligible to receive his Early Retirement Pension and the Mandatory
Commencement Date specified in Section 9.04(a)(i) of the Plan, a Participant
shall designate his Benefit Commencement Date and select an annuity option. If
a Participant fails to designate a Benefit Commencement Date, then the Trustee
shall commence payment in accordance with Section 9.04 of the Plan after the
Participant‟s Normal Retirement Date.
Payments for an annuity form of benefit shall continue until the last scheduled
payment coincident with or immediately preceding the date of the Participant‟s
death or, if applicable, the date of his Beneficiary‟s death.
(c) Involuntary Lump Sum Payment of an Early Retirement Pension
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) a lump sum payment
shall be made for an Unreduced Early Retirement Pension or a Reduced Early
Retirement Pension to Participants, without the Participant‟s consent, if the lump
sum Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant‟s Nonforfeitable Present Value of his
28
Accrued Benefit is less than $10,000. No involuntary lump sum payment shall be
allowed for Unreduced Early Retirement Pension if the Participant‟s Non-
forfeitable Accrued Benefit is equal to or greater than $10,000.
If such a lump sum payment is made, the Participant shall not be entitled to any
other pension benefits under the Plan.
However, if the mandatory distribution is greater than $1,000 and the Participant
does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement
Plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution
directly, then the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover
to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator.
6.04 Limited Offering of Early Retirement Pension Under Alternative Eligibility
Requirements
The County may provide for different eligibility requirements for an Early Retirement
Pension as part of a bona fide retirement incentive program.
Changes in eligibility requirements granted under this Section shall be evidenced in
writing in an amendment to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article XV.
29
ARTICLE VII: DISABILITY PENSION
7.01 Offering of Disability Pension
A Participant who, prior to satisfying the requirements for a Normal, Early or Reduced
Retirement Pension, shall be entitled to receive a Disability Pension if (a) the Participant
has completed ten (10) years of full-time service and (b) is determined to be totally
disabled by the Social Security Administration. The date the Participant is determined to
be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration (“SSA”) must be prior to the
Participant‟s Termination of Employment.
7.02 Amount of Disability Pension
Subject to the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitations of Section 11.11 of the Plan, a
Participant who is entitled to a Disability Pension shall be entitled to 100% of his Normal
Retirement Pension adjusted to reflect the Participant‟s Average Monthly Compensation
and Credited Service as of the date of Disability.
7.03 Computation and Payment of Disability Pension
(a) Computations
The Disability Pension shall be computed by the Plan Administrator in the normal
form of benefit under Section 9.01 and any optional forms of benefits under
Section 9.02.
(b) Payments
Payments shall be in accordance with Section 9.04 of the Plan.
Payments shall begin no earlier than the date the Participant begins receiving
payments under Social Security.
Payments for an annuity form of benefit shall continue until earlier of:
(i) the date the Participant is no longer Disabled,
(ii) the Participant‟s Normal Retirement Date, or
(iii) the date of the Participant‟s death.
If the payments continue until the Participant‟s Normal Retirement Date, the
Participant shall thereafter begin receiving a Normal Retirement Pension in
accordance with the provisions of Article V without the necessity of notifying the
Plan Administrator.
30
7.04 Recovery from Disability
If a Participant recovers from Disability and is reemployed as an Employee under the
Plan, the Participant‟s Credited Service shall be restored up to the Benefit
Commencement Date of his Disability Pension. Provided the Participant has not incurred
an one-year Break in Service and he returns on or before December 31, 2007, he shall be
eligible to participate in the Plan and to accrue benefits under the Schedule in the Plan in
which he was participating on his most recent Severance from Service Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant returning from Disability who was
participating in Schedule B may elect to participate in Schedule C, provided he complies
with the Transition Rules of Section 2.05(d). Alternatively, a Participant who recovers
from a Disability and is reemployed on or before December 31, 2007, could elect to
participate in the Defined Contribution Plan, provided he meets all of the requirements
applicable to participate in the plan. An Employee who recovers from Disability and is
reemployed as an Employee after December 31, 2007 shall not be eligible to continue to
accrue benefits under the Plan. Such Employee would be entitled to participate in the
Defined Contribution Plan, and his benefits under this Plan shall be calculated based on
service up to the time of Disability.
7.05 Continuing Evidence of Total Disability
The Plan Administrator may require a Participant to submit evidence of his continued
eligibility for total disability benefits from SSA at any time he is receiving a Disability
Pension. The Plan Administrator may not require furnishing of such evidence more
frequently than once every six (6) months. In the event that a Disabled Participant refuses
or fails to submit evidence of his continued disability from SSA when requested by the
Plan Administrator, the Trustee, upon written notice from the Plan Administrator, shall
discontinue the Disabled Participant‟s Disability Pension until the Participant does submit
satisfactory evidence of his continued total Disability from SSA.
7.06 Ceasing Eligibility for Social Security Disability
A Participant who ceases to be eligible for Social Security disability benefits must notify
the Plan Administrator of this fact within thirty (30) days of the date he is notified that he
is no longer entitled to Social Security benefits. Disability Pension payments will cease
the first of the month following the month in which the Social Security Disability benefits
end. A Participant who fails to notify the Plan Administrator that he is no longer entitled
to Social Security disability benefits must repay all Disability Pension payments he
received after his failure to notify before he will be entitled to receive any further benefits
under the Plan. The Plan Administrator may use all reasonable means to recover
payments of Disability Pension benefits made to a Participant after the Participant‟s
failure to notify.
31
ARTICLE VIII: DEATH BENEFITS
8.01 Pre-Retirement Death Benefit
If a Participant dies while an Employee of the County, the Plan provides a lifetime pre-
retirement survivor annuity which provides a monthly benefit equal to 50% of the
Participant‟s Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit determined as of the date of the
Participant‟s death, payable over the lifetime of the spouse. If the Participant is not
married at the time of death, the Participant‟s dependent children (if any) will receive the
same benefit in total, payable to their legal guardian, until the children reach age 18 at
which time the benefit shall cease. If the Participant is not married and has no dependent
children at the time of death, the Participant‟s estate will receive a refund of the
Participant‟s contributions plus interest, if applicable.
If the computation of Participant‟s Pension benefit exceeds the Maximum Permissible
Dollar Limitation, as defined in Section 11.11 of the Plan, and the Participant dies, the
designated Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a benefit equal to 100% of the
Participant‟s Accrued Benefit as of the date of his death, paid over the Beneficiary‟s life
or over a period no greater than the Beneficiary‟s life expectancy.
8.02 Post Retirement Death Benefit
If a Participant dies after he Retires or while receiving an Early, Reduced, Normal or Late
Retirement Pension, his Beneficiary may receive a Post-Retirement death benefit which
shall be payable in a lump sum as follows:
(a) If the monthly benefit was less than $100, the Post Retirement Death Benefit is
equal to $5,000.
(b) If the monthly benefit was $100 or greater but less than $300, the Post Retirement
Death Benefit is equal to $10,000.
(c) If the monthly benefit was $300 or more, the Post Retirement Death Benefit is
equal to $15,000.
8.03 Disability Death Benefit
If a Participant dies while receiving a Disability Pension and prior to reaching Normal
Retirement Age, his Beneficiary shall receive fifty percent (50%) of his monthly benefit
at the time of death payable for 120 months.
8.04 Deferred Vested Pension Death Benefit
If a terminated Participant has at least ten (10) years of Service and dies prior to his
Benefit Commencement Date, his spouse shall receive fifty percent (50%) of his
Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit as of the date of his termination of employment payable
over a period of one hundred twenty (120) months not to exceed the limits under Section
8.05. If he is not married at the time of death, the benefit will be payable to his
32
dependent children under the age or 18. If there is no spouse or dependent children, the
estate or Beneficiary will receive a refund of the Participant‟s contributions plus interest,
if applicable.
8.05 Incidental Death Benefit
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, death benefits may not be paid in
excess of one hundred percent (100%) of the present value of the Participant‟s Projected
Accrued Benefit. For purposes of this section the Participants “Projected Accrued
Benefit” means the monthly benefit that would be payable to the Participant commencing
at Normal Retirement Age, assuming the Participant‟s Average Monthly Compensation
equals his Average Monthly Compensation as of the end of the calendar year preceding
the calculation date and assuming the Participant remains continuously employed by the
Employer until his Normal Retirement Date.
8.06 Death Benefits Under USERRA
Effective January 1, 2007, in case of a Participant who dies while performing “qualified
military service” (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(5)), the survivors of the Participant
are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of
qualified military service) provided under the Plan, if any, had the Participant resumed
and then Terminated Employment on account of death.
33
ARTICLE IX: PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT - OPTIONAL FORMS OF
PAYMENT
9.01 Normal Form of Benefit
The normal form at benefit distribution shall be a straight life annuity continuing for the
life of the Participant, with no benefit payable following the Participant‟s date of death.
Subject to the limitations of Section 11.11 of the Plan, if the Participant selects another
form of benefit, the Participant shall receive the Actuarial Equivalent of his Non-
forfeitable Accrued Benefit payable at Normal Retirement Date, determined as of the
Benefit Commencement Date.
9.02 Optional Forms of Benefit
The following optional forms of benefit distributions may be elected in lieu of the normal
form of benefit distribution described in Section 9.01 of the Plan. The Participant may
select in writing one of the permitted optional forms of benefit prior to his Benefit
Commencement Date. A Participant may revoke a previous selection and make a new
selection at any time prior to his Benefit Commencement Date. A Participant may not
revoke the form of benefit after his Benefit Commencement Date. Furthermore, a
Participant may not change his Beneficiary after his Benefit Commencement Date unless
his form of benefit is a 10 Years Certain and Life Annuity.
The optional forms of benefit permitted under the Plan are:
(a) A 10 Years Certain and Life Annuity, (payable for the life of the Participant,
guaranteed for at least ten (10) years);
(b) A Full Contingent (100% Joint and Survivor) Annuity, (payable for the life of the
Participant, and the same monthly amount payable for the life of the Beneficiary
following the death of the Participant);
(c) A Three-quarters Contingent (75% Joint and Survivor) Annuity, (payable for the
life of the Participant and three-quarters the monthly amount payable for the life
of the Beneficiary following the death of the Participant);
(d) A Two-thirds Contingent (66 2/3% Joint and Survivor) Annuity, (payable for the
life of the Participant, and two-thirds the monthly amount payable for the life of
the Beneficiary following the death of the Participant);
(e) A One-half Contingent (50% Joint and Survivor) Annuity, (payable for the life of
the Participant, and one-half the monthly amount payable for the life of the
Beneficiary following the death of the Participant);
(f) A Pop Up Contingent Annuity, (if the Participant selects either a Full Contingent,
Three-quarters Contingent, Two-thirds Contingent or One-half Contingent option
form of the distribution as provided in this Section above, and the Beneficiary
predeceases the Participant, the Participant‟s monthly benefit will be increased to
34
his Accrued Benefit under the Normal Form of Distribution (including any
adjustments after his Benefit Commencement Date) for the remainder of this
lifetime); or
(g) A Lump Sum Distribution, (payable in a lump sum if, at the time of the
distribution, the present value of the Participant‟s Non-forfeitable Accrued
Benefit is less than or equal to ten thousand ($10,000) dollars).
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, death benefits may not be paid in
excess of one hundred percent (100%) of the present value of the Participant‟s Projected
Accrued Benefit. For purposes of this section the Participant‟s “Projected Accrued
Benefit” means the monthly benefit that would be payable to the Participant commencing
at Normal Retirement Age including any adjustments made after the Participant‟s Benefit
Commencement Date, assuming the Participant‟s Average Monthly Compensation equals
his Average Monthly Compensation as of the end of the calendar year preceding the
calculation date and assuming the Participant remains continuously employed by the
County until his Normal Retirement Date.
9.03 Cost of Living Adjustment
Participants who Retire will receive a cost of living increase as follows:
(a) Schedule A: There is no cost of living adjustment for benefits provided under
Schedule A.
(b) Schedule B or C: A Participant receiving retirement, disability pension, survivor
or deferred vested benefits under the provisions of any of the Employee
Contributory Plans (Amended, Schedule B or C) shall be entitled to a cost of
living adjustment of his benefit in the amount of one percent (1%) per year. This
fixed rate shall be applied to benefits at the beginning of each Plan Year.
9.04 Commencement of Benefits/Payment Schedules
(a) Benefit Commencement Date for Normal Retirement Pension
A Participant‟s Benefit Commencement Date for his Normal Retirement Pension
shall be no later than sixty (60) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the
Participant attains his Normal Retirement Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no payments of a Participant‟s Normal Retirement
Pension under this Section 9.04(a) shall begin until the Participant submits a
distribution request on a form provided by the Plan Administrator specifying his
Benefit Payment Date. If a Participant Retires but does not submit a distribution
request form prior to the Benefit Commencement Date specified in Section
9.04(a), payments will begin within sixty (60) days of the date he submits such
request, and the Plan will pay the Participant a lump sum equal to the sum of the
payments the Participant would have received had he received payments from his
35
Benefit Commencement Date specified in Section 9.04(a) to his Benefit Payment
Date. No earnings or interest shall accrue on the lump sum distribution.
(b) Benefit Commencement Date for Early Retirement Pension Benefits
The Benefit Commencement Date for Early Retirement Pension Benefits shall be
no later than sixty (60) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the
Participant attains his Early Retirement Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no payments of a Participant‟s Early Retirement
Pension under this Section 9.04(b) shall begin until the Participant submits a
distribution request on a form provided by the Plan Administrator specifying his
Benefit Payment Date. If a Participant Retires and is entitled to an Unreduced
Early Retirement Pension, but does not submit a distribution request form prior to
the Benefit Commencement Date specified in Section 9.04(b), payments will
begin within sixty (60) days of the date he submits such request, and the Plan will
pay the Participant a lump sum equal to the sum of the payments the Participant
would have received had he received payments from the date he was first eligible
to receive an Unreduced Early Retirement Pension to his Benefit Payment Date.
No earnings or interest shall accrue on the lump sum distribution.
(c) Benefit Commencement Date for Disability Pension Benefits
The Trustee shall commence payment of the Participant‟s Disability Pension no
earlier than the date the Participant starts receiving payments under Social
Security unless an earlier date is required under Code Section 401(a)(9). A
Participant must submit such information as the Plan Administrator may require
for the Plan Administrator to determine his Benefit Commencement Date.
(d) Benefit Payments to Beneficiaries After Participant‟s Death
(i) If Pension benefit payments begin prior to the Participant‟s death, the
remaining Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit will be distributed to his
Beneficiary in the form elected by the Participant.
(ii) If the Participant dies after application to the Plan Administrator for the
commencement of benefits but prior to the Benefit Commencement Date,
the Participant‟s Beneficiary shall receive the Participant‟s remaining
Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit in the form elected by the Participant. In
the event a Participant chooses a straight life annuity, the Plan shall remit
Employee Contributions plus earnings as soon as administratively feasible
following the Participant‟s death.
(iii) If the Participant dies before his Benefit Commencement Date the
following rules apply:
A. If the Participant‟s Spouse is his sole Beneficiary, distribution must
begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following
36
the calendar year in which the Participant dies or by December 31
of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained
age 70½, if later.
B. If the Participant‟s Spouse is not the sole Beneficiary, then
distribution must begin by December 31 of the calendar year
immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant
dies.
C. If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year
following the year of the Participant‟s death, the Participant‟s
entire interest must be distributed by December 31 of the calendar
year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant‟s death.
(iv) The Beneficiary shall submit a distribution request on a form provided by
the Plan Administrator.
(e) Conformance to Section 401(a)(9)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant‟s latest Benefit Commencement
Date for his Pension shall be the first day of April in the calendar year following
the later of:
(i) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2, or
(ii) the calendar year in which the Participant Terminates Employment.
If a Participant Retires but does not submit a distribution request form prior to the
Benefit Commencement Date specified in this Section 9.04(e), payments will
begin, as required by Code Section 401(a)(9), no later than the Benefit
Commencement Date specified in this Section 9.04(e), and the Plan will pay the
Participant a lump sum equal to the sum of the payments the Participant would
have received had he received payments from the date he was first eligible to
receive a Normal Retirement Pension or an Unreduced Early Retirement Pension,
whichever is earlier, to his Benefit Payment Date. No earnings or interest shall
accrue on the lump sum distribution.
All distributions will be made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9),
including the incidental death benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G),
Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, and any other
provisions reflecting the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and prescribed
by the Internal Revenue Service. The terms of the Plan reflecting the
requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) shall override the distribution options (if
any) in the Plan which are inconsistent with those requirements.
37
(f) Mandatory Commencement of Benefits After Participant Election
All benefit payments will begin within sixty (60) days of the date elected by the
Participant, if such date is earlier than any of the aforementioned dates in this
Section 9.04.
9.05 Continued Employment After Normal Retirement
A Participant who continues employment or is re-employed prior to 12-31-2006 as an
Employee after reaching his Normal Retirement Date may not receive his Accrued
Benefit in any form available under the Plan while employed by the County. A
Participant who is re-employed after 12-31-2006 may receive his benefit as a retiree and
upon his reemployment continue to receive his benefit, and upon meeting the eligibility
to the Defined Contribution Plan participate in the Defined Contribution Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant (i) attained age 70-1/2 before January 1,
1999, (ii) is an active Employee, and (iii) is receiving payments under the Plan, the
Participant may continue to receive Plan payments or may elect to defer the receipt of
Plan payments until the Participant Retires from service with the County.
9.06 Repayment of Lump Sum Pension
The provisions of this Section 9.06 apply only to Employees who terminated employment
with the County prior to January 1, 2007 under the provisions of the ACCG Plan.
(a) A Participant who is reemployed prior to January 1, 2007 with the County after
receiving a lump sum payment of his Deferred Vested, Early, Normal or Late
Pension shall have his Eligibility and Vesting Service restored in accordance with
Section 10.02 of the Plan, but shall not have his Credited Service restored unless
the Participant repays the previous lump sum payment as specified in paragraph
(b) of this Section.
(b) A Participant who is reemployed with the County after receiving a lump sum
Pension payment shall have his Credited Service and his Non-forfeitable Accrued
Benefits restored by repaying the Trustee the entire amount of the lump sum
payment plus interest at a rate of five percent (5%) compounded annually within
ninety (90) days of the Participant‟s Reemployment Commencement Date.
Interest shall begin on the first day of the month following the month of the lump
sum cash-out payment and shall end on the last day of the month preceding the
repayment of the lump sum cash out and interest.
(c) The Plan may accept any such repayment directly from the Participant or through
a plan-to-plan transfer from any other qualified retirement plan, Section 401(k)
plan, Section 457 plan or Section 403(b) tax sheltered annuity.
38
9.07 Reemployment of Retired Participant
(a) A former Participant who has Retired and commenced receiving his Accrued
Benefit and thereafter returns to employment after January 1, 2007 as an
Employee shall be entitled to
(i) Continue to receive his pension benefit while working for the County;
(ii) Participate in the Defined Contribution Plan.
(b) A former Participant who has Retired, commenced receiving his Accrued Benefit
and thereafter returns to employment as an Employee on or before December 31,
2006 shall be eligible to reenter the Plan under the Schedule from which he
retired. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Participants who retired under the
Schedule B prior to November 1, 2004, may reenter the Plan under either
Schedule B or Schedule C. Should such Participant reenter the Plan under
Schedule C, his benefit will be subject to three (3) year cliff vesting or, in lieu of
vesting, he may pay a three year transition amount in accordance with Section
2.04.
(c) Any Participant who retires on or after January 1, 2007, shall not be entitled to
reenter the Plan upon subsequent reemployment.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who has Retired, commenced
receiving his Accrued Benefit, and thereafter is re-employed by the County after
August 8, 2009, shall be entitled to continue to receive his pension benefit while
working for the County, provided that such Participant performs no more than
1,040 Hours of Service in any calendar year. If such a Participant performs more
than 1,040 Hours of Service in a calendar year, the Participant‟s pension benefits
shall be suspended for the remaining portion of the calendar year beginning on the
first day of the month following the month in which his Hours of Service exceed
1,040. The payment of retirement benefits following the suspension shall resume
the beginning of the next calendar year in the same form and amount previously
made to the Participant prior to such suspension.
9.08 Rollovers
(a) General Rule
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise
limit a Distributee‟s election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the
time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustees or Plan Administrator, to have
any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible
Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee, in a direct rollover.
39
(b) Definitions
(i) Eligible Rollover Distribution
An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion
of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible
Rollover Distribution does not include (A) any distribution that is one of a
series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than
annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the
joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the
Distributee‟s designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten (10)
years or more; (B) any distribution to the extent such distribution is
required under Code Section 401(a)(9); and (C) the portion of any
distribution that is a hardship distribution under Code Section 401(k). A
Distributee may not elect a direct rollover with respect to an Eligible
Rollover Distribution during the Plan Year that is less than $200. If the
Distributee elects to have only a portion of an Eligible Rollover
Distribution paid to an Eligible Retirement Plan, that portion must be
equal to at least $500. A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an
Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-
tax employee contributions, which are not includible in gross income.
However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement
account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b) or to a
qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a) or to an annuity contract
described in Code Section 403(b) that agrees to separately account for
amounts so transferred (and earnings thereon), including separately
accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includible in gross
income and the portion that is not.
(ii) Eligible Retirement Plan
An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described
in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in
Code Section 408(b) (other than an endowment contract), an annuity plan
described in Code Section 403(a), a qualified trust described in Code
Section 401(a), an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) that
accepts the Distributee‟s Eligible Rollover Distribution, an eligible plan
under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political
subdivision, or agency or instrumentality of a state and which agrees to
separately account for amounts transferred to such plan from this Plan, and
effective January 1, 2008, to the extent permitted and in accordance with
the rules applicable under Code Section 408A, a Roth individual
retirement account described in Code Section 408A. If any portion of an
Eligible Rollover Distribution is attributable to payments or distributions
from a designated Roth account (as defined in Code Section 402A), an
Eligible Retirement Plan with respect to such portion shall include only
another designated Roth account and a Roth IRA.
40
(iii) Distributee
A “Distributee” includes a Participant or Inactive Participant. In addition,
the Participant‟s surviving Spouse and the Participant‟s Spouse or former
Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are Distributees with regard to
the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse. Effective for distributions
made on and after January 1, 2010, a non-spouse Beneficiary of a
deceased Participant who is either an individual or an irrevocable trust,
where the beneficiaries of such trust are identifiable and the trustee
provides the Plan Administrator with a final list of trust beneficiaries or a
copy of the trust document by October 31 of the year following the
Participant‟s death, shall be a Distributee with regard to the interest of the
deceased Participant, but only if the Eligible Rollover Distribution is
transferred in a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer to an Eligible Retirement
Plan which is an individual retirement account described in Code Section
408(a) or an individual retirement account described in Code Section
408(b) (other than an endowment contract).
(iv) Direct Rollover
A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan
specified by the Distributee.
41
ARTICLE X: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS AFFECTING THE CREDITING OF
SERVICE
10.01 No Disregard of Service
For purposes of computing Vesting Service under Section 5.05 of the Plan, the Plan shall
not disregard Service with respect to which a Participant has received a distribution of his
Accrued Benefit.
10.02 Service Upon Reemployment
(a) A Participant who terminated employment with the County prior to January 1,
2007 and is reemployed by the County without a consecutive one year Break in
Service, shall have all prior Credited Service, Eligibility Service, and Vesting
Service restored.
(b) If, however, a Participant who terminated employment with the County prior to
January 1, 2007 has previously received a lump sum cash out of his Participant
Contribution Account, Credited Service shall not be restored in accordance with
paragraph (a) unless the previously received lump sum cash out has been repaid in
accordance with Sections 4.04 and 9.06.
10.03 Transferred Service Credit from Certain Other Prior Employers
(a) Participants who have been previously employed with any other employer are
allowed to purchase up to five (5) years of Additional Credited Service in
minimum increments of one (1) year. The purchase of up to five years will not
change the Participant‟s Eligibility and Vesting Service.
(i) The cost of one (1) year of Additional Credited Service shall be equal to
the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant‟s Nonforfeitable Accrued
Benefit as of the date of his Termination of Employment for one (1) year
of Credited Service. Such Actuarial Equivalence shall also take into
consideration the increased value of the Credited Service resulting from
and Cost of Living Adjustment. For purposes of this paragraph, there is
no Cost of Living Adjustment applied to purchases of Additional Credited
Service under Schedule A. For purchases of Additional Credited Service
under Schedules B and C prior to January 1, 2005, there was applied a
Cost of Living Adjustment at an annualized fixed rate of one percent
(1%). For purchases of Additional Credited Service under Schedules B
and C occurring on or after January 1, 2005, there will be applied a Cost
of Living Adjustment at an annualized rate of five percent (5%).
(ii) The Participant shall indicate his desire to purchase Additional Credited
Service and the amount of such Additional Credited Service to be
purchased in writing to the County at the same time the Participant
completes his Application for Retirement. Payment by the Participant for
42
the cost of the Additional Credited Service shall be made prior to his
Benefit Commencement Date.
(iii) Payments made by Participants for Additional Credited Service shall not
be considered Accumulated Employee Contributions and are not subject to
the refund provisions for Participant Contribution Accounts under Article
IV of the Plan.
(iv) The County, as part of an employment contract with an Appointed
Official, may agree to pay for all or a portion of the cost of such
Additional Credited Service on behalf of such Appointed Official.
10.04 Credited Service Under USERRA for Contributory Plans
Credited Service shall be credited to Participants to the extent required by USERRA. To
the extent required by USERRA, the following provisions shall apply:
(a) An individual who is re-employed by the Employer under the terms of USERRA
shall not incur a Break in Service under the terms of this Plan.
(b) Upon reemployment with the Employer, a Participant‟s qualified military service
is deemed to be service with the Employer for purposes of Credited Service and
Vesting Service under the Plan. Only qualified military service for which a
Participant was discharged or separated under honorable conditions shall be
eligible to be counted as Credited Service.
(c) A Participant reemployed by the Employer under USERRA, is entitled to accrued
benefits that are contingent on the making of, or derived from, Employer Pick-up
Contributions only to the extent the Employee makes payment to the Plan with
respect to such contributions in accordance with Section 4.05 and USERRA. The
Participant must pay such contributions for the period of the qualified military
service in order to include Compensation for the time of the qualified military
service in the Participant‟s Average Monthly Compensation calculation. The
amount and timing of contributions required shall be determined in accordance
with USERRA.
43
ARTICLE XI: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS AFFECTING THE PAYMENT OF
BENEFITS
11.01 General
In general, the Trustee shall make benefit payments of any pension directly to the
Participant entitled to the payment. However, the County may request the Trustee to
purchase a Nontransferable Annuity contract to provide the benefits a Participant would
receive under this Plan. If the Trustee purchases a Nontransferable Annuity contract for
the benefit of a Participant, the Trustee may either assign the contract to the Participant or
hold the contract for the benefit of the Participant. The Trustee also may purchase a
Nontransferable Annuity contract for the benefit of a Beneficiary or a Surviving Spouse
entitled to a distribution for all or a portion of the Participant‟s Nonforfeitable Accrued
Benefit.
11.02 Suspension of Benefits
The Plan does not apply the suspension of benefits rules of Section 203(a)(3)(B) of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
11.03 Merger of Plan
Neither the County nor the Trustee shall consent to, or be a party to, any merger or
consolidation of the Plan with another plan, or to a transfer of assets or liabilities to
another plan, unless immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer, the surviving
Plan provides each Participant a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit each
Participant would have received had the Plan terminated immediately before the merger
or consolidation or transfer. However, the Trustee possesses the specific authority to
enter into a merger agreement or a direct transfer of assets agreements with the trustees of
other retirement plans described in Code Section 401(a) and to accept the direct transfer
of plan assets, or to transfer plan assets, as a party to any such agreement.
The Trustee may accept a direct transfer of plan assets on behalf of an Employee. If the
Trustee accepts such a direct transfer of plan assets, the Plan Administrator and Trustee
shall treat the Employee as a Participant for all purposes of the Plan except the Employee
may not make contributions to a Participant Contribution Account under Sections 4.01 or
4.02 of the Plan, nor shall the Employee accrue benefits, including any minimum Normal
Retirement Pension, until he actually becomes a Participant in the Plan.
11.04 Trustee-to-Trustee Transfer
Upon request by the County, and in the sole discretion of the Trustee, the County may be
permitted to amend the Plan to provide an election to Plan Participants to have all or a
portion of a Participant‟s Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit transferred directly to another
qualified retirement plan sponsored by the County. Any transfer permitted under this
Section shall be evidenced in writing in an amendment to the Plan in accordance with the
provisions of Article XV.
44
11.05 Forfeiture of Benefits
All County contributions under the Plan shall be forfeited in the manner and to the extent
provided under O.C.G.A. Section 47-1-21 through Section 47-1-24, if the Participant is
convicted of a public employment, drug related, or other covered crime.
11.06 Payments to Minors or Legally Incompetent Persons
Whenever any benefit is to be paid to or for the benefit of any person who is a minor or
determined to be incompetent by qualified medical advice, the Plan Administrator need
not require the appointment of a guardian or custodian, but may cause the benefit to be
paid to the person having custody of the minor or incompetent, or to the minor or
incompetent without the intervention of a guardian or custodian, or to the legal guardian
or custodian if one has been appointed, or may cause the benefit to be used for the benefit
of the minor or incompetent.
11.07 Unclaimed Payments
If the Plan Administrator cannot ascertain the whereabouts of any Participant to whom a
payment is due, the Plan Administrator may direct that the payment and all remaining
payments otherwise due to the Participant be cancelled on the records of the Plan and the
amount thereof treated as a forfeiture and shall be used to reduce County contributions to
the Plan. If the Participant later notifies the Plan Administrator of his whereabouts and
requests the payments due to him, the County shall contribute to the Plan an amount
equal to the payment to be paid to him as soon as administratively feasible.
11.08 Assignment or Alienation
Neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary shall anticipate, assign or alienate (either at law or
in equity) any benefit provided under the Plan, and the Trustee shall not recognize any
such anticipation, assignment or alienation, including, but not limited to, any assignment
pursuant to a domestic relations order, subject to the following exceptions (a) federal tax
liens, (b) an assignment of Plan benefits for the provision of health care premiums, or (c)
a trustee-to-trustee transfer of a Participant‟s accrued benefit in accordance with Section
11.05 of the Plan. Furthermore, a benefit under the Plan is not subject to attachment,
garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.
11.09 No Decrease in Benefits by Change in Social Security
In the case of a Participant or Beneficiary who is receiving benefits under this Plan or a
Participant who has Terminated Employment with the County and has a vested Accrued
Benefit under this Plan, any increase in the taxable wage base or the benefit level payable
under Title 11 of the Social Security Act shall not affect the way benefits are payable
under this Plan to such Participant or Beneficiary. The Plan does not permit the
recalculation of any benefits accrued before the Termination of Employment of a
Participant on the basis of changes in Social Security benefit levels or the taxable wage
base in effect after reemployment with the County.
45
11.10 Limitation on Benefit
(a) Maximum Annual Benefit.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the
amount of a Participant‟s “annual benefit” payable under the Plan, calculated as a
single-life annuity commencing between age sixty-two (62) and age sixty-five
(65), exceed the dollar limitation set forth in Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) (for
purposes of this Section, the “Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation”);
provided, effective the first day of each calendar year, the Maximum Permissible
Dollar Limitation ($205,000 for 2013) shall be automatically adjusted by
multiplying such limit by the cost-of-living adjustment factor prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 415(d) in such manner as the
Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe. The Maximum Permissible Dollar
Limitation, as adjusted, shall apply to the Limitation Year ending within the
calendar year of the date of the adjustment.
Effective for Limitation Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, the
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted annually permitting an
increase in a Participant‟s periodic payments effective for payments due on or
after January 1 of the limitation year for which the increase in the limitation year
is effective. The adjusted Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation shall be equal
to the greater of the amount that would be permitted without regard to the
adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Maximum
Permissible Dollar Limitation taking into account the adjustment and the
denominator of which is the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation in effect for
the immediately preceding Limitation Year. The Maximum Permissible Dollar
Limitation shall be adjusted for each Limitation Year by multiplying the
limitation applicable for the immediately preceding limitation year by an annual
adjustment factor, with any result that is not a multiple of $5,000 rounded down to
the next lowest multiple of $5,000. The “annual adjustment factor” is a fraction,
the numerator of which is the value of the applicable index for the calendar
quarter ending September 30 of the calendar year preceding the calendar year for
which the adjustment is being made and the denominator of which is the value of
such index for the calendar quarter beginning July 1, 2001; provided that if the
fraction determined under this sentence is less than one (1), then such fraction
shall be deemed to be equal to (1). The “applicable index” is determined
consistent with the procedures to adjust benefit amounts under Section
215(i)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act (92 P.L. 336).
(b) Annualized Benefit.
For purposes of this Section, “annual benefit” means the benefit under the Plan
expressed on an annualized basis (exclusive of any benefit not required to be
considered for purposes of applying the limitations of Section 415 of the Code to
the Plan) payable in the form of a straight life annuity with no ancillary benefit.
An ancillary benefit is any benefit which is not directly related to retirement
46
income benefits, such as pre-retirement disability benefits and death benefits. If a
benefit is payable in any other form, the “annual benefit” limitation shall be
applied by adjusting it to the equivalent of a straight life annuity in accordance
with the regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury. For purposes of such
adjustment, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity benefit shall be equal to
the greater of (i) the equivalent annual benefit payable to the Participant
commencing at the same annuity starting date, computed using the interest rate
and mortality table specified in the first sentence of Section 1.04 (Actuarial
Equivalence) under the Plan; or (ii) the equivalent annual benefit payable to the
Participant commencing at the same annuity starting date, computed using a 5
percent interest assumption and the applicable mortality table described in
Revenue Ruling 2001-62, or, for Limitation Years beginning on or after January
1, 2008, the applicable mortality table described in Section 1.417(e)-1(d)(2) of the
Treasury Regulations for that annuity starting date
(c) Single Plan.
For purposes of the maximum limitation of this Section all defined benefit plans
maintained by the County shall be viewed as a single plan. Benefits provided
under a “qualified governmental excess benefit arrangement” as defined in Code
Section 415(m)(3) and as provided for in Article XVI of the Plan shall not be
taken into account for purposes of the maximum limitation of this Section.
(d) Actuarial Adjustment When Benefits Commence Before Age Sixty-Two (62).
If the Participant‟s annual benefit begins prior to age sixty-two (62), the
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at such
earlier age is an annual benefit payable in the form of a single-life annuity,
beginning at the earlier age that is the actuarial equivalent of the Maximum
Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at age sixty-two (62)
(adjusted under (f) below, if required).
Effective for Limitation Years prior to January 1, 2008, the Maximum
Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable at an age prior to age sixty-two (62) is
determined as the lesser of (i) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation computed using the interest rate and
mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.04 of the Plan, and
(ii) the Actuarial Equivalent (at such age) of the Maximum Permissible Dollar
Limitation determined using a five-percent (5%) interest rate and the applicable
mortality table as defined in Section 1.04 of the Plan. Any decrease in the
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation determined in accordance with this
paragraph shall not reflect a mortality decrement if benefits are not forfeited upon
the death of the Participant. If any benefits are forfeited upon death, the full
mortality decrement is taken into account.
Effective for Limitation Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, the
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable at an age prior to age sixty-
47
two (62) is determined as the actuarial equivalent of the annual amount of a
straight life annuity commencing on the Annuity Starting Date that has the same
actual present value as a deferred straight life annuity commencing at age sixty-
two (62), where annual payments under the straight life annuity commencing at
age sixty-two (62) are equal to the adjusted Maximum Permissible Dollar
Limitation and where the actuarial equivalent straight life annuity is computed
assuming a five percent (5%) interest rate and the applicable mortality table that is
effective for that Annuity Starting Date under Regulations Section 1.417(e)-
1(d)(2) (expressing the Participant‟s age based on completed calendar months as
of the Annuity Starting Date). However, the age-adjusted Maximum Permissible
Dollar Limitation shall be less if the age-adjusted Maximum Permissible Dollar
Limitation described in the immediately preceding sentence is greater than the
adjusted Section Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation multiplied by the ratio
of the annual amount of the immediately commencing straight life annuity under
the Plan to the annual amount of the straight life annuity under the Plan
commencing at age sixty-two (62), with both annual amounts determined using
the Plan factors for determining the Accrued Benefit of the Participant and
without applying the limitation rules under this Section 11.10. No adjustment for
mortality shall be taken into account in performing the first calculation required
by this paragraph to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.415(b)-1(d)(2).
The requirements of this Section 11.10(d) do not apply to a distribution on
account of the Participant‟s becoming Disabled or as a result of the death of a
Participant.
(e) Actuarial Adjustment When Benefits Commence After Age Sixty-Five (65).
If the Participant‟s benefit begins after the Participant attains age sixty-five (65),
the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at the
later age is the annual benefit payable in the form of a single-life annuity,
beginning at the later age that is actuarially equivalent to the Maximum
Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at age sixty-five (65)
(adjusted under (f) below, if required).
Effective for Limitation Years prior to January 1, 2008, the actuarial equivalent of
the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable at an age after age sixty-
five (65) is determined as (i) the lesser of the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of
the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation computed using the interest rate and
mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.04 of the Plan, and
(ii) the Actuarial Equivalent (at such age) of the Maximum Permissible Dollar
Limitation computed using a five-percent (5%) interest rate assumption and the
applicable mortality table as defined in Section 1.04 of the Plan. For these
purposes, mortality between age sixty-five (65) and the age at which benefits
commence shall be ignored.
Effective for Limitation Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, the
Actuarial Equivalent of the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable at
48
an age after age sixty-five (65) is determined as the actuarial equivalent of the
annual amount of a straight life annuity commencing on the Annuity Starting Date
that has the same actual present value as a straight life annuity commencing at age
sixty-five (65), where annual payments under the straight life annuity
commencing at age sixty-five (65) are equal to the adjusted Maximum
Permissible Dollar Limitation and where the actuarial equivalent straight life
annuity is computed using a five percent (5%) interest rate and the applicable
mortality table under Regulations Section 1.417(e)-1(d)(2) that is effective for
that Annuity Starting Date (expressing the Participant‟s age based on completed
calendar months as of the Annuity Starting Date). However, the age-adjusted
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation shall be less if the age-adjusted
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation described in the immediately preceding
sentence is greater than the adjusted Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation
multiplied by the adjustment ratio, which is equal to the ratio of the “adjusted
immediately commencing straight life annuity” described in Regulations Section
1.415(b)-1(e)(ii) to the “adjusted age 65 straight life annuity” described in
Regulations Section 1.415(b)-(1)(e)(iii). No adjustment for mortality shall be
taken into account in performing the first calculation required by this paragraph to
the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.415(b)-1(e)(3).
(f) Actuarial Adjustment When Benefits Commence With Less Than Ten Years of
Participation.
If a Participant has completed less than ten (10) years of participation in the Plan
as of the date such Participant begins to receive retirement income benefits, the
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted by multiplying such
limitation by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of the Participant‟s
years of participation as of such date (and any fraction thereof) and the
denominator of which is ten (10). Notwithstanding the above, in no event shall
the limitations contained in this Section 11.10(f) reduce the Maximum
Permissible Dollar Limitation to an amount less than one-tenth (1/10) of the
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation (as determined without regard to this
Section). To the extent provided in Regulations promulgated by the Secretary of
the Treasury, this Section 11.10(f) shall be applied separately with respect to each
change in the benefit structure of the Plan.
The requirements of this Section 11.10(f) do not apply to a distribution on account
of the Participant‟s becoming Disabled or as a result of the death of a Participant.
(g) Special Limitation for a Qualified Participant.
If a Participant is a “qualified participant” as defined under Code Section
415(b)(2)(H) and applicable Regulations under Section 415 of the Code, such
Participant may retire before age sixty-two (62), without a reduction in the
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation, if at least fifteen (15) years of service is
required to receive a full benefit under the Plan.
49
(h) Ancillary Benefits.
“Ancillary Benefits” (i.e., benefits which are not directly related to retirement
income benefits, or as otherwise defined in Code Section 415(b)(2)(B)) shall not
count toward the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation. Such Ancillary
Benefits include pre-retirement disability benefits and death benefits.
(i) Limitation Year.
For purposes of determining “Annual Benefits,” the Limitation Year shall be the
calendar year.
(j) Controlled Groups.
In the case of a group of employers which constitutes either a controlled group of
corporations, trades or businesses under common control defined in Section
1563(a) or Section 414(b) as modified by Section 415(h) and Section 414(c), such
employers shall be considered a single employer for purposes of applying the
limitation of Section 415 of the Code.
(k) Total Annual Payments Not In Excess of $10,000.
The annual benefit (without regard to the age at which benefits commence)
payable with respect to a Participant is not considered to exceed the limitations on
benefits described in Section 11.10(a) if:
(i) The benefits (other than benefits not taken into account in the computation
of the annual benefit under the rules of Regulations Section 1.415(b)-1(b)
and (c)) payable with respect to the Participant under the Plan and all other
defined benefit plans of the Employer do not in the aggregate exceed
$10,000 (as adjusted under Regulations Section 1.415(b)-1(g)) for the
Limitation Year, or for any prior Limitation Year; and
(ii) The Employer has not at any time maintained a defined contribution plan
in which the Participant participated.
50
ARTICLE XII: COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
12.01 Information to Plan Administrator
The County shall supply current information to the Plan Administrator as to the name,
date of birth, Employment Commencement Date, annual Compensation, Leaves of
Absences, Vesting, Eligibility, and Credited Service and date of Termination of
Employment of each Employee who is, or who will be eligible to become, a Participant
under the Plan, together with any other information which the Plan Administrator
considers necessary. The County‟s records as to the current information the County
furnishes to the Plan Administrator shall be conclusive as to all persons.
12.02 Indemnity of Trustees
To the extent permitted by federal, state, or local law, the County agrees to indemnify and
save harmless the Trustees, and each of them, from and against any and all losses
resulting from liability to which the Trustees may be subjected by reason of any act or
conduct (except willful misconduct or gross negligence) in their official capacities in the
administration of the Plan, including all expenses reasonably incurred in their defense, in
case the County fails to provide such defense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
indemnification provisions of this Section 12.03 shall not relieve the Trustees from any
liability they may have for breach of a fiduciary duty.
12.03 Amendment to Vesting Schedule
Although the County reserves the right to amend the vesting schedule at any time, the
Plan Administrator shall not apply the amended vesting schedule to reduce the Non-
forfeitable percentage of any Participant‟s Accrued Benefit derived from County
contributions (determined as of the later of the date the County adopts the amendment, or
the date the amendment becomes effective) to a percentage less than the Non-forfeitable
percentage computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment.
If the County makes a permissible amendment to the vesting schedule, each Participant
having at least three (3) years of Vesting Service with the County may elect to have the
percentage of his Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit computed under the Plan without
regard to the amendment. The Participant must file his election with the Plan
Administrator within sixty (60) days of the latest of (a) the County‟s adoption of the
amendment; (b) the effective date of the amendment; or (c) his receipt of a copy of the
amendment. The Plan Administrator, as soon as practicable, shall forward a true copy of
any amendment to the vesting schedule to each affected Participant, together with an
explanation of the effect of the amendment, the appropriate form upon which the
Participant may make an election to remain under the vesting schedule provided under
the Plan prior to the amendment and notice of the time within which the Participant must
make an election to remain under the prior vesting schedule. For purposes of this Section,
an amendment to the vesting schedule includes any Plan amendment which directly or
indirectly affects the computation of the Non-forfeitable percentage of an Employee‟s
rights to his County-derived Accrued Benefit.
51
ARTICLE XIII: PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
13.01 Beneficiary Destination
Any Participant may from time to time designate, in writing, any person or persons to
whom the Trustee shall pay various death benefits provided under the Plan in the event of
his death. The Plan Administrator shall prescribe the form for the written designations of
Beneficiary which, upon the Participant‟s filing the form with the County or Plan
Administrator, shall revoke all designations filed prior to that date by the same
Participant. Beneficiary designations may be made and/or maintained electronically, if
the County has established a method that is reasonably calculated to provide accurate
results.
13.02 No Beneficiary Designation
If a Participant fails to name a Beneficiary in accordance with Section 13.01 of the Plan,
or if the Beneficiary named by a Participant predeceases him or dies before complete
distribution of all benefits payable under the Plan, then the Trustee shall pay such
benefits in accordance with Article IX of the Plan in the following order of priority:
(a) To the Participant‟s Surviving Spouse; or
(b) if no Spouse is alive, to the Participant‟s surviving children, including legally
adopted children, in equal shares; or
(c) if no children are alive, to the Participant‟s surviving parents, in equal shares; or
(d) if no parent is alive, to the legal representative of the estate of the last to die of the
Participant and his Beneficiary.
The Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee as to the method and to whom the Trustee
shall make payment under this Section 13.02. If no Beneficiary can be determined in
accordance with (a) through (d) above, the Participant‟s benefits shall remain a part of the
Plan‟s assets until his Beneficiary is found.
13.03 Personal Data to Plan Administrator
Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant must furnish to the Plan
Administrator such evidence, data or information as the Plan Administrator considers
necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan. The provisions of this
Plan are effective for the benefit of each Participant upon the condition precedent that
each Participant will furnish promptly full, true and complete evidence, data and
information when requested by the Plan Administrator, provided the Plan Administrator
shall advise each Participant of the effect of his failure to comply with its request.
52
13.04 Address for Notification
Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall file with the Plan
Administrator from time to time, in writing, his post office address and any change of
post office address. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a Participant or
Beneficiary, at his last post office address filed with the Plan Administrator or shown on
the records of the County, shall bind the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this
Plan.
13.05 Notice of Change in Terms
The Plan Administrator shall furnish all Participants and Beneficiaries a summary
description of any material amendment to the Plan or notice of discontinuance of the Plan
and all other information required herein to be furnished without charge.
13.06 Litigation Against the Trust
If any legal action filed against the Trustee or against any individual(s) acting as the Plan
Administrator, by or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary, results adversely to the
Participant or to the Beneficiary, the Trustee shall reimburse itself or the Plan
Administrator all costs and fees expended by it or them by surcharging all costs and fees
against the sums payable under the Plan to the Participant or to the Beneficiary, but only
to the extent a court of competent jurisdiction specifically authorizes and directs such
surcharges and only to the extent the Code does not prohibit any such surcharges.
13.07 Information Available
Any Participant in the Plan or any Beneficiary may examine copies of the Plan, the Plan
description, latest annual report, any bargaining agreement, contract, or any other
instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated. The Plan Administrator
will maintain all of the items listed in this Section 13.07 in his office, or in such other
place or places as he may designate from time to time in order to comply with all
applicable regulations, for examination during reasonable business hours. Upon the
written request of a Participant or Beneficiary the Plan Administrator shall furnish him
with a copy of any item listed in this Section 13.07. The Plan Administrator may make a
reasonable charge to the requesting person for the copy so furnished. The Plan
Administrator may provide Participants with any information required under any
applicable federal or State of Georgia law via electronic communication, provided the
electronic communication is not prohibited under such laws and the method of electronic
communication is reasonably calculated to provide accurate results. A Beneficiary‟s right
to (and the {Plan Administrator‟s or a Trustee‟s duty to provide to the Beneficiary)
information or data concerning the Plan, shall not arise until the Beneficiary first
becomes entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan.
53
13.08 Appeal Procedure for Denial of Benefits
(a) The Plan Administrator shall provide adequate notice in writing to any Participant
or to any Beneficiary (“Claimant”) whose claim for benefits under the Plan has
been denied. The Plan Administrator‟s notice to the Claimant shall set forth:
(i) The specific reason for the denial;
(ii) Specific references to pertinent Plan provisions providing the basis for
denial;
(iii) A description of any additional material and information needed for the
Claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation of why the material or
information is needed;
(iv) A statement that any appeal the Claimant wishes to make of the adverse
determination must be in writing to the Retirement Plans Management
Committee of the Gwinnett County Public Employee Retirement System
(the “RPMC”), or its delegate, within seventy-five (75) days after receipt
of the Plan Administrator‟s written notice of denial; and
(v) A statement that failure to provide the written appeal of the adverse
determination to the RPMC or its delegate in writing within the seventy-
five (75) day period will render the Plan Administrator‟s determination
final, binding and conclusive.
(b) Alter receiving written notice of the denial of a claim, a Claimant or his
representative may:
(i) request a review of the denial by written application of the RPMC or its
delegate;
(ii) review pertinent documents; and
(iii) submit issues and comments in writing to the RPMC or its delegate.
(c) The RPMC, or such committee that the RPMC establishes under its bylaws to
review appeals for the denial of benefits, shall review any appeal made pursuant
to this Section 13.08. No later than sixty (60) days following the receipt of the
written application for review, the RPMC or its delegate shall submit its decision
on the review in writing to the Claimant and to his representative, if any.
However, a decision on the written application for review may be extended, if
special circumstances require an extension of time, to a day no later than one
hundred twenty (120) days after the date of receipt of the written application for
review. The decision shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific
references to the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based.
54
ARTICLE XIV: CONTRIBUTIONS AND ADMINISTRATION OF FUNDS
14.01 Use of Trust Fund
The terms of the Trust shall govern the establishment of the Trust Fund from which the
benefits provided by the Plan shall be paid. All contributions paid over to the Trustees
shall be invested in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Trust.
14.02 Use of Group Annuity Contracts
In the discretion of the Trustee, the Plan may use one or more group annuity contracts as
a funding vehicle in lieu of or in addition to the Trust. In the event of any conflict
between terms of the Plan and those of any such group annuity contract, the terms of the
Plan shall control.
14.03 Amount of County Contributions
The County shall contribute to the Trust Fund such amounts that are necessary to fund
benefits under the Plan, and shall contribute such additional amounts as the Trustees
(based on the recommendation of the Actuary and Plan Administrator) deem necessary or
desirable to maintain the actuarial soundness of the Plan. The Trustees may establish a
formal funding policy for this purpose.
14.04 Use of Forfeitures
Forfeitures and investment income attributable to contributions shall be used to reduce
County contributions.
14.05 Contingent Nature of County Contributions
Contributions made by the County are hereby made expressly contingent on the
maintenance of the qualified status by the Plan for the year with respect to which such
contribution is made.
14.06 Form of County Contribution
The County may pay its contributions to the Trustees or Trust Fund manager in cash or
cash equivalent or, if acceptable to the Trustees or Trust Fund manager, marketable
securities.
14.07 Exclusive Benefit
Except as provided under Article III, Article XI, Section 14.06, and Section 15.06, the
County shall have no beneficial interest in any asset of the Trust or Trust Fund and no
part of any asset in the Trust or Trust Fund shall ever revert to or be repaid to the County,
either directly or indirectly; nor prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to
the Participants and their Beneficiaries under the Plan, shall any part of the corpus or
55
income of the Trust Fund, or any asset of the Trust, be (at any time) used for or diverted
to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries.
14.08 Condition for Refund of Contributions
Notwithstanding Section 14.07 of the Plan, if and to the extent permitted by the Code and
other applicable laws and regulations thereunder, upon the County‟s request, a
contribution which is made by a mistake in fact shall be returned to the County within
one (1) year after the mistaken payment of the contribution.
14.09 Evidence
Anyone required to give evidence under the terms of the Plan may do so by certificate,
affidavit, document or other information which the person to act in reliance may consider
pertinent, reliable and genuine, and to have been signed, made or presented by the proper
party or parties. The Trustees shall be fully protected in acting and relying upon any
evidence described under the immediately preceding sentence.
14.10 No Responsibility for County Action
The Trustees shall have no obligation or responsibility with respect to any action required
by the Plan to be taken by the County, any Participant or eligible Employee.
14.11 Waiver of Notice
Any person entitled to notice under the Plan may waive the notice.
14.12 Successors
The Plan shall be binding upon all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, their
respective heirs and legal representatives, upon the County, its successors and assigns,
and upon the Plan Administrator and its successors.
14.13 Word Usage
Words used in the masculine shall apply to the feminine where applicable, and wherever
the context of the County‟s Plan dictates, the plural shall be read as the singular and the
singular as the plural.
14.14 State Law
The laws of the State of Georgia shall determine all questions arising with respect to the
provisions of this Agreement except to the extent Federal statute supersedes State law.
14.15 Employment Not Guaranteed
Nothing contained in this Plan, or any modification or amendment to the Plan, or in the
creation of any account, or the payment of any benefit, shall give any Employee,
Participant, or Beneficiary any right to continue employment, any legal or equitable right
56
against the County or an Employee of the County, or against the Trustee or its agents or
employees, or against the Plan Administrator, except as expressly provided by the Plan or
by a separate agreement.
57
ARTICLE XV: AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
15.01 Amendment by the County
The Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time, in the sole discretion of the
County, by a written instrument executed by the County. Each amendment shall state the
date to which it is either retroactively or prospectively effective. Any amendment which
is required by the Internal Revenue Service in order for the Plan or Trust to qualify or
continue to be qualified under the applicable provisions of the Code, or which in the
judgment of the County is necessary or appropriate to such qualifications or continued
qualification, may be made effective retroactively.
15.02 Limitations on Amendments
(a) No amendment shall be made that would jeopardize the qualified status of the
Plan.
(b) No amendment shall authorize or permit any portion of the Trust Fund (other than
the part which is required to pay investment or administration expenses) to be
used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the
Participants or their Beneficiaries.
(c) No amendment shall have the effect of decreasing a Participant‟s Non-forfeitable
Accrued Benefit, including a change in the actuarial assumptions or in the
Compensation levels used to determine a Participant‟s Normal Retirement
Pension.
(d) No amendment shall affect the rights, duties, or responsibilities of the Trustees
without the written consent of the Trustees.
15.03 Termination or Freeze by the County
By establishing the Plan, the County represents that the Plan is intended to be a
permanent and continuing program for providing benefits to the Participants therein.
However, the County shall have the right, at any time, to suspend or discontinue the Plan,
and to terminate the Plan. The Plan shall terminate or freeze upon action of the County
provided the County gives the Trustees ninety (90) days prior notice of termination.
15.04 Effect of Termination
Upon termination of the Plan by the County, the provisions of Sections 15.08 of the Plan
(relating to 100% vesting), 15.05 of the Plan (relating to allocation of Plan assets), and
15.06 of the Plan (relating to Plan assets in excess of Plan benefits) shall apply.
15.05 Distribution Upon Termination of Trust
If the County terminates the Plan, the Trustees shall allocate assets of the Plan among the
Participants and Beneficiaries according to the following priorities:
58
(a) Benefits payable as an annuity, in the case of the benefit of a Participant or
Beneficiary which was in pay status as of the termination date of the Plan, each
such benefit, based on the provisions of the Plan under which such benefit would
be the least;
(b) All other Nonforfeitable benefits under the Plan; and
(c) Any other benefits under the Plan.
If assets are insufficient to provide all benefits under the Plan, the Trustee shall allocate
such assets to satisfy obligations within each category by order of priority. If assets are
insufficient to provide all benefits under a priority category, the Trustee shall allocate
assets to Participants within that category in the ratio which each Participant‟s total
benefit bears to the total benefits of all Participants within that category.
15.06 Over-funding
If the County has over-funded the Plan at the time it terminates the Plan, the Trustee may
return the amount by which the County has over-funded the Plan to the County after all
liabilities under the Plan have been paid. The Plan‟s Actuary shall determine the amount
of the over-funding. The County shall state by written request to the Trustee the amount
of any over-funding it wishes the Trustee to return to it upon termination of the Plan.
15.07 Notice Requirements
Prior to the termination of the Plan, the County shall hold a hearing after giving prior
written notice to each Employee stating the time, location, and purpose of such hearing,
in addition to any other notice required by law. The purpose of such hearing shall be to
provide information to and answer any question from the Employees as to any successor
trustees, the provisions of any successor plan, the differences between the Plan and any
successor plan, any effects of the proposed termination or withdrawal on the Employees,
and all other relevant information.
15.08 Full Vesting on Termination
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, upon either full or
partial termination of the Plan or the discontinuance of contributions under the Plan (i.e. a
freeze), under Section 15.03 of the Plan, the Accrued Benefit of those Participants,
Beneficiaries, and joint annuitants affected shall become one hundred percent (100%)
vested and Non-forfeitable to the extent funded.
59
ARTICLE XVI: QUALIFIED GOVERNMENTAL EXCESS BENEFIT
ARRANGEMENT
16.01 Section 415(m) Arrangement
This Article XVI shall provide additional benefits under the Plan for Participants whose
Accrued Benefit exceeds the Maximum Permissible Dollar limitation under Section
11.10 of the Plan. The benefits provided under this Article XVI are intended to be
provided under a qualified governmental excess benefit arrangement within the meaning
of Section 415(m) of the Code and shall consist only of excess benefits that would
otherwise be payable under the terms of Plan except for the limitations imposed by Code
Section 415 and Section 11.10 of the Plan.
16.02 Benefits
The amount of monthly benefit payable to a Participant under this Article XVI shall be
determined by subtracting the amount determined under subsection (b) from the amount
determined under subsection (a) where (a) and (b) are:
(a) The amount of Pension payable to the Participant under the Plan, in the form of
distribution elected by the Participant, disregarding Code Section 415 maximum
benefits provisions of Section 11.10.
(b) The amount of Pension payable to such a Participant under the Plan in the form of
distribution elected by the Participant, as limited by Section 11.10.
Any cost of living adjustment otherwise applicable to the Pension payable under the Plan
shall also apply to the excess benefits payable under this Article XVI.
16.03 Payments to Participants
Payment of excess benefits under this Article XV shall be made in the same form and at
the same time as Pension payments under the Plan. Any designation of Beneficiary under
the Plan shall also apply to the excess benefits payable under this Article.
16.04 Benefits Upon Reemployment
If a Participant who is receiving benefits under the Plan is reemployed by the County, any
excess benefits payable under this Article shall be treated in the same manner as his
Pension payments under the Plan.
16.05 Limitation on Benefits
In no event shall a Participant be entitled to receive total benefits from the Plan, including
the benefits payable under this Article XVI, in excess of the benefits he would have
received under the Plan had the limitations under Code Section 415 not applied to the
Plan.
60
16.06 Errors and Omissions
If an error or omission is discovered in the calculation of excess benefits under this
Article XVI, appropriate, equitable adjustments may be made as soon as administratively
practicable following the discovery of such error or omission.
16.07 Taxes
If all or any part of any Participant‟s or Beneficiary‟s benefits under this Article XVI
shall be determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be subject to federal income tax in
an earlier year than such benefit otherwise becomes distributable under the Plan, the
Participant or Beneficiary shall have the right to receive an immediate benefit in an
amount equal to the amount upon which the income tax due is based. If all or any part of
any Participant‟s or Beneficiary‟s benefit under the Plan shall become subject to any
estate, inheritance, income, employment or other tax which the County shall be required
to pay or withhold, the County shall have the full power and authority to withhold and
pay such tax out of distributions to the Participant or Beneficiary whose interests are so
affected.
16.08 Source of Funds
Except as otherwise provided below, the County shall provide the excess benefits
described in this Article from its general assets and ultimately shall have the obligation to
pay all excess benefits due to Participants and Beneficiaries under this Article. No
contribution from any Participant shall be required or permitted to fund the excess
benefits under this Article. The County may provide for a separate rabbi trust to be used
to fund the benefits payable under this Article. To the extent that funds in such trust are
sufficient, the trust assets shall be used to pay benefits under this Article. If such trust
assets are not sufficient to pay such benefits due, then the County shall have the
obligation, and the Participant or Beneficiary, who is due such benefits, shall look to the
County to provide such benefits.
16.09 Trust
The County shall transfer all or any portion of the funds necessary to fund benefits
accrued under this Article to the Board of Trustees to be held and administered by the
Trustees pursuant to the terms of the rabbi trust agreement. Each transfer into the trust
shall be irrevocable as long as the County has any liability or obligations under this
Article to pay excess benefits, such that the trust property is in no way subject to use by
the County, provided, it is the intent of the County that the assets held by the trust are and
shall remain at all times subject to the claims of the general creditors of the County in the
case of insolvency as defined in the rabbi trust document. No Participant or Beneficiary
shall have any interest in the assets held by the trust or in the general assets of the County
other than as a general, nonsecured creditor. Accordingly, neither the County nor the
Trustees shall grant a security interest in the assets held by the trust in favor of the
Participants, Beneficiaries or any creditor.
61
Executed the ____ day of December, 2013.
GWINNETT COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
By: _______________________________
Chairman
Attest: ____________________________ Approved as to Form:
Clerk, Gwinnett County
Board of Commissioners _________________________________
2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan Document for Governmental Employers
GREAT-WEST RETIREMENT SERVICES®
SECTION 401(a)
MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN
FOR GOVERNMENTAL EMPLOYERS
2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan Document for Governmental Employers
INTRODUCTION TO GREAT-WEST RETIREMENT SERVICES
SECTION 401(a) MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN
FOR GOVERNMENTAL EMPLOYERS
The attached sample Basic Plan Document may be used together with the related
Adoption Agreement by eligible governmental employers and their counsel as a model in
preparing a money purchase pension plan document intended to satisfy § 401(a) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In general, under a § 401(a) plan, which is also referred to
as a “qualified plan,” an employer’s contributions to a participant’s account (and income earned
on those contributions) are not subject to federal income taxation until those amounts are paid to
the participant.
This sample Basic Plan Document contains provisions that may be included in a qualified
governmental plan. No local, state or federal government has passed on the legal sufficiency
(including the conformity with § 401(a)) of this sample Basic Plan Document. It was prepared
for your convenience and is not intended to provide you with legal or accounting advice, nor
should it be implemented without regard to your particular needs or any applicable laws of your
state or local jurisdiction. Neither Great-West Retirement Services, a unit of Great-West Life &
Annuity Insurance Company, nor any of its affiliated companies, (collectively referred to herein
as “Great-West”) assumes any liability to any person or entity with respect to the adequacy of
this document for any purpose, or with respect to any tax, accounting or legal ramifications
arising from its use. You and your counsel should review and, where appropriate, modify the
provisions to meet your particular needs and applicable local laws. Alterations to the Adoption
Agreement are permissible, but any such alteration that requires a Plan amendment must be set
forth in a separate amendment attached to the front of the plan document.
Great-West is not a party to any plan which you may adopt, and Great-West has no
responsibility, accountability, or liability to you, any employer, any participant or any
beneficiary with regard to the operation or adequacy of this sample Basic Plan Document, any §
401(a) plan prepared from this sample Basic Plan Document, or any future amendments made to
this sample Basic Plan Document, including any amendments to satisfy any changes in
applicable law. You should consult with your legal counsel prior to adopting any plan
document.
i 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan Document for Governmental Employers
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 401(a) MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN
FOR GOVERNMENTAL EMPLOYERS
Page
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................
I. INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................... 1
II. DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................... 1 2.01 “Account” ............................................................................................................... 1
2.02 “Administrator” or “Plan Administrator” ............................................................... 1 2.03 “Adoption Agreement” ......................................................................................... 1 2.04 “Beneficiary” .......................................................................................................... 1 2.05 “Code”..................................................................................................................... 1
2.06 “Compensation” ...................................................................................................... 1 2.07 “Custodial Account” ............................................................................................... 3
2.08 “Custodian” ............................................................................................................. 3 2.09 “Disability” ............................................................................................................. 3 2.10 “Early Retirement Age” .......................................................................................... 3
2.11 “Eligibility Computation Period” ........................................................................... 3 2.12 “Employee” ............................................................................................................. 3
2.13 “Employer” ............................................................................................................. 3
2.14 “Employment Commencement Date”..................................................................... 3
2.15 “Entry Date”............................................................................................................ 4 2.16 “Hour of Service” ................................................................................................... 4 2.17 “Normal Retirement Age” ...................................................................................... 4
2.18 “Participant” ............................................................................................................ 4 2.19 “Plan”. ..................................................................................................................... 4
2.20 “Plan Year” ............................................................................................................. 4 2.21 “Qualified Domestic Relations Order” or “QDRO” ............................................... 4 2.22 “Qualified Military Service” .................................................................................. 4
2.23 “Severance from Employment” .............................................................................. 4 2.24 “Trust”..................................................................................................................... 4 2.25 “Trustee” ................................................................................................................. 4 2.26 “USERRA” ............................................................................................................. 5
2.27 “Vesting Computation Period” ............................................................................... 5 2.28 “Year of Service” .................................................................................................... 5
III. ADMINISTRATION ................................................................................................................ 5 3.01 Administrator .......................................................................................................... 5 3.02 Appointment and Termination of Administrator .................................................... 5
3.03 Duties of Plan Administrator .................................................................................. 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
SECTION 401(a) MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN
FOR GOVERNMENTAL EMPLOYERS
Page
ii 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
3.04 Administrative Fees and Expenses ......................................................................... 6 3.05 Actions of Administrator ........................................................................................ 6
3.06 Delegation ............................................................................................................... 6 3.07 Investment and Service Providers ........................................................................... 6
IV. PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN ........................................................................................... 7 4.01 Eligibility ................................................................................................................ 7 4.02 Participation Upon Reemployment ......................................................................... 7
4.03 Change in Employment Status ................................................................................ 7 4.04 Years of Service Taken Into Account for Participation Purposes .......................... 7
4.05 Beneficiary .............................................................................................................. 7 4.06 Qualified Military Service ...................................................................................... 7
V. CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES .............................................................................. 7 5.01 Employer Contributions .......................................................................................... 7
5.02 Treatment of Forfeitures ......................................................................................... 8 5.03 Allocation of Employer Contributions.................................................................... 8
5.04 Return of Employer Contributions.......................................................................... 8 5.05 Employee Contributions ......................................................................................... 8 5.06 Rollover Contributions............................................................................................ 9
5.07 Transfer Contributions ............................................................................................ 9 5.08 USERRA. .............................................................................................................. 10
VI. LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS ................................................................................... 10
6.01 General Limitation ................................................................................................ 10
6.02 Estimation of Compensation ................................................................................. 11 6.03 Treatment of Excess Annual Additions ................................................................ 11
6.04 Participation in Other Individual Account Plans .................................................. 12 6.05 Participation in Defined Benefit Plan ................................................................... 12 6.06 Definitions............................................................................................................. 12
VII. VESTING .............................................................................................................................. 13 7.01 Vesting .................................................................................................................. 13 7.02 Years of Service for Vesting ................................................................................. 14
VIII. HOLDING OF PLAN ASSETS; CREATION OF TRUST AND TRUST FUND ............. 14
8.01 Custody of Plan Assets ......................................................................................... 14 8.02 Establishment of Trust .......................................................................................... 15 8.03 Appointment and Termination of Trustee.............................................................. 15
8.04 Acceptance ............................................................................................................ 16 8.05 Control of Plan Assets .......................................................................................... 16 8.06 General Duties of the Trustee ............................................................................... 16 8.07 Investment Powers of the Trustee ......................................................................... 17
8.08 Trustee Fees and Expenses ................................................................................... 18 8.09 Exclusive Benefit Rules ........................................................................................ 18 8.10 Trustee Actions ..................................................................................................... 18
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
SECTION 401(a) MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN
FOR GOVERNMENTAL EMPLOYERS
Page
iii 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
8.11 Delegation ............................................................................................................. 18 8.12 Division of Duties and Indemnification. ............................................................... 19
8.13 Purchase of Life Insurance.................................................................................... 20 IX. INVESTMENTS..................................................................................................................... 20
9.01 Investment Options ............................................................................................... 20 9.02 Participant Investment Direction. ......................................................................... 21 9.03 Employer Investment Direction. ........................................................................... 21
9.04 Participant Accounts ............................................................................................. 22 X. DISTRIBUTIONS ................................................................................................................... 22
10.01 Distributions from the Plan ................................................................................... 22 10.02 Conditions for Distributions. ................................................................................ 22 10.03 Times of Distribution. ........................................................................................... 23 10.04 Death Benefit Distributions. ................................................................................. 23
10.05 Payment Options ................................................................................................... 27 10.06 Default Distribution Option .................................................................................. 28
10.07 Limitations on Distribution Options ..................................................................... 28 10.08 Taxation of Distributions ...................................................................................... 29 10.09 Eligible Rollover Distributions. ............................................................................ 29
10.10 Elections ................................................................................................................ 30 10.11 Practices and Procedures....................................................................................... 30
10.12 Required Minimum Distribution Waiver of 2009. ............................................... 30
XI. CLAIMS PROCEDURES ...................................................................................................... 30
11.01 Application for Benefits ........................................................................................ 30 11.02 Review .................................................................................................................. 31
XII. LEAVE OF ABSENCE......................................................................................................... 32 12.01 Paid Leave of Absence.......................................................................................... 32 12.02 Unpaid Leave of Absence ..................................................................................... 32
XIII. PARTICIPANT LOANS ..................................................................................................... 32 13.01 Authorization of Loans ......................................................................................... 32 13.02 Maximum Loan Amount....................................................................................... 32 13.03 Repayment of Loan ............................................................................................... 32
13.04 Loan Terms and Conditions .................................................................................. 32 XIV. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN .............................................................. 34
14.01 Termination ........................................................................................................... 34
14.02 Amendment ........................................................................................................... 34 14.03 Exclusive Benefit .................................................................................................. 34 14.04 Copies of Amendments ......................................................................................... 34
XV. NON-ASSIGNABILITY ...................................................................................................... 34
15.01 Non-Assignability ................................................................................................. 34 15.02 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders ................................................................... 34
XVI. DISCLAIMER ..................................................................................................................... 36
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
SECTION 401(a) MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN
FOR GOVERNMENTAL EMPLOYERS
Page
iv 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
XVII. INTERPRETATION .......................................................................................................... 36 17.01 Governing Law ..................................................................................................... 36
17.02 § 401(a) ................................................................................................................. 36 17.03 Word Usage .......................................................................................................... 36 17.04 Headings ............................................................................................................... 36 17.05 Entire Agreement .................................................................................................. 36
1 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan Document for Governmental Employers
SECTION 401(a) MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN
FOR GOVERNMENTAL EMPLOYERS
I. INTRODUCTION
In accordance with the provisions of § 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
the Employer named in Section A of the Adoption Agreement hereby establishes this § 401(a)
Money Purchase Pension Plan, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan.” The Plan is intended to be a
money purchase pension plan under § 401(a) of the Code and a governmental plan under §
414(d) of the Code and ERISA § 3(32) and shall be construed in a manner consistent with those
provisions. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to constitute an employment
agreement between any Participant and the Employer, and nothing contained herein shall be
deemed to give a Participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Employer.
II. DEFINITIONS
2.01 “Account” shall mean the separate account or accounts established by the Plan
Administrator or the Trustee on behalf of each Participant in accordance with Section 9.04.
2.02 “Administrator” or “Plan Administrator” shall mean the person, persons or entity
appointed by the Employer to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 3.02, if any, but shall not
include any company which issues policies, contracts, or investment media to the Plan in respect
of a Participant, as such.
2.03 “Adoption Agreement” shall mean the Agreement which, together with this
sample Basic Plan Document, constitutes the Plan.
2.04 “Beneficiary” shall mean the persons or entities designated by a Participant
pursuant to Section 4.05.
2.05 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as now in effect or as
hereafter amended or recodified. References herein to specific section numbers of the Code shall
be deemed to include Treasury regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder as
in effect now, as amended or recodified in corresponding provisions of any future United States
internal revenue law.
2.06 “Compensation” shall mean a Participant’s Code § 3401(a) compensation, Code §
415 compensation, W-2 compensation, or any other form of compensation, whichever is
specified in the Adoption Agreement.
If Code § 3401(a) compensation is selected in the Adoption Agreement,
Compensation shall mean a Participant’s wages as defined in Code § 3401(a) for purposes of
income tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the
remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of employment or the services
performed (such as the exception for agriculture labor in Code § 3401(a)(2)).
2 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
If Code § 415 compensation is selected in the Adoption Agreement,
Compensation shall have the meaning provided in Code § 415(c)(3) and the Treasury regulations
issued thereunder. In addition, compensation that is received after severance from employment
and paid by the later of 2 ½ months after severance from the Employer maintaining the Plan or
the end of the calendar year in which the Employee severs employment with the Employer
maintaining the Plan and is described in (a) Treasury Regulation § 1.415(c)-2(e)(3)(ii); or (b)
Treasury Regulation § 1.415(c)-2(e)(3)(iii) and those amounts would have been included in the
definition of Compensation if such amounts were paid prior to severance from the Employer
maintaining the Plan, shall not fail to be § 415 Compensation.
If W-2 compensation is selected in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall
mean a Participant’s wages as defined in Code § 3401(a) for purposes of income tax withholding
at the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in
wages based on the nature or location of employment or the services performed and all other
payments of compensation paid by the Employer to the Participant for which the Employer is
required to issue statements under Code §§ 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. W-2 compensation
must be determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages
based on the nature or location of employment or the services performed (such as the exception
for agriculture labor in Code § 3401(a)(2)).
Compensation shall include only the compensation that is actually paid to the
Participant during the period for which compensation is determined with respect to a Plan Year.
For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1998, Compensation shall also include any
amount which is contributed by the Employer for the period pursuant to a salary reduction
agreement and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Code §§ 125,
132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k) or 457(b).
Compensation for any Plan Year will be determined for the Plan Year or the
calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year, whichever is specified in the Adoption
Agreement. With respect to a Participant’s first year of participation in the Plan, the
Participant’s Compensation for purposes of allocating Employer contributions shall be his
Compensation for the period commencing (i) as of the first day of the Plan Year or calendar year,
whichever is applicable, or (ii) as of the first day the Employee became a Participant, consistent
with the Employer’s designation in the Adoption Agreement.
The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account under the Plan
for any year shall not exceed $200,000 ($150,000 for years prior to 2002) as adjusted for cost-of-
living increases in accordance with Code § 401(a)(17)(B). If the Plan determines Compensation
based on a period of time that contains fewer than 12 calendar months, the annual Compensation
limit is an amount equal to the annual Compensation limit for the calendar year in which the
Compensation period begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full
months in the period by 12.
For Plan Years after December 31, 2008, to the extent permitted by the applicable
Code provisions and Treasury regulations, Compensation shall include pay received by a
Participant from the Employer while performing Qualified Military Service but only to the extent
3 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
the pay does not exceed the amounts the Participant would have received if the Participant had
continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering Qualified Military Service.
2.07 “Custodial Account” shall mean the account established with a bank, trust
company or other entity that satisfies the provisions of Code § 401(f), if the Employer has
elected to satisfy the trust requirement of Code § 401(a) by setting aside Plan assets in a
custodial account.
2.08 “Custodian” shall mean the bank, trust company or other person authorized to
hold the assets of such a custodial account in accordance with regulations issued by the Secretary
of the Treasury pursuant to Code § 401(f) that is selected by the Employer to hold Plan assets, if
the Employer has elected to use a custodial account pursuant to Code § 401(a) and § 401(f).
2.09 “Disability” shall mean, as selected in the Adoption Agreement: (a) the inability
to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or
mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or to be of long-continued and
indefinite duration, within the meaning of Code § 72(m)(3); (b) an illness or injury of a
potentially permanent nature, expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months,
certified by a physician selected by or satisfactory to the Employer which prevents the Employee
from engaging in any occupation for wage or profit for which the Employee is reasonably fitted
by training, education or experience; (c) an illness or injury of a potentially permanent nature,
expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, certified by a physician
selected by or satisfactory to the Employer which prevents the Employee from engaging in his or
her occupation; or (d) an alternative definition of Disability as set forth in the Adoption
Agreement.
2.10 “Early Retirement Age” shall mean the age set by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement (but not earlier than 55), which is the earliest age at which a Participant may retire
and receive his or her benefits under the Plan.
2.11 “Eligibility Computation Period” shall mean the period for determining Years of
Service for purposes of eligibility. The initial Eligibility Computation Period is the
12-consecutive month period beginning on the Employment Commencement Date. In the event
an Employee fails to become a Participant within the initial Eligibility Computation Period, the
Eligibility Computation Period shall mean the Plan Year, beginning with the Plan Year in which
occurs the first anniversary of the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date.
2.12 “Employee” shall mean those individuals specified in the Adoption Agreement.
2.13 “Employer” shall mean the sponsor of the Plan as named in the Adoption
Agreement. The Employer must be the government of a state or political subdivision of a state
or an agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state, which is eligible to
maintain a governmental plan within the meaning of Code § 414(d) and ERISA § 3(32).
2.14 “Employment Commencement Date” shall mean the Employee’s date of hire or
rehire, as applicable, with respect to which an Employee is first credited with an Hour of Service.
4 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
2.15 “Entry Date” shall mean the entry date(s) specified in the Adoption Agreement.
2.16 “Hour of Service” shall generally mean an hour for which an Employee is paid or
entitled to be paid, and the basis for determining Hours of Service shall be specified in the
Adoption Agreement.
2.17 “Normal Retirement Age” shall mean the normal retirement age specified in the
Adoption Agreement.
2.18 “Participant” shall mean any Employee who becomes a Participant pursuant to
Section 4.01. Except for purposes of Articles IV, XII, and XIII, the term “Participant” shall
include former Participants. The Administrator, if he or she is otherwise eligible, may
participate in the Plan.
2.19 “Plan” shall mean the Plan named in the Adoption Agreement and consisting of
the Adoption Agreement and this sample Basic Plan Document.
2.20 “Plan Year” shall mean the calendar year or other 12-consecutive-month period as
specified in the Adoption Agreement.
2.21 “Qualified Domestic Relations Order” or “QDRO” shall have the meaning
specified in Section 15.02.
2.22 “Qualified Military Service” shall mean any service in the uniformed service (as
defined in Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code as in effect as of December 12, 1994)
by any individual if such individual is entitled to reemployment rights under such Chapter with
respect to such service.
2.23 “Severance from Employment” shall mean severance of the Participant’s
employment with the Employer. A Participant shall be deemed to have severed his employment
with the Employer for purposes of this Plan when both parties consider the employment
relationship to have terminated and neither party anticipates any future employment of the
Participant by the Employer.
2.24 “Trust” shall mean the trust created under Article VIII of the Plan if the Employer
or certain employees are named as Trustee(s) in the Adoption Agreement. Alternatively, “Trust”
shall mean a trust created by a separate written agreement between the Employer and the Trustee
if a bank or trust company is named as Trustee in the Adoption Agreement. The Trust shall
consist of all Plan assets held by the Trustee named in the Adoption Agreement.
2.25 “Trustee” shall mean the Employer or such other person, persons or entity
selected by the Employer who agrees to act as Trustee hereunder if elected in the Adoption
Agreement. This term (except as used in Article VIII) also refers to the person holding the assets
of any custodial account or holding any annuity contract described in Section 8.01.
5 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
2.26 “USERRA” shall mean the Uniformed Services Employment and Re-employment
Rights Act of 1994, as amended.
2.27 “Vesting Computation Period” shall mean, as designated by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement, the Plan Year or the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on an
Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and each anniversary thereof.
2.28 “Year of Service” shall mean a Year of Service as designated by the Employer in
the Adoption Agreement.
III. ADMINISTRATION
3.01 Administrator. The Employer shall be the Administrator unless another person or
persons is appointed by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement as set forth in Section 3.02.
3.02 Appointment and Termination of Administrator. The Administrator may be
named in the Adoption Agreement by the Employer and may be a Participant. The
Administrator shall remain in office at the will of the Employer and may be removed from office
at any time by the Employer, with or without cause. Such removal shall be effective upon
delivery of written notice to the Administrator or at such later time as may be designated in such
notice; provided that any such notice of removal shall take effect no later than 60 days after the
delivery thereof, unless such 60 day period shall be waived. The Administrator may resign at
any time upon giving written notice to the Employer or at such later time as may be designated in
the notice of resignation; provided that (a) any such notice of resignation shall take effect no later
than 60 days after the delivery thereof, unless such 60 day period shall be waived, and (b) upon
such resignation or removal the Employer shall have the power and the duty to designate and
appoint a successor Administrator (which may be the Employer), and the actual appointment of a
successor Administrator is a condition that must be fulfilled before the resignation or removal of
the Administrator shall become effective. Upon appointment, the successor Administrator shall
have all the rights, powers, privileges, liabilities and duties of the predecessor Administrator.
The Administrator so resigned or removed shall take any and all action necessary to vest the
rights, powers, privileges, liabilities and duties of the Administrator in the successor.
3.03 Duties of Plan Administrator. Subject to any applicable laws and any approvals
required by the Employer, the Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to adopt
rules, regulations and procedures for the administration of the Plan and to interpret, alter, amend,
or revoke any rules, regulations or procedures so adopted. The Plan Administrator’s duties shall
include:
(a) appointing the Plan’s attorney, accountant, actuary, custodian or any other party
needed to administer the Plan or the Plan assets;
(b) directing the Trustee with respect to payments from the Plan assets held in Trust;
(c) communicating with Employees regarding their participation and benefits under
the Plan, including the administration of all claims procedures;
6 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(d) filing any returns and reports with the Internal Revenue Service or any other
governmental agency;
(e) reviewing and approving any financial reports, investment reviews, or other
reports prepared by any party appointed under paragraph (a);
(f) establishing a funding policy and investment objectives consistent with the
purposes of the Plan; and
(g) construing and resolving any question of Plan interpretation. The Plan
Administrator’s interpretation of Plan provisions including eligibility and benefits
under the Plan is final.
3.04 Administrative Fees and Expenses. All reasonable costs, charges and expenses
incurred by the Plan Administrator in connection with the administration of the Plan (including
fees for legal services rendered to the Plan Administrator) may be paid by the Employer, but if
not paid by the Employer when due shall be paid from Plan assets. Such reasonable
compensation to the Administrator as may be agreed upon from time to time between the
Employer and Plan Administrator may be paid by the Employer, but if not paid by the Employer
when due shall be paid from Plan assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no compensation other
than reimbursement for expenses shall be paid to a Plan Administrator who is the Employer or a
full-time Employee of the Employer. In the event any part of the assets in the Plan becomes
subject to tax, all taxes incurred shall be paid from the Plan assets unless the Plan Administrator
advises the Trustee not to pay such tax.
3.05 Actions of Administrator. Every action taken by the Plan Administrator shall be
presumed to be a fair and reasonable exercise of the authority vested in or the duties imposed
upon him, her or it. The Plan Administrator shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care,
diligence and prudence and to have acted impartially as to all persons interested, unless the
contrary be proven by affirmative evidence. The Plan Administrator shall not be liable for
Employer contributions or for other amounts payable under the Plan.
3.06 Delegation. Subject to any applicable laws and any approvals required by the
Employer, the Plan Administrator may delegate any or all of his, her or its powers and duties
hereunder to another person, persons or entity, and may pay reasonable compensation for such
services as an administrative expense of the Plan, to the extent such compensation is not
otherwise paid.
3.07 Investment and Service Providers. Any company which issues policies, contracts,
or investment media to the Employer or in respect of a Participant is not a party to this Plan, and
such company shall have no responsibility, accountability, or liability to the Employer, the
Administrator, any Participant or any Beneficiary with regard to the operation or adequacy of
this Plan, including any future amendments made thereto.
7 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
IV. PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN
4.01 Eligibility. Each Employee shall become a Participant on the Entry Date
coinciding with or next following his satisfaction of the participation requirements designated by
the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
4.02 Participation Upon Reemployment. A former Participant or former Employee
who satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 4.01 prior to his termination of employment
shall become a Participant immediately upon the date of his reemployment. Any other
Employee who is reemployed shall become a Participant on the Entry Date coinciding with or
next following satisfaction of the eligibility conditions of Section 4.01, or if later, the date of
reemployment.
4.03 Change in Employment Status. In the event a Participant is no longer a member
of an eligible class of Employees and becomes ineligible to participate, such Employee will
participate immediately upon returning to an eligible class of Employees. In the event an
Employee who is not a member of an eligible class of Employees becomes a member of an
eligible class, such Employee will participate immediately if such Employee has satisfied the
minimum age and service requirements and would have otherwise previously become a
Participant.
4.04 Years of Service Taken Into Account for Participation Purposes. All Years of
Service with the Employer are counted toward eligibility. Years of Service with a predecessor
employer are counted only if selected in the Adoption Agreement.
4.05 Beneficiary. Each Participant may designate, in a manner authorized by the
Administrator, a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive any amounts which may be distributed in
the event of the death of the Participant prior to the complete distribution of benefits. A
Participant may change the designation of Beneficiaries at any time by filing with the
Administrator a written notice on a form approved by the Administrator. If no such designation
is in effect on the Participant’s death, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s surviving spouse,
if any, and then his estate.
4.06 Qualified Military Service. A Reemployed Veteran’s period of Qualified Military
Service shall be taken into account in determining Years of Service under Section 7.02 of the
Plan. “Reemployed Veteran” means any Employee who terminated employment with the
Employer, subsequently had the right to be reemployed by the Employer under Chapter 43 of
Title 38 of the United States Code and became reemployed by the Employer under that Chapter
as an Employee.
V. CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES
5.01 Employer Contributions. The Employer shall contribute to the Plan for each Plan
Year the amount determined pursuant to the contribution option selected by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement; provided, however, that the Employer shall not make a contribution to the
8 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
Plan for any Plan Year to the extent such contribution would exceed the limitations of Section
6.01.
If any Employee who should be included as a Participant for any Plan Year is
erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution for the
Plan Year has been made pursuant to this Section 5.01, the Employer shall, subject to applicable
IRS guidance, make a subsequent contribution so that the omitted Employee receives the total
amount which such Employee would have received had he or she not been omitted.
If any person who should not have been included as a Participant for any Plan
Year is erroneously included, discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not discovered until after a
contribution on behalf of such person has been made for the Plan Year pursuant to this Section
5.01, and such incorrect inclusion is not a mistake of fact, then the amount contributed on behalf
of such person shall, subject to applicable IRS guidance, constitute a forfeiture. Such forfeiture
shall be used to reduce contributions otherwise due from the Employer.
5.02 Treatment of Forfeitures. As designated by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement, forfeitures arising under the Plan shall be reallocated to Participants in accordance
with Section 5.03 as an additional Employer contribution, used to offset plan expenses or used to
reduce Employer contributions for the next Plan Year. A forfeiture occurs at the earlier of the
time the Participant receives or is deemed to receive distribution of his vested Employer
Contribution Account balance following the Participant’s Severance from Employment or the
last day of the Plan Year in which his Severance from Employment occurs. If a Participant’s
vested Employer Contribution Account balance is zero at the time of his or her Severance from
Employment, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of the entire
Account balance.
5.03 Allocation of Employer Contributions. Employer contributions shall be allocated
to the appropriate Account of eligible Participants as designated by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement. Employer contributions shall be allocated to eligible Participants in the
ratio that each such Participant’s Compensation bears to the Compensation of all Participants, or
in such other manner as designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
5.04 Return of Employer Contributions. Contributions to and income of the Plan shall
not be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or
their Beneficiaries. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, contributions made by an Employer
may be returned to such Employer if the contribution was made by the Employer because of a
mistake of fact and is returned to the Employer within one year of the contribution or if the
contribution is conditioned on the initial qualification of the Plan and the contribution is returned
to the Employer within one year after the date of an adverse determination, but only if the
application for the initial qualification is made on or before or such date as the Secretary of the
Treasury may prescribe for the filing of an initial request for a determination letter by a
governmental plan.
5.05 Employee Contributions. If so elected in the Adoption Agreement, (a) each
Participant shall contribute to the Plan the percentage of Compensation mandated in the
9 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
Adoption Agreement, and/or (b) each Participant may make “After-tax Contributions”; provided,
however, that a Participant shall not make a contribution to the Plan for any Plan Year to the
extent such contribution would exceed the limitations of Section 6.01.
Employee contributions shall be credited to appropriate Account(s) established
for the Participant and shall be distributed to such Participant or his Beneficiary at such time and
in such form as shall be selected in accordance with Article X. A Participant’s Mandatory
Contribution Account and a Participant’s After-tax Contribution Account shall be nonforfeitable
at all times.
All mandatory amounts designated as employee contributions under this Section,
shall be paid by the Employer for all Employees (“picked up by the Employer”) in order to be
treated as Employer contributions under Code § 414(h)(2).
5.06 Rollover Contributions. If authorized by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may direct the Trustee to accept a
rollover contribution on behalf of a Participant or an Employee who may become a Participant.
A rollover contribution for purposes of this Section 5.06 is an eligible rollover distribution (as
defined in Code § 402(f)(2)) to a Participant from (i) a plan qualified under Code § 401(a); (ii) an
annuity qualified under Code § 403(a); (iii) an individual retirement account or annuity described
in Code §§ 408(a) or 408(b); or (iv) for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002,
an eligible deferred compensation plan described in Code § 457(b) maintained by an eligible
employer described in Code § 457(e)(1)(A), that is either paid directly from such plan or
contributed to the Plan by the Participant within 60 days of such Participant’s receipt of such
distribution from the distributing plan. Prior to accepting any rollover contributions, the Plan
Administrator may require that the Participant establish that the amount to be rolled over to the
Plan is a valid rollover within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.401(a)(31)-1 or as
otherwise provided in the Code. The Plan Administrator shall separately account for the portion
of any rollover contribution which is includible in gross income and the portion which is not so
includible.
Rollover contributions shall be credited to a Rollover Contribution Account
established for the Participant or Employee, and such Account shall be nonforfeitable at all
times. A Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account shall be distributed to such Participant or
his Beneficiary at such time and in such form as shall be selected in accordance with Article X.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of Section 5.06 of the Plan, and solely for
purposes of applying the rollover provisions of the Plan, 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs,
will be treated as eligible rollover distributions.
5.07 Transfer Contributions. If authorized by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may direct the Trustee to accept a
direct transfer of amounts from the trustee of another plan qualified under Code § 401(a) on
behalf of a Participant or Employee.
10 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
Direct transfers shall be credited to a Transfer Contribution Account established
for the Participant or Employee, and such Account shall be nonforfeitable at all times. A
Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account shall be distributed to such Participant or his
Beneficiary at such time and in such form as shall be selected in accordance with Article X.
5.08 USERRA. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary,
contributions and benefits with respect to Qualified Military Service shall be provided in
accordance with Code § 414(u). During the period that begins on a Reemployed Veteran’s date
of reemployment and continues for the lesser of three times the duration of the period of his
Qualified Military Service or five years, a Reemployed Veteran may make mandatory Employee
contributions, After-tax Contributions or other contributions equal to the maximum contributions
of each type that he would have been required or permitted to make under the Plan had the
Reemployed Veteran been an eligible Participant during the period of Qualified Military Service,
less any such contributions of the same type actually made during such period. If the Employer
has elected in the Adoption Agreement to make pick-up or Employer contributions with respect
to mandatory contributions or to make Matching Contributions with respect to After-tax
Contributions or contributions to or deferrals under any other plan, then the Employer shall make
such Employer contributions or Matching Contributions on behalf of any Reemployed Veteran
with respect to any mandatory contributions or After-tax Contributions made under this Section
5.08 or such other contributions or deferrals made under the other plan following his
reemployment.
Earnings or forfeitures shall not be required to be credited with respect to
contributions made under this Section 5.08 for any period before such contributions are actually
made to the Plan. For purposes of applying the limitations on each type of contribution under the
Plan and annual additions under Section 6.01, the limitations for the year to which a contribution
under this Section 5.08 relates (rather than the year in which such contribution is actually made)
shall apply. For purposes of this Section 5.08 and applying the limitations of Section 6.01, a
Reemployed Veteran will be treated as having received Compensation for a Plan Year during
which the Reemployed Veteran performed Qualified Military Service equal to the (i)
Compensation the Reemployed Veteran would have received during such period if he had
remained actively employed, determined based on the rate of pay he would have received from
the Employer but for the period of Qualified Military Service, or (ii) if the Compensation the
Reemployed Veteran would have received during such period is not reasonably certain, the
Reemployed Veteran’s average Compensation for the 12-month period (or other period if his
period of employment is shorter than 12 months) immediately before he commenced his
Qualified Military Service.
VI. LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS
6.01 General Limitation. The amount of annual additions which may be credited to the
Participant’s Account (a) for any limitation year beginning prior to 2002 shall not exceed the
lesser of $30,000 (as adjusted under Code § 415(d)) or 25% of such Participant’s Compensation
for the limitation year, or (b) for any limitation year beginning in 2002 or later shall not exceed
the lesser of $40,000 (as adjusted under Code § 415(d)) or 100% of such Participant’s
11 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
Compensation for the limitation year. The percentage of Compensation limit shall not apply to
any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code § 401(h) or Code
§ 419A(f)(2) after separation from service) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition
under Code § 415(l)(1) or Code § 419A(d)(2).
If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to
the Participant’s Account would cause the annual additions for the limitation year to exceed the
limitations of the preceding sentence, the amount contributed or allocated shall be reduced so
that the annual additions for the limitation year shall equal the applicable limitation.
If a short limitation year is created because of an amendment changing the
limitation year to a different 12-consecutive-month period, the maximum permissible amount
will not exceed the dollar limitation specified above multiplied by the following fraction:
Number of months in the short limitation year
12
6.02 Estimation of Compensation. Prior to determining the Participant’s actual
Compensation for the limitation year, the Employer may determine the applicable limitation of
Section 6.01 for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s
Compensation for the limitation year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly
situated; provided, however, that as soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
limitation year, the applicable limitation for the limitation year shall be determined on the basis
of the Participant’s actual Compensation for the limitation year.
6.03 Treatment of Excess Annual Additions. If pursuant to Section 6.02, as a result of
the allocation of forfeitures, or in other circumstances determined by the Commissioner of
Internal Revenue to justify application of these rules, an amount in excess of the limitation of
Section 6.01 is allocated to such Participant, the excess amount will be deemed to consist of the
annual additions last allocated, except that annual additions attributable to a welfare benefit fund
or individual medical account will be deemed to have been allocated first regardless of the actual
allocation date.
(a) Subject to applicable IRS guidance, the excess shall be disposed of as follows:
(i) Any After-tax Contributions or elective deferrals (plus attributable
earnings) to the extent they would reduce the excess amount will be
distributed to the Participant;
(ii) If the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the limitation year,
the excess amount in the Participant’s Account shall be used to reduce
Employer contributions (including any allocation of forfeitures) for such
Participant in the next limitation year and succeeding limitation years if
necessary;
12 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(b) If after the application of subsection (a) an excess amount still exists and the
Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of a limitation year, the excess
amount shall be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account
shall be applied to reduce future Employer contributions for all remaining
Participants in the next limitation year and succeeding limitation years if
necessary.
If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a limitation year pursuant
to this Section, it shall not participate in the allocation of the Plan’s investment
gains and losses. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
particular limitation year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated
and reallocated to Participants’ accounts before any Employer contributions may
be made to the Plan for that limitation year.
6.04 Participation in Other Individual Account Plans. This Section applies if, in
addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under a qualified defined contribution plan
maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund as defined in Code § 419(e) maintained by
the Employer, an individual medical account as defined in Code § 415(1)(2) maintained by the
Employer, or a simplified employee pension maintained by the Employer that provides an annual
addition as defined in Section 6.06 during any limitation year. The annual additions which may
be credited to a Participant’s Account under this Plan for any such limitation year shall not
exceed the limitation of Section 6.01 reduced by the annual additions credited to a Participant’s
account under such other plans and welfare benefits funds for the same limitation year. If the
annual additions with respect to the Participant under other defined contribution plans and
welfare benefit funds maintained by the Employer are less than the limitation of Section 6.01 and
the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s
Account under this Plan would cause the annual additions for the limitation year to exceed this
limitation, the amount contributed or allocated shall be reduced so that the annual additions
under all such plans and funds for the limitation year shall equal the limitation of Section 6.01.
If the annual additions with respect to the Participant under such other defined contribution plans
and welfare benefit funds in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the limitation of Section
6.01, no amount shall be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account under this Plan for
the limitation year.
6.05 Participation in Defined Benefit Plan. For limitation years beginning before
December 31, 1999, if selected in the Adoption Agreement, with respect to a Participant who
also participates in a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, annual additions to this
plan will be limited as necessary to comply with Code § 415(e).
6.06 Definitions. The following definitions shall apply for purposes of this Article VI
only:
(a) Annual additions. The sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant’s
Account for the limitation year:
(i) Employer contributions;
13 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(ii) Employee contributions;
(iii) forfeitures;
(iv) amounts allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in Code
§ 415(1)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the
Employer; and
(v) amounts which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits
allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code
§ 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code § 419(e))
maintained by the Employer.
For this purpose, any excess amount applied in a limitation year to reduce
Employer contributions shall be considered an annual addition for such limitation
year,.
(b) Compensation. Compensation shall mean Code § 415 compensation as defined in
Section 2.06.
(c) Employer. For purposes of this Article, Employer shall mean the Employer that
adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as
defined in Code § 414(b) as modified by Code § 415(h)), all commonly
controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code § 414(c) as modified by Code
§ 415(h) or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code § 414(m)) of which the
adopting Employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with
the Employer pursuant to regulations under Code § 414(o).
(d) Excess Amount. The excess of the Participant’s annual additions for the
limitation year in excess of the limitations of Section 6.01.
(e) Limitation Year. The calendar year. All qualified plans maintained by the
Employer shall use the same limitation year. If the limitation year is amended to
a different 12-consecutive month period, the new limitation year must begin on a
date within the limitation year in which the amendment is made. If the Plan is
terminated effective as of a date other than the last day of the limitation year, the
Plan is treated for purposes of this definition as if the Plan was amended to
change its limitation year resulting in a short limitation year on the date of
termination.
VII. VESTING
7.01 Vesting. Each Participant shall acquire a vested interest in his Employer
Contribution Account in accordance with the vesting schedule selected by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement, provided, however, that a Participant shall be fully vested in his Employer
Contribution Account upon attaining Early Retirement Age (if employed by the Employer on
14 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
such date), Normal Retirement Age (if employed by the Employer on such date), if his
employment terminates as a result of death, disability or as provided in Section 14.01. If a
Participant’s employment terminates prior to his Early Retirement Age, if any, or, if none, his
Normal Retirement Age for any reason other than death or disability, then he shall be entitled to
receive the vested percentage of his Employer Contribution Account balance (and the remaining
balance shall be forfeited) derived from Employer contributions determined based on Years of
Service with the Employer and the vesting schedule selected by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement.
7.02 Years of Service for Vesting. For purposes of determining a Participant’s vested
interest (a) all Years of Service shall be credited to the Participant without regard to any breaks
in service, and (b) the determination of whether a Participant has completed a Year of Service for
vesting purposes shall be made with reference to the Vesting Computation Period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Reemployed Veteran’s period of Qualified Military Service
shall be taken into account in determining Years of Service under the Plan.
VIII. HOLDING OF PLAN ASSETS;
CREATION OF TRUST AND TRUST FUND
8.01 Custody of Plan Assets. All contributions under the Plan, all property and rights
purchased with such amounts, and all income attributable to such amounts, property or rights
shall be held for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries. The trust
requirement of Code § 401(a) shall be satisfied in the manner specified in the Adoption
Agreement. Depending upon the choices made in the Adoption Agreement, Plan assets shall be
set aside as follows:
(a) If elected in Box D. 1 of the Adoption Agreement, Plan assets shall be set aside in
trust pursuant to this Article VIII with the Employer or certain employees of (or
holders of certain positions with) the Employer named as Trustee. The Trustee
shall be named in the Adoption Agreement and shall accept such appointment by
executing same. All contributions to the Plan shall be transferred to the Trust
established under the Plan within a period that is not longer than is reasonable for
the proper administration of the Accounts of Participants.
(b) If elected in Box D. 2 of the Adoption Agreement, Plan assets will be set aside in
trust pursuant to a separate written trust agreement entered into between the
Employer and the bank or trust company named as Trustee, and the provisions of
Sections 8.02 through 8.13 shall not apply to the Plan. The bank or trust company
named in the Adoption Agreement shall be the Trustee and shall accept such
appointment by executing the same. Any Trust under the Plan shall be
established pursuant to a written agreement that constitutes a valid trust under the
law of the state where the Employer is located. All contributions to the Plan shall
be transferred to a Trust established under the Plan within a period that is not
longer than is reasonable for the proper administration of the Accounts of
Participants.
15 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(c) If elected in Box D. 3 of the Adoption Agreement, Plan assets shall be set aside in
one or more annuity contracts described in Code § 401(f), and the provisions of
Sections 8.02 through 8.13 shall not apply to the Plan. Notwithstanding any
contrary provision of the Plan, including any annuity contract issued under the
Plan in accordance with Code § 401(a), all contributions to the Plan, all property
and rights purchased with such amounts, and all income attributable to such
amounts, property, or rights shall be held under one or more annuity contracts, as
defined in Code § 401(g), issued by an insurance company qualified to do
business in the state where the contract was issued, for the exclusive benefit of
Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan. For this purpose, the term “annuity
contract” does not include a life, health or accident, property, casualty, or liability
insurance contract. The owner of the annuity contract is the “deemed trustee” of
the assets invested under the contract for purposes of Code § 401(a). All
contributions to the Plan shall be transferred to such annuity contract within a
period that is not longer than is reasonable for the proper administration of the
Accounts of Participants.
(d) If elected in Box D. 4 of the Adoption Agreement, Plan assets shall be set aside in
one or more Custodial Accounts described in Code § 401(f). The bank, trust
company or other person named in the Adoption Agreement shall be the
Custodian and “deemed trustee” for purposes of Code § 401(a) and shall accept
such appointment by executing the same. The Employer and Custodian shall
enter into a separate written custodial agreement, and the provisions of Sections
8.02 through 8.13 shall not apply to the Plan. For purposes of this paragraph, the
Custodian of any Custodial Account created pursuant to the Plan must be a bank,
as described in Code § 408(n), or a person who meets the non-bank Trustee
requirements of paragraphs (2)-(6) of § 1.408-2(e) of the Treasury regulations
relating to the use of non-bank Trustees. All contributions to the Plan shall be
transferred to a Custodial Account described in Code § 401(f) within a period that
is not longer than is reasonable for the proper administration of the Accounts of
Participants.
8.02 Establishment of Trust. If elected in Box D. 1 of the Adoption Agreement, the
Employer or named Employees of the Employer (or certain holders of positions with the
Employer) shall serve as Trustee as evidenced by the Trustee’s execution of the applicable page
of the Adoption Agreement. In that event, a Trust is hereby created to hold all of the assets of
the Plan for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries. The Trust shall consist of all
contributions made under the Plan and the investment thereof and earnings thereon. Except to
the extent that the Employer enters into a separate written trust agreement with an institutional
Trustee, the assets in Trust shall be administered as provided in this document.
8.03 Appointment and Termination of Trustee. A Trustee may be named by the
Employer and may be a Participant. The Trustee shall remain in office at the will of the
Employer and may be removed from office at any time by the Employer, with or without cause.
Such removal shall be effective upon delivery of written notice to the Trustee or at such later
16 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
time as may be designated in such notice; provided that any such notice of removal shall take
effect no sooner than 30 days and no later than 60 days after the delivery thereof, unless such 30
or 60-day period shall be waived. The Trustee may resign at any time upon giving written notice
to the Employer or at such later time as may be designated in the notice of resignation; provided
that (a) any such notice of resignation shall take effect no sooner than 30 days and no later than
60 days after the delivery thereof, unless such 30-day or 60-day period shall be waived; and
(b) upon such resignation or removal the Employer shall have the power and the duty to
designate and appoint a successor Trustee and the actual appointment of a successor Trustee is a
condition that must be fulfilled before the resignation or removal of the Trustee shall become
effective.
Upon appointment, the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers,
privileges, liabilities and duties of the predecessor Trustee. The Trustee so resigned or removed
shall take any and all action necessary to vest the rights, powers, privileges, liabilities and duties
of the Administrator in his, her or its successor.
8.04 Acceptance. By signing the Adoption Agreement the Trustee accepts the Trust
created under the Plan and agrees to perform the obligations imposed under this Article VIII.
8.05 Control of Plan Assets. The assets of the Trust or evidence of ownership shall be
held by the Trustee, under the terms of the Plan and under either this Article VIII or under the
separate written trust agreement with a bank or trust company. If the assets represent amounts
transferred from a former plan, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the propriety of any
investment under the former plan.
8.06 General Duties of the Trustee. The Employer or the individual(s) named as
Trustee(s) in the Adoption Agreement shall be responsible for the administration of investments
held in the Plan. The Trustee’s duties shall include:
(a) receiving contributions under the terms of the Plan;
(b) making distributions from Plan assets held in Trust in accordance with written
instructions received from an authorized representative of the Employer;
(c) keeping accurate records reflecting the administration of the Trust assets and
making such records available to the Employer for review and audit. Within 90
days after each Plan Year, and within 90 days after its removal or resignation, the
Trustee shall file with the Employer an accounting of the administration of the
Trust assets during such year or from the end of the preceding Plan Year to the
date of removal or resignation. Such accounting shall include a statement of cash
receipts and disbursements since the date of its last accounting and shall contain
an asset list showing the fair market value of investments held in the Trust as of
the end of the Plan Year; the value of marketable investments shall be determined
using the most recent price quoted on a national securities exchange or over-the-
counter market. The value of non-marketable investments shall be determined in
the sole judgment of the Trustee, which determination shall be binding and
17 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
conclusive. The value of investments in securities or obligations of the Employer
in which there is no market shall be determined in the sole judgment of the
Employer, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility with respect to the
valuation of such assets. The Employer shall review the Trustee’s accounting and
notify the Trustee in the event of its disapproval of the report within 90 days,
providing the Trustee with a written description of the items in question. The
Trustee shall have 60 days to provide the Employer with a written explanation of
the items in question; and
(d) employing such agents, attorneys or other professionals as the Trustee may deem
necessary or advisable in the performance of the Trustee’s duties.
The Trustee’s duties shall be limited to those described above. The Employer or the
Administrator shall be responsible for any other administrative duties required under the Plan or
by applicable law.
8.07 Investment Powers of the Trustee. The Trustee shall implement an investment
program based on the Employer’s investment objectives. If either the Employer or the Employee
fails to issue investment directions as provided in Article IX, the Trustee shall have authority to
invest the Trust assets in its sole discretion. In addition to powers given by law, the Trustee may:
(a) invest the Trust assets in any form of property, including common and preferred
stocks, exchange and trade put and call options, bonds, money market
instruments, mutual funds (including Trust assets for which the Trustee or an
affiliate serves as investment advisor), Treasury bills, deposits at reasonable rates
of interest at banking institutions, including but not limited to savings accounts
and certificates of deposit, and other forms of securities or investment of any
kind, class, or character whatsoever, or in any other property, real or personal,
having a ready market;
(b) invest and reinvest all or any part of the Trust assets in any insurance policies or
other contracts with insurance companies, including but not limited to individual
or group annuity, deposit administration, and guaranteed interest contracts. Such
contracts shall be held in the name of the Trustee;
(c) transfer any assets of the Trust to any group or common, collective or
commingled fund that is maintained by a bank or other institution that is
established to permit the pooling of separate trusts so long as such trust assets are
permitted investments for § 401(a) plans;
(d) hold cash uninvested and deposit same with any banking or savings institution at
reasonable interest;
(e) deposit fees earned from revenue sharing, 12(b)(1) fees, any investment gains and
any otherwise unallocated trust assets into an account to be invested in any
employer-directed investment option available under the Plan;
18 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(f) join in or oppose the reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, sale or
merger of corporations or properties, including those in which it is interested as a
Trustee, upon such terms as it deems wise;
(g) hold investments in nominee or bearer form;
(h) to vote or refrain from voting any stocks, bonds, or other securities held in the
Trust, to exercise any other right appurtenant to any securities or other property
held in the Trust, to vote or refrain from voting proxies;
(i) exercise all ownership rights with respect to assets held in the Trust; and
(j) do any and all other acts that may be deemed necessary in the performance of the
Trustee’s duties hereunder.
8.08 Trustee Fees and Expenses. All reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred
by the Trustee in connection with the administration of the Trust assets (including fees for legal
services rendered to the Trustee) may be paid by the Employer, but if not paid by the Employer
when due, shall be paid from the Trust. Such reasonable compensation to an institutional
Trustee as may be agreed upon from time to time between the Employer and the Trustee may be
paid by the Employer, but if not paid by the Employer when due shall be paid by the Trust. The
Trustee shall have the right to liquidate Trust assets to cover its fees. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no compensation other than reimbursement for expenses shall be paid to a Trustee
who is the Employer or a full-time Employee of the Employer. In the event any part of the Trust
assets become subject to tax, all taxes incurred shall be paid from the Trust unless the Plan
Administrator advises the Trustee not to pay such tax. If pursuant to 8.07(e) an account holding
uninvested trust assets is in existence at anytime during the Plan Year, all amounts in the account
shall be first used to offset any plan expenses and any amounts remaining shall be allocated to
Participant’s accounts no later than the end of the Plan Year.
8.09 Exclusive Benefit Rules. No part of the Trust assets shall be used for, or diverted
to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants, former Participants with an
interest in the Plan, and the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries of a deceased Participant having an
interest in the Trust assets at the death of the Participant.
8.10 Trustee Actions. Every action taken by the Trustee shall be presumed to be a fair
and reasonable exercise of the authority vested in or the duties imposed upon it. The Trustee
shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care, diligence and prudence and to have acted
impartially as to all persons interested, unless the contrary be proven by affirmative evidence.
The Trustee shall not be liable for amounts of Employer contributions or for other amounts
payable under the Plan.
8.11 Delegation. Subject to any applicable laws and any approvals required by the
Employer, the Trustee may delegate any or all powers and duties hereunder to another person,
persons, or entity, and may pay reasonable compensation for such services as an administrative
expense of the Plan, to the extent such compensation is not otherwise paid.
19 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
8.12 Division of Duties and Indemnification.
(a) The Trustee shall have the authority and discretion to manage the Trust assets to
the extent provided in this instrument, but the Trustee does not guarantee the
Trust in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value or
guarantee the adequacy of the Trust assets to meet and discharge all or any
liabilities of the Plan.
(b) The Trustee shall not be liable for the making, retention or sale of any investment
or reinvestment made by it, as herein provided, or for any loss to, or diminution of
the Trust assets or for any other loss or damage which may result from the
discharge of its duties hereunder except to the extent it is judicially determined
that the Trustee has failed to exercise the care, skill, prudence and diligence under
the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity
and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like
character with like aims.
(c) The Employer warrants that all directions issued to the Trustee by it or the Plan
Administrator shall be in accordance with the terms of the Plan and not contrary
to the provisions of the Code.
(d) The Trustee shall not be answerable for any action taken pursuant to any
direction, consent, certificate, or other paper or document on the belief that the
same is genuine and signed by the proper person. All directions by the Employer
or the Plan Administrator shall be in writing from the authorized individual or
individuals named in the Adoption Agreement.
(e) The duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be limited to those expressly
imposed upon it by this instrument or subsequently agreed upon by the parties.
Responsibility for administrative duties required under the Plan or applicable law
not expressly imposed upon or agreed to by the Trustee shall rest solely with the
Employer.
(f) The Trustee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer from and
against any and all liability to which the Trustee may be subjected, including all
expenses reasonably incurred in its defense, for any action or failure to act
resulting from compliance with the instructions of the Employer, the employees
or agents of the Employer, the Plan Administrator, or any other fiduciary to the
Plan, and for any liability arising from the actions or inactions of any predecessor
Trustee, custodian or other fiduciaries of the Plan, except to the extent liability is
the result of the Trustee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.
(g) The Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the application of any
payments it is directed to make or for the adequacy of the Trust assets to meet and
discharge any and all liabilities under the Plan.
20 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
8.13 Purchase of Life Insurance. If life insurance contracts are purchased by the
Trustee on the life of any Participant, the following limitations shall be applicable:
(a) Ordinary Life - For purposes of these incidental insurance provisions, ordinary
life insurance contracts are contracts with both non-decreasing death benefits and
non-increasing premiums. If such contracts are purchased, less than one-half of
the aggregate Employer contributions allocated to any Participant will be used to
pay the premiums attributable to them.
(b) Term and Universal Life - No more than one-quarter of the aggregate Employer
contributions allocated to any Participant will be used to pay the premiums on
term life insurance contracts, universal life insurance contracts, and all other life
insurance contracts which are not ordinary life.
(c) Combination - The sum of one-half of the ordinary life insurance premiums and
all other life insurance premiums will not exceed one-quarter of the aggregate
Employer contributions allocated to any Participant.
As, when and if premium payments shall become due, the Trustee shall make
such payment to the insurer from any funds then held by it and available for that purpose. The
Trustee shall not be liable for non-payment of any premium unless funds sufficient for the
purpose are delivered to it by the Employer within five business days prior to the expiration of
the grace period for the payment of such premium or premiums. The insurance contracts on a
Participant’s life shall be converted to cash or an annuity or distributed to the Participant upon
commencement of benefits.
The Trustee shall apply for and will be the owner of any insurance contract
purchased under the terms of this Plan, and any contract will be endorsed as nontransferable.
The insurance contract(s) must provide that proceeds will be payable to the Trustee, however the
Trustee shall be required to pay over all proceeds of the contract(s) to the Participant’s
Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of the Plan. Under no circumstances
shall the Trust retain any part of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict between the terms of
this Plan and the terms of any insurance contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall
control. The insurer shall not be or be deemed to be a party to the Plan.
IX. INVESTMENTS
9.01 Investment Options. The Employer shall have the sole discretion to select one or
more investment options from which Participants may instruct the Trustee as to the investment of
their Account balances. These investment options may include specified life insurance policies,
annuity contracts or investment media issued by an insurance company. It shall be the sole
responsibility of the Employer to ensure that all investment options offered under the Plan are
appropriate and in compliance with any and all state laws pertaining to such investments.
21 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
9.02 Participant Investment Direction.
(a) If the Employer chooses to designate one or more investment options in which
Participants may direct investment of their Account, Participants shall have the
option to direct the investment of their Account from among the investment
options designated by the Employer. Such investment options shall be under the
full control of the Trustee. A Participant’s right to direct the investment of
Account balances shall apply only to making selections among the options made
available under the Plan and only to the extent specified by the Employer
pursuant to uniform rules.
(b) Each Participant shall designate in a manner authorized by the Administrator the
one or more investment options in which he or she wishes to have his Account
invested and may change such investment directions in accordance with and at the
time or times specified under uniform rules established by the Administrator. The
Participant’s Account shall be debited or credited as appropriate to reflect all
gains or losses on such investments.
(c) Neither the Employer, the Administrator, the Trustee nor any other person shall
be liable for any loss incurred by virtue of following the Participant’s directions
or by reason of any reasonable administrative delay in implementing such
directions.
(d) The Employer may from time to time change the investment options made
available under the Plan pursuant to uniform rules established by the
Administrator. If the Employer eliminates an investment option, all Participants
who had chosen that investment option shall select another option. If no new
option is selected by the Participant, money remaining in the eliminated
investment option shall be reinvested at the direction of the Employer. The
Participants shall have no right to require the Employer to select or retain any
investment option. Any change with respect to investment options made by the
Employer or a Participant, however, shall be subject to the terms and conditions
(including any rules or procedural requirements) of the affected investment
options.
9.03 Employer Investment Direction.
(a) To the extent the Employer chooses not to allow Participant direction of the
investment of his Account, the Employer may direct the Trustee with respect to
investments of the Plan assets, may appoint an investment manager to direct
investments or may give the Trustee sole investment management responsibility.
Any investment directive shall be made in writing by the Employer or investment
manager. Such instructions regarding the delegation of investment responsibility
shall remain in force until revoked or amended in writing. The Trustee shall not
be responsible for the propriety of any investment made at the direction of the
Employer or an investment manager and shall not be required to consult with or
22 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
advise the Employer regarding the investment quality of any directed investment
held hereunder.
(b) If the Employer fails to direct the investment of Plan assets or name an investment
manager, the Trustee shall have full investment authority, including the right to
automatically invest the available cash in an appropriate interim investment until
specific investment directions are received.
9.04 Participant Accounts. The Administrator shall maintain or cause to be maintained
one or more individual Accounts for each Participant. Such Accounts shall include, as
necessary, an Employer Contribution Account for Employer contributions, Mandatory
Contribution Account for mandatory contributions, After-tax Contribution Account for after-tax
contributions, Rollover Accounts for IRA rollovers, qualified plan rollovers, after-tax
contribution rollovers, Code § 457(b) plan rollovers, and Code § 403(b) plan rollovers; a
Transfer Account for transfer contributions and such other accounts as may be appropriate from
time to time for plan administration. At regular intervals established by the Administrator, each
Participant Account shall be credited with the amount of any Employer contributions paid into
the Plan; debited with any applicable administrative or investment expense, including, but not
limited to, fees charged to Participants allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis; credited or
debited with investment gain or loss, as appropriate; and debited with the amount of any
distribution. At least once a year each Participant shall be notified in writing of his total Account
balance.
X. DISTRIBUTIONS
10.01 Distributions from the Plan. The payment of benefits from the Plan in accordance
with the terms of the Plan may be made by the Trustee or by any Custodian or other person so
authorized by the Employer to make such distribution. Neither the Plan Administrator, the
Trustee or any other person shall be liable with respect to any distribution from the Plan made at
the direction of the Employer or a person authorized by the Employer to give disbursement
direction.
10.02 Conditions for Distributions.
(a) Employer Contribution, Mandatory Contribution and Transfer Contribution
Accounts. Payments from a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account,
Mandatory Contribution Account and Transfer Contribution Account to the
Participant or Beneficiary shall not be made earlier than the Participant’s
Severance from Employment, disability, attainment of Early Retirement Age,
Normal Retirement Age or death.
(b) Rollovers and After-tax Contribution Accounts. Payments from a Participant’s
Rollover Account or After-tax Contribution Account may be made at any time.
23 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
10.03 Times of Distribution.
(a) Subject to subsection (b), distributions to a Participant shall commence following
his attainment of Early Retirement Age, Normal Retirement Age, Disability,
death, or Severance from Employment on the regular distribution commencement
date (as the Employer or Administrator may establish from time to time) elected
by the Participant in a form and manner determined pursuant to Sections 10.05
and 10.06.
(b) Upon notice to Participants, and subject to Sections 10.07 and 10.09, the
Administrator may establish procedures under which a Participant whose total
Account balance is less than an amount specified by the Administrator (not in
excess of $5,000 or other applicable limitation under the Code, but disregarding
amounts in the Participant’s Rollover Account for years after 2001 or amounts in
the Participant’s deemed IRA) will receive a lump sum distribution as soon as
practicable following the Participant’s Severance from Employment,
notwithstanding any election made by the Participant pursuant to Section
10.03(a).
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, distribution to a Participant shall commence no
later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For Plan Years ending
before January 1, 1998, or the date selected in the Adoption Agreement, a
Participant’s Required Beginning Date shall be the date selected in the Adoption
Agreement. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1998, or the date
selected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant’s “Required Beginning Date”
is April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which
the Participant attains age 70 ½ or retires and severs service with the Employer.
10.04 Death Benefit Distributions. Upon receipt of satisfactory proof of the
Participant’s death, the Participant’s remaining Account Balance shall be paid under a method
satisfying the required minimum distribution rules of Code § 401(a)(9) and the Treasury
regulations thereunder. In the case of a Participant who dies while performing Qualified Military
Service under Code § 414(u), the Beneficiaries of the Participant shall, to the extent required by
Code § 401(a)(37), be entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to
the period of Qualified Military Service) that would be provided under the Plan had the
Participant resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.
(a) Death of Participant Before Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If the
Participant dies before the required beginning date, the Participant’s entire interest
will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(i) If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated
beneficiary, then, except as provided in Section 10.04(e) and unless the
surviving spouse elects the five-year rule, distributions to the surviving
spouse will begin by December 31st of the calendar year immediately
following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December
24 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
31st of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age
70½, if later.
A Beneficiary is deemed to elect the five-year rule if distributions do not
begin by the required beginning date provided in this Section.
(ii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole
designated beneficiary, then, unless the Beneficiary elects the five-year
rule, distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December
31st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which
the Participant died.
A Beneficiary is deemed to elect the five-year rule if distributions do not
begin by the required beginning date provided in this Section.
(iii) If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30th
of the year
following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire
interest will be distributed by December 31st of the calendar year
containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.
(iv) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated
beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before
distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 10.04(a), other
than Section 10.04(a)(i), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the
Participant.
For purposes of this Section 10.04(a) and Section 10.04(e) unless Section
10.04(a)(iv) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant's
required beginning date. If Section 10.04(a)(iv) applies, distributions are
considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving
spouse under Section 10.04(a)(i). If distributions under an annuity purchased
from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the
Participant's required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse
before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under
Section 10.04(a)(i)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date
distributions actually commence.
(b) Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form
of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or
before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year
distributions will be made in accordance with Section 10.04. If the Participant's
interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance
company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the
requirements of Code § 401(a)(9) and the Treasury regulations.
25 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(c) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year
During the Participant’s Lifetime. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum
amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:
(i) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Account balance by the
distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treasury
Regulation § 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as of the
Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or
(ii) if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar
year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the
Participant’s Account balance by the number in the Joint and Last
Survivor Table set forth in Treasury Regulation § 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the
Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and
spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.
(d) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of
Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under
Sections 10.04(c) and (d) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and
up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s
date of death.
(e) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution Where Death Occurs On or After
Participant’s Required Beginning Date.
(i) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on
or after the Participant’s required beginning date and there is a designated
beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Account balance by the
longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining
life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as
follows:
(A) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the
age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each
subsequent year.
(B) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole
designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the
surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year
after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving
spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For
distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s
death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is
26 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s
birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one
for each subsequent calendar year.
(C) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole
designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life
expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the
year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one
for each subsequent year.
(ii) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date
distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September
30th
of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum
amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the
year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the
Participant's Account balance by the Participant’s remaining life
expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death,
reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(f) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution Where Death Occurs Before
Participant’s Required Beginning Date.
(i) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies
before the required beginning date and there is a designated beneficiary,
the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar
year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by
dividing the Participant's Account balance by the remaining life
expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as
provided in Section 10.04(e).
(ii) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the required
beginning date and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30th
of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the
Participant's entire interest will be completed by December 31st of the
calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.
(iii) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are
Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the required beginning
date, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated
beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required
to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 10.04(a)(i), this Section
10.04(f)(iii) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
27 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(g) Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary
under the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Code § 401(a)(9) and
Treasury Regulation § 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4.
(h) Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is
required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first
distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar
year which contains the Participant's required beginning date. For distributions
beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the
calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 10.04(a).
The required minimum distribution for the Participant's first distribution calendar
year will be made on or before the Participant's required beginning date. The
required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the
required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the
Participant's required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December
31st of that distribution calendar year.
(i) Life Expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in
Treasury Regulation § 1.401(a)(9)-9.
(j) Participant’s Account Balance. The Account balance as of the last valuation date
in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year
(valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and
allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of dates in the
valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions
made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The Account balance
for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to
the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if
distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.
(k) Required Beginning Date. The date specified under Code § 401(a)(9) when
distributions are required to begin, which, for a Participant, is the April 1st
following the year the Participant attains age 70 ½ or retires and severs service
with the Employer, whichever is later.
10.05 Payment Options. A payee’s election of a payment option must be made at least
30 days prior to the date that the payment of benefits is to commence. If a timely election of a
payment option is not made, benefits shall be paid in accordance with Section 10.06. Subject to
applicable law and the other provisions of this Plan, distributions may be made in accordance
with one of the following payment options if selected in the Adoption Agreement.
(a) A single lump-sum payment;
28 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(b) Installment payments for a period of years (payable on a monthly, quarterly, semi-
annual, or annual basis), which extends no longer than the life expectancy of the
Participant or Beneficiary as permitted under Code § 401(a)(9) and proposed or
final Treasury regulations thereunder;
(c) Partial lump-sum payment of a designated amount, with the balance payable in
installment payments for a period of years, as described in subsection (b);
(d) Annuity payments (payable on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis) for the
lifetime of the Participant or for the lifetimes of the Participant and Beneficiary;
(e) Such other forms of installment payments as may be approved by the Employer
consistent with the limitations of Code § 401(a)(9) and proposed or final Treasury
regulations thereunder; or
(f) A Participant who is an eligible retired public safety officer, as defined under
Code § 402(l)(4)(B), may elect to have distributions made directly to an insurer to
pay qualified health insurance premiums for coverage for the eligible retired
public safety officer, his/her spouse and dependents by an accident or health
insurance plan or qualified long-term care insurance contract as defined in Code §
7703B(b). Any elections and distributions made under this Section 10.05(f) shall
be made in a manner consistent with the requirements and limits contained in
Code § 402(l) and any applicable guidance issued thereunder.
10.06 Default Distribution Option. In the absence of an effective election by the
Participant, Beneficiary or other payee, as applicable, as to the commencement and/or form of
benefits, distributions shall be made in accordance with the applicable requirements of Code
§ 401(a)(9) and proposed or final Treasury regulations thereunder.
10.07 Limitations on Distribution Options. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Article X, Plan distributions shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 10.07.
(a) No distribution option may be selected by a payee under this Article X unless it
satisfies the applicable requirements of Code § 401(a)(9) and proposed or final
Treasury regulations thereunder.
(b) For mandatory distributions, if any, made on or after the effective date of and
subject to the final Treasury regulations under Code § 401(a)(31), payment of an
Account balance that exceeds $1,000 but is less than $5,000 (or other applicable
limit under the final Treasury regulations) and for which the Participant has not
made an election either to receive in a lump sum or to roll over to a qualified
retirement plan shall, to the extent required by and in accordance with such
regulations, be rolled over to an account set up for the benefit of the Participant
with the IRA provider designated from time to time by the Employer or
Administrator.
29 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(c) The terms of this Article shall be construed in accordance with all applicable
Code sections.
10.08 Taxation of Distributions. To the extent required by law, income and other taxes
shall be withheld from each benefit payment, and payments shall be reported to the appropriate
governmental agency or agencies.
10.09 Eligible Rollover Distributions.
(a) General. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would
otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Section, a distributee may elect,
at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Employer, to have any portion of
an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan
specified by the distributee in a direct rollover. A non-spousal Beneficiary may
elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have
any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid in a direct rollover to an
inherited IRA, referred to in Code § 402(c)(11).
(b) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply.
(i) Eligible Rollover Distribution. An eligible rollover distribution is any
distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the
distributee or to the non-spousal Beneficiary, except that an eligible
rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a
series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequent than
annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the
joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the
distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of 10 years
or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under
Code § 401(a)(9); any distribution that is a deemed distribution under the
provisions of Code § 72(p); the portion of any distribution that is not
includable in gross income (except to the extent authorized by the Code);
and any hardship distribution (or, for years prior to 2002 and after 1998,
any hardship distribution described in Code § 401(k)(2)).
(ii) Eligible Retirement Plan. An eligible retirement plan is any plan
described in Code § 402(c)(8). An eligible retirement plan is described as
an individual retirement account described in Code § 408(a), an individual
retirement annuity described in Code § 408(b), a qualified trust described
in Code § 401(a) (including § 401(k)), an annuity plan described in Code
§ 403(a), a tax-sheltered annuity described in Code § 403(b), or an eligible
deferred compensation plan described in Code § 457(b) that accepts the
distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. Effective for distributions made
on/after January 1, 2008, an eligible retirement plan includes a Roth IRA
described in Code § 408A.
30 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(iii) Distributee. A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In
addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse and the
Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the
alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in
Code § 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or
former spouse.
(iv) Direct Rollover. A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible
retirement plan specified by the distributee or to the inherited IRA
specified by the non-spousal Beneficiary.
10.10 Elections. Elections under this Article shall be made in such form and manner as
the Plan Administrator may specify from time to time.
10.11 Practices and Procedures. The Employer may adopt practices and procedures
applicable to existing and new distribution elections.
10.12 Required Minimum Distribution Waiver of 2009. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of Article X. of the Plan, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required
to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of section 401(a)(9)(H)
of the Code (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving
distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of
substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and
expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, or for
a period of at least 10 years (“Extended 2009 RMDs”), will receive those distributions for 2009
unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses not to receive such distributions. Participants and
Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will be given the opportunity to elect to stop
receiving the distributions described in the preceding sentence. If the Participant or Beneficiary
has not elected to receive a 2009 RMD or Extended 2009 RMD then the Participant or
Beneficiary will not receive a 2009 or Extended 2009 RMD unless the Participant elects to
receive the distribution(s).
XI. CLAIMS PROCEDURES
11.01 Application for Benefits. All applications for benefits under the Plan shall be
submitted to and processed by the Administrator. Applications for benefits must be in writing on
forms acceptable to the Administrator. The Administrator reserves the right to require the
Participant to furnish proof of his or her age and the age of the Participant’s Beneficiary(s)
before processing any application. Each application shall be acted upon and approved or
disapproved by the Administrator within 90 days following receipt by the Administrator (or
within 180 days if special circumstances require and notice is given to the applicant before the
end of the 90-day period informing the applicant of the circumstances requiring the extension of
time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render a decision).
If any application for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, the Administrator
shall notify the applicant in writing of such denial and of the applicant’s right to a review of the
decision as set forth below and shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the
31 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
applicant, the specific reasons for such denial, the specific references to pertinent Plan provisions
on which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary
for the applicant to perfect the application, an explanation of why such material or information is
necessary, and an explanation of the Plan’s review procedure and the time limits applicable to
such procedures.
11.02 Review. Any person whose application for benefits is denied in whole or in part
may appeal to the Administrator for review of the decision by submitting, within 60 days after
receiving notice of the denial of the claim, a written statement to the Administrator that:
(a) requests a review of the application for benefits;
(b) sets forth all of the grounds upon which the request for review is based and any
facts in support of such request; and
(c) sets forth any issues or comments that the applicant deems pertinent to the
application.
In addition, an applicant may submit written comments, documents, records, and
other information in support of the appeal, and the applicant shall be provided, free of charge,
reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the
applicant’s claim for benefits.
The Administrator shall review appeals of denials of applications for benefits
submitted to it. The Administrator shall act upon each appeal within 60 days after receipt of the
applicant’s request for review by the Administrator. The Administrator shall make a full and fair
review of each application and any written material submitted by the applicant in connection
with such review, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the
initial benefit determination. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require
an extension of time for processing an appeal, it may extend the initial period, in which case
written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the applicant before the end of the initial
period indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the
Administrator expects to render a determination on review. In no event shall such extension
exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial period. Based on this review, the
Administrator shall make an independent determination of the applicant’s eligibility for benefits
under the Plan.
In the case of a denial of any appeal, the Administrator shall notify the applicant
in writing of such determination and shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by
the applicant, the specific reasons for the adverse determination, references to the specific Plan
provisions on which the determination is based, a statement that the applicant is entitled to
receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents,
records and other information relevant to the applicant’s claim for benefits.
The decision of the Administrator on any application for benefits shall be final
and conclusive upon all persons.
32 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
XII. LEAVE OF ABSENCE
12.01 Paid Leave of Absence. If a Participant is on an approved leave of absence from
the Employer with Compensation, or on approved leave of absence without Compensation, said
Participant’s participation in the Plan may continue.
12.02 Unpaid Leave of Absence. If a Participant is on an approved leave of absence
without Compensation and such leave of absence continues to such an extent that the
Participant’s employment with the Employer terminates, a Severance from Employment shall
occur for purposes of this Plan.
XIII. PARTICIPANT LOANS
13.01 Authorization of Loans. If so specified in the Adoption Agreement, the
Administrator may direct the Trustee to make loans to Participants. Such loans shall be made on
the application of the Participant in a form approved by the Administrator and under such terms
and conditions as are set forth in this Article, provided, however, that the Administrator may
adopt regulations, rules or procedures specifying different loan terms and conditions if necessary
or desirable to comply with or conform to such Treasury Regulations, other guidance or other
applicable law.
13.02 Maximum Loan Amount. In no event shall any loan made to a Participant be in
an amount which shall cause the outstanding aggregate balance of all loans made to such
Participant under this Plan exceed the lesser of:
(a) $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of: (i) the highest outstanding balance of
loans from the Plan to the Participant during the one-year period ending on the
day before the date on which the loan is made; over (ii) the outstanding balance of
loans from the Plan to the Participant or the Beneficiary on the date on which the
loan is made; or
(b) One-half of the Participant’s total Account balance.
13.03 Repayment of Loan. Each loan shall mature and be payable, in full and with
interest, within five years from the date such loan is made, unless
(a) The loan is used to acquire any dwelling unit that within a reasonable time
(determined at the time the loan is made) will be used as the principal residence of
the Participant; or
(b) Loan repayments are, at the Employer’s election, suspended as permitted by Code
§ 414(u)(4) (with respect to Qualified Military Service).
13.04 Loan Terms and Conditions. In addition to such rules and regulations as the
Administrator may adopt, which rules are hereby incorporated into this Plan by reference, all
loans to Participants shall comply with the following terms and conditions:
33 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(a) Loans shall be available to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis.
(b) Loans shall bear interest at a reasonable rate to be fixed by the Administrator
based on interest rates currently being charged by commercial lenders for similar
loans. The Administrator shall not discriminate among Participants in the matter
of interest rates, but loans granted at different times may bear different interest
rates based on prevailing rates at the time.
(c) Each loan shall be made against collateral, including the assignment of no more
than one-half of the present value of the Participant’s total Account balance as
security for the aggregate amount of all loans made to such Participant, supported
by the Participant’s collateral promissory note for the amount of the loan,
including interest.
(d) In all events, payments of principal and interest must be made at least quarterly
and such payments shall be sufficient to amortize the principal and interest
payable pursuant to the loan on a substantially level basis.
(e) A loan to a Participant or Beneficiary shall be considered a directed investment
option for such Participant’s Account balance.
(f) No distribution shall be made to any Participant, or to a Beneficiary of any such
Participant, unless and until all unpaid loans, including accrued interest thereon,
have been satisfied. If a Participant terminates employment with the Employer
for any reason, the outstanding balance of all loans made to him shall become
fully payable and, if not paid within 30 days, any unpaid balance shall be
deducted from any benefit payable to the Participant or his Beneficiary. In the
event of default in repayment of a loan or the bankruptcy of a Participant who has
received a loan, the note will become immediately due and payable, foreclosure
on the note and attachment of the security will occur, the amount of the
outstanding balance of the loan will be treated as a distribution to the Participant,
and the defaulting Participant’s Account balance shall be reduced by the amount
of the outstanding balance of the loan (or so much thereof as may be treated as a
distribution without violating the requirements of the Code).
(g) The loan program under the Plan shall be administered by the Administrator in a
uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. The Administrator shall establish
procedures for loans, including procedures for applying for loans, guidelines
governing the basis on which loans shall be approved, procedures for determining
the appropriate interest rate, the types of collateral which shall be accepted as
security, any limitations on the types and amount of loans offered, loan fees and
the events which shall constitute default and actions to be taken to collect loans in
default.
34 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
XIV. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN
14.01 Termination. The Employer may at any time terminate this Plan; provided,
however, that no termination shall affect the amount of benefits which at time of such
termination shall have accrued for Participant or Beneficiaries. Such amount shall be calculated
in accordance with Section 9.04 and the terms and conditions of the affected investment option.
In the event of the termination or partial termination of the Plan, or the complete discontinuance
of contributions under the Plan, the Account balance of each affected Participant shall be
nonforfeitable.
14.02 Amendment. The Employer may also amend the provisions of this Plan at any
time; provided, however, that no amendment shall affect the amount of benefits which at the
time of such amendment shall have accrued for Participants or Beneficiaries, calculated in
accordance with Section 9.04 and the terms and conditions of the investment options hereunder;
and provided further, that no amendment shall affect the duties and responsibilities of the Trustee
unless executed by the Trustee.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Employer delegates to the
Administrator the authority to adopt rules, regulations or procedures from time to time as may be
necessary or desirable to conform Plan provisions to, or to elaborate Plan provisions in light of,
technical amendments to the Code, Treasury regulations or other guidance issued under the
Code, and such rules, regulations or procedures are hereby ratified by the Employer as having
the force and effect of Plan amendments.
14.03 Exclusive Benefit. Except as provided in Section 5.04, the corpus or income of
the Trust and Plan may not be diverted to or used for other than the exclusive benefit of
Participants and Beneficiaries.
14.04 Copies of Amendments. The Administrator shall provide a copy of any Plan
amendment to any Trustee or custodian and to the issuers of any investment options selected
pursuant to Section 9.01.
XV. NON-ASSIGNABILITY
15.01 Non-Assignability. It is agreed that neither the Participant, nor any Beneficiary,
nor any other designee shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, or otherwise
convey the right to receive any payments hereunder, which payments and right thereto are
expressly declared to be non-assignable and non-transferable; and in the event of attempt to
assign or transfer, the Employer shall have no further liability hereunder nor shall any unpaid
amounts be subject to attachment, garnishment or execution or be transferable by operation of
law in event of bankruptcy or insolvency, except to the extent otherwise required by law.
15.02 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. If so specified in the Adoption Agreement,
domestic relations orders approved by the Plan Administrator shall be administered as follows.
35 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(a) To the extent required under a final judgment, decree, or order meeting the
requirements of Code § 414(p), herein referred to as a Qualified Domestic
Relations Order (“QDRO”), which is duly filed the Employer or the Trustee, any
portion of a Participant’s Account may be paid or set aside for payment to a
spouse, former spouse or child of the Participant. Where necessary to carry out
the terms of such a QDRO, a separate Account shall be established with respect to
the spouse, former spouse or child, and such person shall be entitled to make
investment selections with respect thereto in the same manner as the Participant.
All costs and charges incurred in carrying out the investment selection shall be
deducted from the Account created for the spouse, former spouse or child making
the investment selection.
(b) Any amounts so set aside for a spouse, former spouse or a child shall be paid out
in a lump sum at the earliest date that benefits may be paid to the Participant,
unless the QDRO directs a different form of payment or different payment date,
including an immediate payment date. Withholding and income tax reporting
shall be done with respect to the alternate payee under the terms of the Code as
amended from time to time.
(c) The Employer’s liability to pay benefits to a Participant shall be reduced to the
extent that amounts have been paid or set aside for payment to a spouse, former
spouse or child pursuant to this Section. No amount shall be paid or set aside
unless the Employer, or its agents or assigns, has been provided with satisfactory
evidence releasing them from any further claim by the Participant with respect to
these amounts. The Participant shall be deemed to have released the Employer
from any claim with respect to such amounts in any case in which the Employer
has been notified of or otherwise joined in a proceeding relating to a QDRO
which sets aside a portion of the Participant’s Account for a spouse, former
spouse or child and the Participant fails to obtain an order of the court in the
proceeding relieving the Employer from the obligation to comply with the QDRO.
(d) The Employer shall not be obligated to comply with any judgment, decree or
order which attempts to require the Plan to violate any Plan provision or any
provision of Code § 401(a). Neither the Employer nor its agents or assigns shall
be obligated to defend against or set aside any judgment, decree, or order
described herein or any legal order relating to the division of a Participant’s
benefits under the Plan unless the full expense of such legal action is borne by the
Participant. In the event that the Participant’s action (or inaction) nonetheless
causes the Employer, its agents or assigns to incur such expense, the amount of
the expense may be charged against the Participant’s Account and thereby reduce
Employer’s obligation to pay benefits to the Participant. In the course of any
proceeding relating to divorce, separation or child support, the Employer, its
agents and assigns shall be authorized to disclose information relating to
Participant’s individual account to the Participant’s spouse, former spouse, child
36 2011 Basic 401(a) MPP Plan
Document for Governmental Employers
(including the legal representatives of the spouse, former spouse or child) or to a
court.
XVI. DISCLAIMER
The Employer and the Administrator make no endorsement, guarantee or any
other representation and shall not be liable to the Plan or to any Participant, Beneficiary, or any
other person with respect to (a) the financial soundness, investment performance, fitness or
suitability (for meeting a Participant’s objectives, future obligations under the Plan or any other
purpose) of any investment option offered pursuant to Section 9.01 or any investment vehicle in
which contributions under the Plan are actually invested or (b) the tax consequences of the Plan
to any Participant, Beneficiary or any other person.
XVII. INTERPRETATION
17.01 Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed under the laws of the state
in which the Employer’s headquarters is located.
17.02 § 401(a). This Plan is intended to be a qualified plan within the meaning
of Code § 401(a), and shall be interpreted so as to be consistent with the applicable requirements
of such Section and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
17.03 Word Usage. Words used herein in the singular shall include the plural
and the plural the singular where applicable, and one gender shall include the other genders
where appropriate.
17.04 Headings. The headings of articles, sections or other subdivisions hereof
are included solely for convenience of reference, and if there is any conflict between such
headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.
17.05 Entire Agreement. This Plan, the executed Adoption Agreement and any
properly adopted amendment thereof, shall constitute the total agreement or contract between the
Employer and the Participant regarding the Plan. No oral statement regarding the Plan may be
relied upon by the Participant. This Plan and any properly adopted amendment shall be binding
on the parties hereto and their respective heirs, administrators, trustees, successors and assigns
and on all designated Beneficiaries of the Participant.
THE GWINNETT COUNTY
DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2013
GWINNETT COUNTY DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
Gwinnett County (“County”) previously participated in the Association County
Commissioners of Georgia Benefit Plan and the Association County Commissioner of Georgia
Defined Benefit Plan Master Trust Agreement sponsored by the Association County
Commissioners of Georgia. Having determined that it is in the best interests of the participants
and beneficiaries, the County hereby establishes the Gwinnett County Defined Benefit Plan
(“Plan”) for the benefit of its employees and other eligible individuals as provided herein. Assets
held in the Association County Commissioner of Georgia Defined Benefit Plan Master Trust for
the benefit of Gwinnett County Employees shall be transferred to the Plan, and in no event will a
Participant‟s Account after the transfer of assets be less than his account prior to the transfer of
assets. No employees whose initial hire date with Gwinnett County is on or after January 1, 2007
may become eligible to participate in the Plan. Employees terminating employment on or after
January 1, 2007 may not return to the Plan.
The Plan is intended to conform to state and federal provisions applicable to government
qualified plans and to qualify under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. This amendment and restatement is intended to incorporate all prior Plan amendments
and should be construed as a continuation of the Plan as previously in effect.
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I: DEFINITIONS ...........................................................................................................1
1.01 ACCG Plan ..............................................................................................................1 1.02 Accrued Benefit .......................................................................................................1
1.03 Accumulated Employee Contributions ....................................................................1 1.04 Actuarial Equivalence or Actuarial Equivalent .......................................................1 1.05 Actuary .....................................................................................................................1 1.06 Annuity Starting Date ..............................................................................................2 1.07 Average Monthly Compensation .............................................................................2
1.08 Beneficiary ...............................................................................................................2 1.09 Benefit Commencement Date ..................................................................................2 1.10 Benefit Payment Date ..............................................................................................3
1.11 Break in Service .......................................................................................................3 1.12 Code .........................................................................................................................3 1.13 Compensation ..........................................................................................................3
1.14 County ......................................................................................................................4 1.15 Credited Service .......................................................................................................4
1.16 Defined Contribution Plan .....................................................................................45 1.17 Disability or Disabled ..............................................................................................5 1.18 Disability Pension ....................................................................................................5
1.19 Early Retirement Pension ........................................................................................5 1.20 Early Retirement Date..............................................................................................5
1.21 Effective Date ..........................................................................................................5 1.22 Elapsed Time Method ............................................................................................56 1.23 Eligibility Service ....................................................................................................6
1.24 Employee .................................................................................................................6
1.25 Employer ..................................................................................................................7 1.26 Employment Commencement Date .......................................................................78 1.27 Full-time Employee ...............................................................................................78
1.28 Hour of Service ........................................................................................................8 1.29 Inactive Participant ..................................................................................................9
1.30 Late Retirement Date ...............................................................................................9 1.31 Leave of Absence .....................................................................................................9
1.32 Limitation Year ......................................................................................................10 1.33 Maternity or Paternity Leave .................................................................................10 1.34 Non-forfeitable .......................................................................................................10 1.35 Nontransferable Annuity ........................................................................................10 1.36 Normal Retirement Date ........................................................................................10
1.37 Normal Retirement Pension ...............................................................................1011 1.38 Participant ..............................................................................................................11
1.39 Participation Commencement Date .......................................................................11 1.40 Participant Contribution Account ..........................................................................11 1.41 Period of Service ....................................................................................................11 1.42 Period of Severance ...........................................................................................1112 1.43 Plan ........................................................................................................................12 1.44 Plan Administrator .................................................................................................12
ii
1.45 Plan Entry Date ......................................................................................................12
1.46 Plan Sponsor ..........................................................................................................12 1.47 Plan Year ................................................................................................................12 1.48 Reduced Early Retirement Pension .......................................................................12
1.49 Reemployment Commencement Date ...................................................................12 1.50 Retire or Retirement ...............................................................................................12 1.51 Schedule A .........................................................................................................1213 1.52 Schedule B .............................................................................................................13 1.53 Schedule C .............................................................................................................13
1.54 Service....................................................................................................................13 1.55 Severance from Service Date .................................................................................13 1.56 Spouse or Surviving Spouse ..................................................................................13 1.57 Termination of Employment ..................................................................................13
1.58 Transition Period ....................................................................................................14 1.59 Transition Rule Employees ....................................................................................14
1.60 Trust .......................................................................................................................14 1.61 Trust Fund ..............................................................................................................14
1.62 Trustee....................................................................................................................14 1.63 Unreduced Early Retirement Pension ....................................................................14 1.64 USERRA ................................................................................................................14
1.65 Vesting Service ......................................................................................................15
ARTICLE II: EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION ............................................................................16
2.01 Participation Eligibility ..........................................................................................16 2.02 Participation Upon Reemployment ........................................................................16 2.03 Eligibility for Plans on and after November 1, 2004 .............................................17
2.04 Transition Rules .....................................................................................................18
ARTICLE III: COUNTY CONTRIBUTIONS ..............................................................................20
3.01 Amount ..................................................................................................................20 3.02 Determination of Contribution ...............................................................................20
ARTICLE IV: PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS ....................................................................21
4.01 County Pick-Up Contributions ..............................................................................21 4.02 Earnings on Accumulated Employee Contributions ..............................................21 4.03 Refund of Participant Contribution Account .........................................................21
4.04 Repayment of Participant Contribution Account ...................................................22 4.05 USERRA Contributions .........................................................................................23
ARTICLE V: NORMAL AND LATE RETIREMENT PENSION ..............................................24
5.01 Normal or Late Retirement Pension ......................................................................24 5.02 Amount of Normal or Late Retirement Pension ....................................................24 5.03 Computation and Payment of Normal or Late Retirement Pension ......................24 5.04 Late Retirement ......................................................................................................25
5.05 Vesting Schedule ...................................................................................................25
iii
ARTICLE VI: EARLY RETIREMENT PENSION ......................................................................27
6.01 Eligibility for Early Retirement Pension................................................................27 6.02 Amount of Early Retirement Pension ....................................................................27 6.03 Computation and Payment of Early Retirement Pension ......................................27
6.04 Limited Offering of Early Retirement Pension Under Alternative Eligibility
Requirements .........................................................................................................28
ARTICLE VII: DISABILITY PENSION ......................................................................................29
7.01 Offering of Disability Pension ...............................................................................29 7.02 Amount of Disability Pension ................................................................................29
7.03 Computation and Payment of Disability Pension ..................................................29 7.04 Recovery from Disability .......................................................................................30 7.05 Continuing Evidence of Total Disability ...............................................................30
7.06 Ceasing Eligibility for Social Security Disability ..................................................30
ARTICLE VIII: DEATH BENEFITS ...........................................................................................31
8.01 Pre-Retirement Death Benefit ................................................................................31
8.02 Post Retirement Death Benefit...............................................................................31 8.03 Disability Death Benefit ........................................................................................31
8.04 Deferred Vested Pension Death Benefit ................................................................31 8.05 Incidental Death Benefit ........................................................................................32 8.06 Death Benefits Under USERRA ............................................................................32
ARTICLE IX: PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT - OPTIONAL FORMS OF PAYMENT 33
9.01 Normal Form of Benefit.........................................................................................33
9.02 Optional Forms of Benefit .....................................................................................33
9.03 Cost of Living Adjustment.....................................................................................34
9.04 Commencement of Benefits/Payment Schedules ..................................................34 9.05 Continued Employment After Normal Retirement ................................................37
9.06 Repayment of Lump Sum Pension ........................................................................37 9.07 Reemployment of Retired Participant ....................................................................38 9.08 Rollovers ................................................................................................................38
ARTICLE X: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS AFFECTING THE CREDITING OF
SERVICE ...............................................................................................................41
10.01 No Disregard of Service.........................................................................................41 10.02 Service Upon Reemployment ................................................................................41
10.03 Transferred Service Credit from Certain Other Prior Employers ..........................41
10.04 Credited Service Under USERRA for Contributory Plans ....................................42
ARTICLE XI: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS AFFECTING THE PAYMENT OF
BENEFITS .............................................................................................................43
11.01 General ...................................................................................................................43 11.02 Suspension of Benefits ...........................................................................................43 11.03 Merger of Plan .......................................................................................................43 11.04 Trustee-to-Trustee Transfer ...................................................................................43 11.05 Forfeiture of Benefits .............................................................................................44
iv
11.06 Payments to Minors or Legally Incompetent Persons ...........................................44
11.07 Unclaimed Payments .............................................................................................44 11.08 Assignment or Alienation ......................................................................................44 11.09 No Decrease in Benefits by Change in Social Security .........................................44
11.10 Limitation on Benefit .............................................................................................45
ARTICLE XII: COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS..................................................50
12.01 Information to Plan Administrator .........................................................................50 12.02 Indemnity of Trustees ............................................................................................50 12.03 Amendment to Vesting Schedule...........................................................................50
ARTICLE XIII: PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS .......................................51
13.01 Beneficiary Destination .........................................................................................51 13.02 No Beneficiary Designation ...................................................................................51
13.03 Personal Data to Plan Administrator......................................................................51 13.04 Address for Notification ........................................................................................52 13.05 Notice of Change in Terms ....................................................................................52
13.06 Litigation Against the Trust ...................................................................................52 13.07 Information Available ............................................................................................52
13.08 Appeal Procedure for Denial of Benefits ...............................................................53
ARTICLE XIV: CONTRIBUTIONS AND ADMINISTRATION OF FUNDS ...........................54
14.01 Use of Trust Fund ..................................................................................................54
14.02 Use of Group Annuity Contracts ...........................................................................54 14.03 Amount of County Contributions ..........................................................................54
14.04 Use of Forfeitures ..................................................................................................54
14.05 Contingent Nature of County Contributions ..........................................................54
14.06 Form of County Contribution ................................................................................54 14.07 Exclusive Benefit ...................................................................................................54
14.08 Condition for Refund of Contributions ..................................................................55 14.09 Evidence .................................................................................................................55 14.10 No Responsibility for County Action ....................................................................55
14.11 Waiver of Notice ....................................................................................................55 14.12 Successors ..............................................................................................................55 14.13 Word Usage ...........................................................................................................55 14.14 State Law ...............................................................................................................55
14.15 Employment Not Guaranteed ................................................................................55
ARTICLE XV: AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION .............................................................57
15.01 Amendment by the County ....................................................................................57 15.02 Limitations on Amendments ..................................................................................57 15.03 Termination or Freeze by the County ....................................................................57 15.04 Effect of Termination .............................................................................................57 15.05 Distribution Upon Termination of Trust ................................................................57
15.06 Over-funding ..........................................................................................................58 15.07 Notice Requirements ..............................................................................................58 15.08 Full Vesting on Termination ..................................................................................58
v
ARTICLE XVI: QUALIFIED GOVERNMENTAL EXCESS BENEFIT ARRANGEMENT ....59
16.01 Section 415(m) Arrangement .................................................................................59 16.02 Benefits ..................................................................................................................59 16.03 Payments to Participants ........................................................................................59
16.04 Benefits Upon Reemployment ...............................................................................59 16.05 Limitation on Benefits ...........................................................................................59 16.06 Errors and Omissions .............................................................................................60 16.07 Taxes ......................................................................................................................60 16.08 Source of Funds .....................................................................................................60
16.09 Trust .......................................................................................................................60
1
ARTICLE I: DEFINITIONS
1.01 ACCG Plan
“ACCG Plan” shall mean the pension plan adopted by the County effective January 1,
1971 that was sponsored by the Association County Commissioners of Georgia. The
County terminated its participation in the ACCG Plan effective December 31, 2006.
1.02 Accrued Benefit
“Accrued Benefit” means, subject to Plan termination provisions in Article XVI, a
Participant‟s Normal Retirement Pension under Section 5.02, as determined by the County.
The Accrued Benefit shall include the value of the Participant Contribution Account, if
any.
1.03 Accumulated Employee Contributions
“Accumulated Employee Contributions” means Participant contributions made pursuant to
Article IV.
1.04 Actuarial Equivalence or Actuarial Equivalent
“Actuarial Equivalence” or “Actuarial Equivalent” means a benefit of equivalent value to a
straight life annuity for the life of the Participant, whether in the form of an annuity, a lump
sum or otherwise, based on the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table using a blend of fifty
percent (50%) male and fifty percent (50%) female rates and an interest rate of seven
percent (7.0%). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining the Actuarial
Equivalent for a plan to plan transfer elected by a Participant from the Plan to the County‟s
Defined Contribution Plan and for the purchase of up to five years of additional Credited
Service, the Plan will use an interest rate of eight percent (8.0%). For Limitation Years
beginning prior to January 1, 2008, notwithstanding any other Plan provisions to the
contrary, the applicable mortality table used for purposes of adjusting any benefit or
limitation under Code Section 415(b)(2)(B), (C), or (D), to the extent applicable to
governmental plans, and Section 11.10 of the Plan is the table prescribed in Revenue
Ruling 2001-62 and any subsequent guidance thereto. For Limitation Years beginning on
or after January 1, 2008, the applicable mortality table used for purposes of adjusting any
benefit or limitation under Code Section 415(b)(2)(B), (C), or (D), to the extent applicable
to governmental plans, and Section 11.10 of the Plan is the table prescribed in Section
1.417(e)-1(d)(2) of the Treasury Regulations and any subsequent guidance thereto.
1.05 Actuary
“Actuary” means an enrolled actuary selected by the Trustees to provide actuarial services
for the Plan.
2
1.06 Annuity Starting Date
“Annuity Starting Date” means the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid
as an annuity or any other form of benefit; provided, however, such date shall be a date
falling within sixty (60) days after a Participant has met all the requirements of a Normal or
Late Retirement Pension, Early Retirement Pension, or a Disability Pension.
1.07 Average Monthly Compensation
“Average Monthly Compensation” means the arithmetic average of monthly
Compensation, which results in the highest such average, paid to a Participant by the
Employer for the sixty (60) consecutive calendar months, ignoring any Breaks in Service,
out of the Participant‟s last 120 calendar months of monthly Compensation, including the
calendar month in which the Participant receives his final paycheck in connection with his
Termination of Employment.
If a Participant has a Leave of Absence under the provisions of the Family and Medical
Leave Act (“FMLA”), the months prior to such Leave of Absence and the months after
such Leave of Absence shall be considered consecutive for purposes of this Section.
If the Participant has a Leave of Absence under the provisions of the Uniformed Services
Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as such Act may be amended from
time to time (“USERRA”), the months prior to and after such Leave of Absence shall be
considered consecutive for purposes of this Section, unless the Participant makes up the
Employer Pick-up Contributions that would have been due during this time in accordance
with Section 4.05. If such contributions are made up, for purposes of this Section, the
Participant shall be treated as receiving Compensation equal to the Compensation the
Participant would have received during such period if the Participant were not in qualified
military service, determined based on the rate of pay the Participant would have received
but for the Leave of Absence; provided, however if the Compensation the Participant
would have received during such period is not reasonably certain, Compensation for this
purpose shall equal the Participant‟s average Compensation during the 12 months
immediately preceding the qualified military service (or, if shorter, the period of
employment immediately preceding the qualified military service).
1.08 Beneficiary
“Beneficiary” means a person designated by a Participant who is or may become entitled to
a benefit under the Plan. Participants shall designate their Beneficiaries in accordance with
Section 14.0113.01 of the Plan. A Beneficiary who becomes entitled to a benefit under the
Plan shall remain a Beneficiary under the Plan until the Trustee has fully distributed his
benefit to him, at which time he will cease to be a Beneficiary.
1.09 Benefit Commencement Date
“Benefit Commencement Date” means, with respect to a Participant, joint annuitant, or
Beneficiary, the date as of which benefit amounts are determined as specified in Section
9.04 of the Plan.
3
1.10 Benefit Payment Date
“Benefit Payment Date” means, with respect to a Participant, joint annuitant, or
Beneficiary, the date elected on a form submitted to the Plan Administrator on which
benefit payments shall commence. Except as provided in Section 9.04 of the Plan or in the
case of an involuntary lump sum payment under Section 5.03(c) or 6.03(c), a Participant
shall elect his Benefit Payment Date on a form provided by the Plan Administrator.
1.11 Break in Service
(a) “Break in Service” means, with respect to an Employee who terminated prior to
January 1, 2007, a Period of Severance of twelve (12) consecutive months.
(b) For a Leave of Absence, including Military Leave under USERRA, and FMLA
Leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, a Break in Service shall
not be deemed to have occurred if the Employee returns to Service of the County
following the Leave of Absence within the time required by federal or state law.
(c) For purposes of determining when a Break in Service begins for a Participant on
Maternity or Paternity Leave, the Severance from Service Date of an Employee
who is absent from employment beyond the first anniversary of his first date of
absence is the second anniversary of the first date of absence. The period between
the first and second anniversaries is not a Period of Service. The period between
the first and second anniversaries is not a Period of Severance unless the Participant
fails to return from Leave. No Service shall be credited due to Maternity or
Paternity Leave as described in this Section unless the Employee furnishes proof
satisfactory to the County that the need for leave was due to Maternity or Paternity
Leave.
(d) The County shall prescribe procedures to make uniform and nondiscriminatory
determinations required by this Section.
1.12 Code
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.13 Compensation
“Compensation” means the total amount of all payments, direct or indirect, made by the
County to an Employee for services rendered to the County, for a calendar year which ends
within a Plan Year, as defined in Code Section 3401(a) for purposes of tax withholding at
the source (as reported to the Employee on Form W-2 for such year), excluding pay for
overtime, overtime premium, scheduled overtime, and scheduled overtime premium.
Compensation shall include before-tax or salary deferral contributions made to this Plan or
any other plan of the County, under a Code Section 132(f)(4) qualified transportation plan
or under Code Sections 125, 402(g)(3), 457 or 414(h), on behalf of a Participant for such
Plan Year.
4
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Compensation of a Participant taken
into account under the Plan for any Plan Year exceed (i) $200,000 for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1989, (ii) $150,000 for Plan Years on or after the later of
(a) January 1, 1996 or (b) the 90th day after the opening of the first legislative session that
begins on or after January 1, 1996, or (iii) for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,
2002, the limitations of Code Section 401(a)(17) in effect as of the beginning of the Plan
Year (i.e., $255,000 for 2013). The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall be
subject to adjustment annually as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17)(B) and Code
Section 415(d); provided, however, that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any
calendar year, if any, is effective for the Plan Year. The monthly limitation on
Compensation for any Participant shall be determined in accordance with Code Section
401(a)(17) and the applicable regulations thereunder. However, the Code Section
401(a)(17) limits in this Section 1.13 shall not apply to Transition Rule Employees to the
extent the application of the limitation would reduce the amount of Compensation that is
allowed to be taken into account under the Plan below the amount that was allowed to be
taken into account under the Plan as in effect on July 1, 1993, as adjusted from time to time.
Compensation shall not include, with respect to a State Court Judge or, a Juvenile Court
Judge, the Solicitor-General, a Superior Court Judge, or the District Attorney, that portion
of his salary as defined in O.C.G.A. § 47-23-100 which is used for purposes of mandatory
participation in a State or federal retirement pension plan pursuant to O.C.G.A. §
47-23-101.
1.14 County
“County” means Gwinnett County.
1.15 Credited Service
“Credited Service” means the measurement of a Participant‟s Service as an Employee after
the Original Effective Date of the Plan that is used to determine the Participant‟s Accrued
Benefit. Credited Service shall include only full-time service and shall be determined by
the Elapsed Time Method.
Participants who have qualified military service and are reemployed by the Employer
under USERRA shall be entitled to Credited Service for the time spent in qualified military
service to the extent required by USERRA, as provided in Section 4.05 and Section 10.04.
Credited Service shall include Service prior to the Effective Date of the Plan, sick leave,
and retirement reserve leave. Furthermore, the County, as part of an employment contract
with Appointed Officials, may agree to provide additional Credited Service. In no event,
however, shall the additional Credited Service exceed five (5) years.
1.16 Defined Contribution Plan
“Defined Contribution Plan” means the qualified defined contribution retirement plan
entitled “Gwinnett County Board of Commissioners Defined Contribution Pension Plan”,
5
approved by Gwinnett County by resolution of the Gwinnett County Board of
Commissioners on July 18, 2000, effective as of August 1, 2000.
1.17 Disability or Disabled
A Participant is “Disabled” if he is entitled to disability benefits under the federal Social
Security Act.
1.18 Disability Pension
“Disability Pension” means, with respect to a Participant, the benefit described in Article
VII of the Plan.
1.19 Early Retirement Pension
“Early Retirement Pension” means an Unreduced Early Retirement Pension or a Reduced
Early Retirement Pension.
1.20 Early Retirement Date
“Early Retirement Date” means the following dates when a Participant becomes eligible
for an Early Retirement Pension:
(a) Schedule A. A Participant accruing benefits under Schedule A shall be entitled to
an Unreduced Early Retirement Pension when he completes thirty (30) years of
Vesting Service. A Participant accruing benefits under Schedule A will be entitled
to a Reduced Early Retirement Pension on the later of the date he attains sixty (60)
years of age and completes ten (10) years of service.
(b) Schedule B or Schedule C. A Participant accruing benefits under Schedule B or
Schedule C shall be entitled to an Unreduced Early Retirement Pension on the
earlier of the following dates: (i) the Participant completes thirty (30) years of
Vesting Service; or (ii) later of the date (A) he attains fifty (50) years of age and (B)
his age, combined with his years of Vesting Service, equals or exceeds seventy-five
(75). A Participant accruing benefits under Schedule B or Schedule C will be
entitled to a Reduced Early Retirement Pension on the later of the date he attains
sixty (60) years of age and completes ten (10) years of service.
1.21 Effective Date
“Effective Date” of the Plan means January 1, 2007.
1.22 Elapsed Time Method
“Elapsed Time Method” shall mean the method of computing Service by reference to the
total time (years and months) that elapses between the Employee‟s Employment
Commencement Date and the Employee‟s Severance from Service Date. The total time
need not be consecutive.
6
For the purpose of calculating Eligibility Service, Vesting Service and Credited Service, a
Participant shall accrue one month for each month in which he is credited with one Hour of
Service as a Full-time Employee of the County, and shall accrue one year for each 12
month period. The elapsed time service method calculates years and months by rounding
up any days to a whole month. The calculations for Eligibility Service, Credited Service
and Vesting Service shall be subject to the Break in Service provisions
1.23 Eligibility Service
“Eligibility Service” means the measurement of an Employee‟s Full Time Service for
purposes of determining whether the Employee is eligible for the Plan and is measured
from the Employee‟s Employment Commencement Date and each anniversary thereof to
the date an Employee first becomes a Plan Participant. Eligibility Service shall be
determined by the Elapsed Time Method.
1.24 Employee
“Employee” means any individual employed by the County, but shall exclude:
(a) any individual classified by the County as an independent contractor;
(b) any leased employee as defined in Section 414(n) of the Code; and
(c) any other individual employed by the County who is not designated as any of the
following:
(i) A full-time Employee, as defined by County policy as any Employee
eligible under the Employer‟s personnel policies to receive all supplemental
benefits including pension benefits;
(ii) County Commissioners, except as specifically excluded in subsection
(d)(iii) below;
(iii) The following elected officials of the County with no other County funded
retirement or pension plan:
A. Sheriff;
B. Tax Commissioner;
C. Clerk of Superior Court;
D. State Court Judge;
E. Probate Court Judge;
F. Juvenile Court Judge; and
G. Magistrate Court Judge; and
7
H. Solicitor-General.
(iv) Superior Court Judges and the District Attorney who are elected officials
receiving supplemental compensation from the County.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following employees are specifically excluded
from participation:
(i) Employees with an Employment or Reemployment Commencement Date
on or after January 1, 2007;
(ii) Employees who participate in the County‟s Defined Contribution Plan and
who did not elect to participate in 2004 in the Defined Benefit Plan or who
do not have a prior deferred vested benefit in the Defined Benefit Plan
(iii) (1) County Commissioners and Elected Officials with an Employment or
Reemployment Commencement Date prior to August 1, 2000 who elected
to participate in the Employer‟s defined contribution pension plan; (2)
Appointed Officials with an Employment or Reemployment
Commencement Date on or after August 1, 2000; and (3) County
Commissioners with an Employment Commencement Date on or after
August 1, 2000 who have elected to participate in the Defined Contribution
Plan;
(iv) Extension Agents in TRS; and
(v) Employees who are active members of a state retirement or pension plan, if
such plan is funded in part or in whole by County contributions.
For purposes of this section, “Appointed Official” means a Full-time Employee who is not
part of the classified service and who serves at the pleasure of the Board of Commissioners,
the County Administrator, the Deputy County Administrator, or other Elected Officials.
Excluded employees under (b) and (c) above shall be considered “Ineligible Employees”.
1.25 Employer
“Employer” means Gwinnett County, Georgia.
1.26 Employment Commencement Date
“Employment Commencement Date” means the date on which the Employee first
performs an Hour of Service for the County.
1.27 Full-time Employee
“Full-time Employee” means any Employee who is eligible under the County‟s personnel
policies to receive all supplemental benefits, including pension benefits.
8
1.28 Hour of Service
“Hour of Service” means the increments of time described in sections (a), (b), and (c)
hereof (as applicable) subject to any limitations set forth herein:
(a) Each hour for which the County, either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee, or
for which the Employee is entitled to payment, for the performance of duties during
the Plan Year. The County shall credit Hours of Service under this paragraph (a) to
the Employees for the Plan Year in which the Employee performs the duties,
irrespective of when paid;
(b) Each hour for back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, to which the County
has agreed or for which the Employee has received an award. The County shall
credit Hours of Service under this paragraph (b) to the Employee for the Plan
Year(s) to which the award or the agreement pertains rather than for the Plan Year
in which the award, agreement or payment is made;
(c) Each hour for which the County, either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee, or
for which the Employee is entitled to payment (irrespective of whether the
employment relationship is terminated), for reasons other than for the performance
of duties during a Plan Year, such as Leave of Absence, vacation, holiday, sick
leave, illness, incapacity (including Disability), layoff, jury duty, or military duty,
provided:
(i) The County shall not credit more than five hundred and one (501) Hours of
Service under this paragraph (c) to an Employee on account of any single
continuous period during which the Employee does not perform any duties
as an Employee (whether or not such period occurs during a single Plan
Year). The County shall credit Hours of Service under this paragraph (c) in
accordance with the rules of paragraphs (b) and (c) of Department of Labor
Regulation Section 2530.200b-2, which the Plan, by this reference,
specifically incorporates in full within this paragraph (c);
(ii) An hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to
payment, on account of a period during which he performs no duties as an
Employee shall not be credited as an Hour of Service if such payment is
made or due under a plan maintained solely to comply with applicable
workers‟ compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability
insurance laws; and
(iii) Hours of Service shall not be credited to an Employee for a payment that
solely reimburses such Employee for medical or medically related expenses
incurred by him.
(d) Each hour for which the Employee is required to be granted leave under USERRA.
(e) The County shall not credit an Hour of Service under more than one (1) of the
above paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d). If the Service counted under this Section 1.27
9
can be counted under more than one of these paragraphs, the rule crediting the
greatest number of Hours of Service shall apply. The County shall resolve any
ambiguity with respect to the crediting of an Hour of Service in favor of the
Employee.
(f) The County shall credit Hours of Service under this Section 1.27 in accordance
with Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c), 29 CFR Part
2530, as amended, which the Plan, by this reference, specifically incorporates in
full, or such other federal regulations as may from time to time be applicable.
1.29 Inactive Participant
“Inactive Participant” means a Participant who is no longer receiving Credited Service
under the Plan but has not yet received his or her entire Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit
due (if any) under the Plan.
1.30 Late Retirement Date
“Late Retirement Date” means the date the Participant actually Retires from employment
with the County after his Normal Retirement Date.
1.31 Leave of Absence
“Leave of Absence” means a paid or unpaid excused leave of absence granted to an
Employee in accordance with applicable federal or state law or the County‟s personnel
policy. Leave of Absence shall include the following:
(a) Military Leave.
Employees who leave the service of the County, voluntarily or involuntarily, to
enter the Armed Forces of the United States, provided: (i) the Employee is legally
entitled to reemployment under USERRA, and (ii) the Employee applies for and
reenters service with the County within the time, in the manner, and under the
conditions prescribed by USERRA or any other similar and applicable law.
(b) FMLA Leave.
Employees who leave the service of the County under the provisions of the Family
and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (“FMLA”) provided that the Employee returns to
active employment within the time required under the FMLA.
(c) Other Leave.
Employees who leave the service of the Employee under such other circumstances
as the County shall determine are fair, reasonable and equitable as applied
uniformly among Employees under similar circumstances.
1.32 Limitation Year
“Limitation Year” means the calendar year.
10
1.33 Maternity or Paternity Leave
“Maternity or Paternity Leave” means any period during which an Employee is absent
from work with the County: (a) due to the pregnancy of such Employee, (b) due to the
birth of a child of such Employee, (c) due to the placement of a child with such Employee
in connection with the adoption of a child by such Employee, or (d) for purposes of such
Employee caring for such child immediately after such birth or placement.
1.34 Non-forfeitable
“Non-forfeitable” means a Participant‟s or Beneficiary‟s unconditional claim, legally
enforceable against the Plan, to the Participant‟s Accrued Benefit. If a Participant is one
hundred percent (100%) vested in any benefit under the Plan, such benefit is considered
Non-forfeitable.
1.35 Nontransferable Annuity
“Nontransferable Annuity” means an annuity, which by its terms provides that it may not
be sold, assigned, discounted, or pledged as collateral for a loan or security for the
performance of an obligation or for any purpose to any person other than the annuity
provider. If the Trustee distributes an annuity contract, such contract must be a
Nontransferable Annuity.
1.36 Normal Retirement Date
“Normal Retirement Date” means the date the Participant becomes eligible for a Normal
Retirement Pension. A Participant will become eligible for a Normal Retirement Pension
on the later of the date the Participant attains age 65 and completes 5 years of Vesting
Service or, if an Employee has an Employment or Reemployment Commencement Date
prior to November 1, 2004, the later of the date the Participant attains age sixty-five (65)
and completes three (3) years of Vesting Service. Unused sick and/or retirement reserve
leave shall be included to reduce the age and/or vesting service required to meet the age
and/or vesting requirements if the Participant chooses.
1.37 Normal Retirement Pension
A “Normal Retirement Pension” under Schedule A means:
two and one-quarter percent (2.25%) of a Participant‟s Average Monthly
Compensation multiplied by years of full time Credited Service.
A “Normal Retirement Pension” under Schedule B means:
two and one-quarter percent (2.25%) of a Participant‟s Average Monthly
Compensation multiplied by years of full-time Credited Service.
A “Normal Retirement Pension” under Schedule C means:
11
two and one-half percent (2.5%) of a Participant‟s Average Monthly Compensation
multiplied by years of full-time Credited Service.
1.38 Participant
“Participant” means a Full-time Employee who is eligible to be and is actively
participating in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article II of the Plan. An
Employee who becomes a Participant shall remain an active or Inactive Participant under
the Plan until the Trustee has fully distributed his Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit to him.
1.39 Participation Commencement Date
“Participation Commencement Date” means the date a Participant first commences
participation under the Plan.
1.40 Participant Contribution Account
“Participant Contribution Account” means the account and sub-accounts established by the
Plan Administrator to reflect Accumulated Employee Contributions by the Participant to
the Trust, if any, plus interest credited thereon as required under the Plan. In addition to
any other accounts the Plan Administrator shall establish, the Plan Administrator shall
establish a separate book account (which shall be adjusted to reflect contributions, interest
and other credits or charges attributable thereto) for each Participant to be designated the
“County Pick-Up Contribution Account,” which shall reflect a Participant‟s interest in the
County pick-up contributions made under Section 4.01 of the Plan.
1.41 Period of Service
“Period of Service” means the Employee‟s period of employment with the County
commencing with the Employment Commencement Date or the Reemployment
Commencement Date, whichever is applicable, and ending on the Employee‟s Severance
from Service Date.
1.42 Period of Severance
“Period of Severance” means, a continuous period of time during which the Employee is
not employed by the County, commencing on the Employee‟s Severance from Service
Date and ending on the Employee‟s Reemployment Commencement Date.
1.43 Plan
“Plan” means the Gwinnett County Defined Benefit Plan, as set forth herein.
1.44 Plan Administrator
“Plan Administrator” means the County or, if applicable, the “Plan Administrator” as
defined in Code Section 414(g).
12
1.45 Plan Entry Date
“Plan Entry Date” means the date the Employee is hired.
1.46 Plan Sponsor
“Plan Sponsor” means Gwinnett County, Georgia
1.47 Plan Year
“Plan Year” means the calendar year.
1.48 Reduced Early Retirement Pension
“Reduced Early Retirement Pension” means a benefit provided in Article VI. A
Participant eligible for benefits shall be entitled to a Reduced Early Retirement Pension on
the later of the following dates:
(a) The Participant attains sixty (60) years of age; and
(b) The Participant completes ten (10) years of service.
1.49 Reemployment Commencement Date
“Reemployment Commencement Date” means, with respect to an Employee who
terminated employment with the County prior to January 1, 2007, the first date on which
the Employee performs an Hour of Service that is required to be taken into account for
Eligibility, Vesting or Credited Service, following a Break in Service or Period of
Severance.
1.50 Retire or Retirement
“Retire” or “Retirement” means Termination of Employment with the County on or after
the Participant‟s Early, Normal or Late Retirement Date.
1.51 Schedule A
“Schedule A” means the benefit established in 2004 for the noncontributory defined
benefit plan previously adopted by Gwinnett County and known as the “Pre-Amended
Pension Plan”.
1.52 Schedule B
“Schedule B” means the benefit established in 2004 for the contributory defined benefit
plan previously adopted by Gwinnett County and known as the “1995 Amended Pension
Plan” and subsequently amended and restated.
13
1.53 Schedule C
“Schedule C” means the benefit established in 2004 for the contributory defined benefit
plan adopted by Gwinnett County as of November 1, 2004.
1.54 Service
“Service” means any period of time the Employee is in the employ of the County,
including any period the Employee is on a Leave of Absence authorized by the County if
such Leave of Absence is required by law to be counted as Service. Notwithstanding any
provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, Vesting, Eligibility, and
Credited Service with respect to USERRA leave will be provided in accordance with Code
Section 414(u) and with respect to FMLA Leave will be provided in accordance with the
Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993.
1.55 Severance from Service Date
“Severance from Service Date” means the earlier of the date the Employee (a) Terminates
Employment or (b) the first anniversary of the first day of absence for any other reason.
1.56 Spouse or Surviving Spouse
“Spouse” or “Surviving Spouse” means, with respect to a Participant, except as otherwise
required by Federal law, the person who is treated as married to such Participant under the
laws of Georgia. The determination of a Participant‟s Spouse or Surviving Spouse shall be
made as of the earlier of the Participant‟s Benefit Commencement Date or the date of such
Participant‟s death. Common law spouses shall be treated as a Spouse or Surviving Spouse
to the extent recognized under Georgia law provided that sufficient documentation is
provided to the County.
1.57 Termination of Employment
“Termination of Employment”, “Terminate Employment”, “Termination”, or
“Terminated” means a severance of employment with the County, including Retirement,
resignation, discharge, and death except as otherwise provided by the County as a Leave of
Absence or any other leave of absence regulated by federal or state law.
1.58 Transition Period
“Transition Period” means the period of time an Employee is required to make Employer
Pick-up Contributions at an increased rate under Schedule B or Schedule C in order to be
vested in a benefit under such Schedules.
1.59 Transition Rule Employees
“Transition Rule Employee” refers to an individual who first became a Participant in the
Plan prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after the earlier of (a) the last day
of the Plan Year in which a Plan amendment to reflect the amendments made by section
14
13212 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (OBRA „93) was both adopted
and effective; or (b) December 31, 1995.
1.60 Trust
“Trust” means the Gwinnett County Defined Benefit Plan Trust Agreement.
1.61 Trust Fund
“Trust Fund” means all property of every kind held or acquired by the Trustee under the
Trust.
1.62 Trustee
“Trustee”, “Trustees”, or “Board of Trustees” means the persons appointed as Trustees by
the County.
1.63 Unreduced Early Retirement Pension
“Unreduced Early Retirement Pension” means a benefit provided in Article VI. A
Participant eligible for benefits under Schedule A will be entitled to an Unreduced Early
Retirement Pension on the date he completes thirty (30) years of Vesting Service. A
Participant eligible for benefits under Schedules B and C will be entitled to an Unreduced
Early Retirement Pension on the earlier of the following:
(a) The date he completes thirty (30) years of Vesting Service; or
(b) The date the sum total of the Participant‟s Year of Service and age equal seventy
five (75) with a minimum age of fifty (50).
1.64 USERRA
“USERRA” means the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of
1994.
1.65 Vesting Service
“Vesting Service” means the measurement of a Participant‟s full time Service that is used
to determine a Participant‟s Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit and whether the Participant
meets any Service requirements for an Early Retirement Pension. A year of Vesting
Service shall be measured from the Participant‟s Employment Commencement Date or
Reemployment Commencement Date and each anniversary thereof. Vesting Service shall
be determined by the Elapsed Time Method. Vesting Service shall include Service prior to
the Effective Date of the Plan, sick leave, and retirement reserve leave.
The County, as part of an employment contract with Appointed Officials, may agree to
provide additional Vesting Service. In no event, however, shall the additional Vesting
15
Service exceed five (5) years. A record of each such granting of Vesting Service by
employment contract shall be included in Appendix A.
16
ARTICLE II: EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION
2.01 Participation Eligibility
Each Employee who was a Participant in the ACCG Plan on the day before the Effective
Date of this Plan shall be a Participant in this Plan. Each Employee listed in Section
1.24(c) employed before January 1, 2007, is eligible to participate as of his Employment
Commencement Date. No Employee hired on or after January 1, 2007 shall be eligible to
participate in this Plan. An Employee who has a termination date prior to December 31,
2006 with a Reemployment Commencement Date on or before December 31, 2007 shall be
eligible to resume participation in the Plan provided he has not incurred a one-year Break
in Service and follows the applicable situation in Section 2.02. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, effective January 1, 2008, only Employees who are Participants in the Plan on
December 31, 2007 shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
2.02 Participation Upon Reemployment
If an Employee was a participant in the ACCG Plan on his Severance from Service Date
occurring prior to January 1, 2007, is reemployed on or before December 31, 2007 and has
not incurred a one-year Break in Service, the applicable situation will apply:
(a) If the terminated Employee left his Employee Contributions in the ACCG Plan, the
Employee will be required to reenter the plan under the Schedule he was
participating in upon termination.
(b) If the terminated Employee withdrew his Employee Contributions from the ACCG
Plan and did not have full-time service credit prior to April 1, 1995, he shall not be
eligible to participate in the Plan and shall be eligible to participate in the Defined
Contribution Plan. If his Accrued Benefit is less than or equal to $5,000 and the
Employee had full-time service credit under the ACCG Plan prior to April 1, 1995,
the present value of the Employee‟s Accrued Benefit from the date of hire to March
31, 1995 will be transitioned to the Defined Contribution Plan within a reasonable
amount of time determined by the County.
(c) If the terminated Employee withdrew his Employee Contributions from the ACCG
Plan and had full-time service credit prior to April 1, 1995, he shall be eligible to
accrue additional Credited Service in the Plan as of his Reemployment
Commencement Date provided he repays his Employee Contributions in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4.04.
(d) A Participant who terminates employment on or after January 1, 2007 will not be
eligible to reenter the Plan upon reemployment. Such Employee will be entitled to
participate in the Defined Contribution Plan upon meeting such plan‟s eligibility
conditions, and his benefit under the Plan will be determined using Compensation
and Service to the date of his first termination of employment that occurs on or after
January 1, 2007.
17
2.03 Eligibility for Plans on and after November 1, 2004
(a) All active Employees who were non-contributory Participants in the ACCG Plan
before November 1, 2004, were eligible to elect to become Participants in Schedule
A, Schedule B or Schedule C effective November 1, 2004. Each such Plan
Participant made a one-time, irrevocable election at the time and in the manner
determined by the County. If any such Participant failed to make the election, the
Participant was deemed to have elected to participate in Schedule A (the “default
election (b). All active Employees who were contributory Participants in either the
ACCG Plan‟s 1995 Amended Pension Plan or the Defined Contribution Plan
before November 1, 2004, were eligible to elect to become Participants in either
Schedule B or Schedule C effective November 1, 2004. Each such Plan Participant
made a one-time, irrevocable election at the time and in the manner determined by
the County. If any such Participant failed to make the election, Participants in the
1995 Amended Pension Plan were deemed to have elected to participate in
Schedule B and Participants in the Defined Contribution Plan were deemed to have
elected to continue participating in the Defined Contribution Plan (the “default
election”).
(b) All Employees who were otherwise eligible for pension benefits who have an
Employment or Reemployment Commencement Date on or after November 1,
2004 and had experienced a Break in Service, were eligible to become Participants
in either Schedule C or the Defined Contribution Plan. Each such Employee shall
make a one-time, irrevocable election at the time and in the manner determined by
the County. If the Participant elects to participate in Schedule C, the amount of his
Credited Service shall be adjusted in Schedule C to an amount necessary to provide
an Accrued Benefit on the Participant‟s Reemployment Commencement Date
under Schedule C that is equivalent (in dollar amount) to the Accrued Benefit under
the Employer‟s Plan in which the Employee was a Participant as of the date of the
Participant‟s most recent Termination of Employment prior to November 1, 2004.
(c) All Employees who are otherwise eligible for pension benefits who have a
Reemployment Commencement Date on or after November 1, 2004 but prior to
January 1, 2007 without experiencing a Break in Service, shall be entitled to enter:
(i) Schedule A if the Participant was previously in the Pre-Amended Pension
Plan immediately preceding his most recent Termination of Employment;
or
(ii) Schedule B if the Participant was previously in the 1995 Amended Pension
Plan immediately preceding his most recent Termination of Employment;
provided however, upon reemployment, the Employee shall also be
provided the opportunity to elect to become a Participant in the Defined
Contribution Plan or Schedule C.
18
2.04 Transition Rules
(a) The Transition Period for each Employee who, as of October 31, 2004, was a
Participant in the Defined Contribution Plan and who elected to become a
Participant in Schedule C of the ACCG Plan shall be three (3) years with an
Employer Pick Up contribution rate of 7.25% of Compensation. At the option of
the Participant, in lieu of any Transition Period, the Participant shall make a lump
sum contribution to fund the benefits under Schedule C, equal to 3.75% of the
Participant‟s Compensation (as defined under Schedule C) in calendar years 2001,
2002 and 2003. If such Employee was previously a Participant in the ACCG Plan
and elected to transfer to the Defined Contribution Plan, the Participant shall also
be required to remit an amount equal to:
(i) the lump sum benefit transferred from the ACCG Plan to the Defined
Contribution Plan at the time of such transfer, and
(ii) the Employer Pick-Up contributions at an annual contribution rate of 3.50%
made by the Participant during the period of his participation in the Defined
Contribution Plan, and
(iii) the Employer contributions made to the Defined Contribution Plan on
behalf of the Participant during the period of his participation in the Defined
Contribution Plan, and
(iv) interest, at an annually compounded rate of 5%, on:
A. the previously transferred lump sum benefit specified in (i) above
for the period beginning at the initial transfer date and ending on
October 31, 2004, and
B. the Employer Pick-Up contributions specified in (ii) above and the
Employer contributions specified in (iii) above for the period
beginning with the initial date of participation in the Defined
Contribution Plan and ending on October 31, 2004.
(b) The Transition Period for each Employee who, as of October 31, 2004, was a
Participant in the ACCG Plan under the Pre-amended Pension Plan formula and
who elected to become a Participant in Schedule B shall be five (5) years with an
Employer Pick-Up contribution rate equal to 7.50% of Compensation. At the
option of the Participant, in lieu of any Transition Period, the Participant shall make
a lump sum contribution, equal to 3.50% of the Participant‟s Compensation in
calendar years 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003.
(c) The Transition Period for each Employee who, as of October 31, 2004, was a
Participant in the ACCG Plan‟s Pre-amended Pension Plan and who elects to
become a Participant in Schedule C shall be five (5) years with an Employer
Pick-Up contribution rate equal to 10.75% of Compensation. At the option of the
Participant, in lieu of any Transition Period, the Participant shall make:
19
(i) a lump sum contribution equal to 3.50% of the Participant‟s Compensation
in calendar years 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, and
(ii) a lump sum contribution, equal to 3.75% of the Participant‟s Compensation
in calendar years 2001, 2002, and 2003.
(d) The Transition Period for each Employee who, as of October 31, 2004, was a
Participant in the ACCG Plan‟s 1995 Amended Pension Plan formula and who
elects to become a Participant in Plan C shall be three (3) years with an Employer
Pick-Up contribution rate equal to 7.25% of Compensation. At the option of the
Participant, in lieu of any Transition Period, the Participant shall make a lump sum
contribution to Plan C, equal to 3.75% of the Participant‟s Compensation (as
defined under Plan C) in calendar years 2001, 2002 and 2003.
(e) If a Participant Terminates Employment prior to completing the applicable
Transition Period as specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) above, the Participant
shall make, at least forty-five (45) days before his Benefit Commencement Date,
the applicable lump sum contribution specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) above
reduced pro-rata for each completed month the Participant has made the required
Employer Pick-up Contributions during the applicable Transition Period (the
„“adjusted lump sum contribution‟”).
(f) If a Participant Terminates Employment prior to completing the applicable
Transition Period as specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) above and does not
make the adjusted lump sum contribution as specified in paragraph (e) above, the
Participant shall be deemed to have made the default election as specified in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section II above. All Employer Pick-Up contributions
made by the Employee to the ACCG Plan and this Plan during the Transition
Period in excess of the required Employer Pick-Up contributions for the default
election Plan shall be refunded to the Participant pursuant to Article IV of the Plan.
(g) All lump sum benefits repaid as specified in paragraph (a), lump sum contributions
made in lieu of completing the Transition Period and interest on such benefits and
contributions shall not be considered Accumulated Employee Contributions and
are not subject to the refund provisions for Participant Contribution Accounts under
Article IV of the Plan.
(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Employee hired on
or after January 1, 2007 may become a Participant in the Plan.
20
ARTICLE III: COUNTY CONTRIBUTIONS
3.01 Amount
The County shall make the contributions required to fund the cost of the benefits provided
to Participants under this Plan. The County will make such contributions as are necessary
to fund the Plan in accordance with the policies of the Trustees, the minimum funding
standards of the Code and all applicable minimum funding standards under Georgia law.
Each contribution is contingent upon the maintenance of qualified status by the Plan for the
year with respect to which such contribution is made.
3.02 Determination of Contribution
The County shall determine the amount of any contribution to be made by it to the Trust
under the terms of the Plan. In this regard, the County may place full reliance upon all
reports, opinions, tables, valuations, and certificates the Trustees and Plan Administrator
furnish to the County.
21
ARTICLE IV: PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS
4.01 County Pick-Up Contributions
The County shall contribute to the Plan, as of each payroll period on behalf of and to the
credit of each Participant, the amount of the required Participant contribution determined
as follows:
(a) There are no Pick-up Contributions under the provisions of Schedule A.
(b) Employer Pick-up Contributions are required for Participants in Schedule B in the
amount of five and three-quarters percent (5.75%) of Compensation. The County
may amend the Plan not more than once annually to change the Contribution
Requirement, but in no event shall the Contribution Requirement exceed six and
one-half percent (6.5%).
(c) Employer Pick-up Contributions are required for Participants in Schedule C in the
amount of nine (9%) of Compensation. The County may amend the Plan not more
than once annually to change the Contribution Requirement, but in no event shall
the Contribution Requirement exceed nine percent (9%).
The contributions are mandatory and no Participant shall be entitled under any
circumstances to receive such contributions in cash in lieu of having them contributed to
the Trust by the County in accordance with the preceding sentence. Such contributions
shall be made pursuant to Section 414(h) of the Code and shall be treated as County
contributions in determining their federal income tax treatment under the Code.
Contributions made by the County on behalf of Plan Participants shall be included in the
Compensation of such individuals when determining their Accrued Benefits and except as
otherwise provided above, such contributions shall be treated as Participant contributions
credited to his Participant Contribution Account and 100% vested for all purposes under
the Plan.
4.02 Earnings on Accumulated Employee Contributions
The Accumulated Employee Contributions will be credited with interest at the rate of five
percent (5%) compounded annually. Interest begins on the first day of the first month of
the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year for which such contributions are
credited and ends on the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which
the Participant withdraws his Participant Contribution Account from the Plan or the
Participant Contribution Account is otherwise distributed.
4.03 Refund of Participant Contribution Account
A Participant or Beneficiary shall receive a refund or withdrawal of his Participant
Contribution Account if:
22
(a) the Participant Terminates Employment and, at the time of such Termination, does
not have sufficient Vesting Service to qualify for a Non-forfeitable Accrued
Benefit in accordance with the Vesting Schedule specified in Section 5.05(b);
(b) the Participant or Beneficiary is receiving benefits under the Plan and dies before
receiving Pension benefit payments in an amount equal to or greater than the
Participant Contribution Account, and no additional Pension benefits are due. In
this case, the Beneficiary (or estate, if no Beneficiary) shall receive the amount
remaining in the Participant Contribution Account, plus interest;
(c) the Participant Terminates Employment and, at the time of such Termination,
requests the refund of his Participant Contribution Account in lieu of retaining an
Accrued Benefit if such Participant was hired after April 1, 1995 and participated in
the contributory ACCG Plan;
(d) the Participant dies before receiving any benefits under the Plan and the present
value of the accrued death benefits as of the Participant‟s date of death, which are
payable to the Beneficiary, are equal to or less than the Participant Contribution
Account. In his case, the Beneficiary (or estate, if no Beneficiary) shall receive the
amount remaining in the Participant Contribution Account plus interest, and no
additional death benefits will be paid; or
(e) the Participant‟s Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit is subject to distribution under
Section 5.03(c) or 6.03(c) of the Plan.
Distribution of the Participant Contribution Account shall be made only in a lump sum and
for no less than 100% of the Participant Contribution Account. Upon distribution of the
Participant Contribution Account, the Participant or Beneficiary shall have no Accrued
Benefit under the Plan, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.04 of the Plan.
4.04 Repayment of Participant Contribution Account
(a) Participants who terminated employment with the County between January 1, 2006
and December 31, 2006 and are rehired in calendar year 2007 without a break in
service may have their Credited Service and any previous Accrued Benefit restored
by repaying the Trustee the entire amount of such refund plus interest at a rate of
five percent (5%) compounded annually. Interest shall begin on the first day of the
month following the month of the previously refunded Participant Contribution
Account and shall end on the last day of the month preceding such repayment. The
Plan may accept any such repayment directly from the Participant or through a
plan-to-plan transfer from any other qualified retirement plan, a Section 401(k)
plan, a Section 457 plan or a Section 403(b) tax sheltered annuity. The minimum
payment amount shall be 100% plus interest, and such repayment must be made
within ninety (90) days of the Participant‟s Reemployment Commencement Date.
(b) Employees who terminate employment on or after January 1, 2007 shall not be
eligible to reenter the Plan.
23
(c) A Participant who is reemployed with the County after December 31, 2006 after
receiving a refund of his Participant Contribution Account shall not be eligible to
reenter the Plan, restore his benefit in the Plan or pay back any refunds of
contributions.
4.05 USERRA Contributions
To the extent and in the manner required under USERRA, a Participant who is absent from
employment for qualified military service and returns to employment with the Employer
shall be permitted to make up Employer Pick-up Contributions to the Plan with respect to
such period of qualified military service, and the Employer shall make any County
contributions required to be made under USERRA on behalf of such Employee for the
period of qualified military service, based on the contribution rates in effect for the Plan
Year(s) in which the Participant was in qualified military service. The Participant shall
designate the plan year(s) to which Employer Pick-up Contributions made-up by such
Participant relate. Such contributions may be made during the period beginning with his
Reemployment Commencement Date and ending on a date which is no later than three (3)
times the duration of his qualified military service, but in no event later than five (5) years.
In the event any Employer Pick-up Contributions are made pursuant to this Section, the
Participant shall not be entitled to retroactive earnings on such contributions. No such
payment shall exceed the amount the Participant would have been required to contribute
had the Participant remained continuously employed by the Employer throughout the
period of qualified military service.
24
ARTICLE V: NORMAL AND LATE RETIREMENT PENSION
5.01 Normal or Late Retirement Pension
A Participant who satisfies the eligibility criteria for a Normal Retirement Pension
specified in Section 1.37 and who retires on his Normal Retirement Date shall receive a
Normal Retirement Pension. A Participant who remains an Employee after his Normal
Retirement Date and who subsequently Retires shall receive a Late Retirement Pension.
5.02 Amount of Normal or Late Retirement Pension
Subject to the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitations in Section 11.11 of the Plan and to
the form of benefit, a Participant‟s Normal Retirement Pension shall equal his
Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit and a Participant‟s Late Retirement Pension shall equal
the Actuarial Equivalent of his Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit as of the date of his
Termination of Employment. The accrued benefitAccrued Benefit is calculated based on
serviceCredited Service and Average Monthly Compensation at the Participant‟s Date of
Termination.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Participant who has service as an elected
official described in 1.24(c)(iii) or 1.24(c)(iv) whose Compensation does not include that
portion of his salary as defined in O.C.G.A. § 47-23-100 which is used for purposes of
mandatory participation in a State or federal retirement pension plan pursuant to O.C.G.A.
§ 47-23-101, such Participant‟s Accrued Benefit shall be the greater of the following:
(a) the Accrued Benefit calculated based on the Participant‟s Credited Service and
Average Monthly Compensation; or
(b) the Accrued Benefit calculated using the Participant‟s Credited Service and
Average Monthly Compensation, excluding any Credited Service and
Compensation earned while the Participant was an elected official;
plus,
the Accrued Benefit calculated for the period the Participant is an elected official
using the Participant‟s Credited Service and Average Monthly Compensation
earned while the Participant was an elected official.
5.03 Computation and Payment of Normal or Late Retirement Pension
(a) Computations
The Normal or Late Pension shall be computed by the Plan Administrator in the
normal form of benefit under Section 9.01 and any eligible optional forms of
benefit as provided in Section 9.02.
(b) Payments
Payments shall be in accordance with Section 9.04 of the Plan.
25
Payments shall begin no earlier than a Participant‟s Normal Retirement Date and
begin no later than the date specified in Section 9.04 of the Plan. Between the dates
a Participant is first eligible to receive his Normal or Late Retirement Pension and
the Mandatory Commencement Date specified in Section 10.04, a Participant shall
notify the Plan Administrator of his Benefit Payment Date and select the annuity
option in a format provided by the Plan Administrator. If a Participant fails to
designate a Benefit Payment Date and form of benefit, then the Trustee shall
commence payment in accordance with Article IX of the Plan after the
Participant‟s Normal Retirement Date and the pension benefit shall be paid in the
normal form.
Payments from an annuity form of benefit shall continue until the last scheduled
payment coincident with or immediately preceding the date of the Participant‟s
death or, if applicable, the date of his Beneficiary‟s death.
(c) Involuntary Lump Sum Payment of Normal or Late Retirement Pension
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) a lump sum payment shall
be made for a Normal or Late Retirement Pension to Participants, without the
Participant‟s consent, if the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant‟s
Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit is less than $10,000.
If such a lump sum payment is made, the Participant shall not be entitled to any
other pension benefit under the Plan.
However, effective January 1, 2006, if the mandatory distribution is greater than
$1,000 and the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to
an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to
receive the distribution directly, then the Plan Administrator will pay the
distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the
Plan Administrator.
5.04 Late Retirement
Except as provided in Sections 9.05 and 9.06, a Participant shall receive Credited Service
for Service completed after his Normal Retirement Date, until his subsequent Termination
of Employment.
5.05 Vesting Schedule
(a) A Participant‟s Accrued Benefit derived from County contributions shall be one
hundred percent (100%) Non-forfeitable:
(i) on and after his Normal Retirement Date (if employed on or after that date),
(ii) if his employment Terminates as a result of death or Disability, or,
26
(iii) if there is a complete or partial termination of the Plan, or a complete
discontinuance of contributions, but in either situation only to the extent the
benefits are funded.
(b) Participants other than those to which paragraph (a) above applies shall receive a
Non-forfeitable percentage of their Accrued Benefits derived from County
contributions according to one of the following schedules:
(i) Participants accruing benefits under Schedule A or Schedule B: A
Participant with less than three (3) years of Vesting Service shall be zero
percent (0 %) vested in his accrued Benefit; a Participant with three (3) or
more years of Vesting Service shall be 100% vested in his Accrued Benefit.
(ii) Participants accruing benefits under Schedule C:
(1) Participants having an Employment or Reemployment
Commencement Date prior to November 1, 2004 with less than 3
years of Vesting Service shall be 0% vested in their Accrued
Benefit; such Participants with 3 or more years of Vesting Service
shall be 100% vested in their Accrued Benefit.
(2) Participants having an Employment or Reemployment
Commencement Date on or after November 1, 2004 with less than 5
years of Vesting Service shall be 0% vested in their Accrued
Benefit; such Participants with 5 or more years of Vesting Service
shall be 100% vested in their Accrued Benefit.
27
ARTICLE VI: EARLY RETIREMENT PENSION
6.01 Eligibility for Early Retirement Pension
A Participant who meets the eligibility criteria for an Unreduced Early Retirement Pension
or a Reduced Early Retirement Pension and who vests and eligible for a benefit on or after
his Early Retirement Date but before his Normal Retirement Date shall receive an Early
Retirement Pension.
6.02 Amount of Early Retirement Pension
Subject to the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitations of Section 11.11 of the Plan, an
Unreduced Early Retirement Pension shall equal the Participant‟s Non-forfeitable Accrued
Benefit as of the date of his Termination of Employment; a Reduced Early Retirement
Pension shall equal the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant‟s Non-forfeitable Accrued
Benefit as of the date of his Termination of Employment.
6.03 Computation and Payment of Early Retirement Pension
(a) Computations
The Early Retirement Pension shall be computed by the Plan Administrator in the
normal form of benefit under Section 9.01 and any optional forms of benefits under
Section 9.02.
(b) Payments
Payments shall be in accordance with Section 9.04 of the Plan.
Payments shall begin no earlier than his Early Retirement Date and begin no later
than the date specified in Section 9.04 of the Plan. Between the dates a Participant
is first eligible to receive his Early Retirement Pension and the Mandatory
Commencement Date specified in Section 9.04(a)(i) of the Plan, a Participant shall
designate his Benefit Commencement Date and select an annuity option. If a
Participant fails to designate a Benefit Commencement Date, then the Trustee shall
commence payment in accordance with Section 9.04 of the Plan after the
Participant‟s Normal Retirement Date.
Payments for an annuity form of benefit shall continue until the last scheduled
payment coincident with or immediately preceding the date of the Participant‟s
death or, if applicable, the date of his Beneficiary‟s death.
(c) Involuntary Lump Sum Payment of an Early Retirement Pension
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) a lump sum payment shall
be made for an Unreduced Early Retirement Pension or a Reduced Early
Retirement Pension to Participants, without the Participant‟s consent, if the lump
sum Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant‟s Nonforfeitable Present Value of his
28
Accrued Benefit is less than $10,000. No involuntary lump sum payment shall be
allowed for Unreduced Early Retirement Pension if the Participant‟s
Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit is equal to or greater than $10,000.
If such a lump sum payment is made, the Participant shall not be entitled to any
other pension benefits under the Plan.
However, if the mandatory distribution is greater than $1,000 and the Participant
does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan
specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution
directly, then the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to
an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator.
6.04 Limited Offering of Early Retirement Pension Under Alternative Eligibility
Requirements
The County may provide for different eligibility requirements for an Early Retirement
Pension as part of a bona fide retirement incentive program.
Changes in eligibility requirements granted under this Section shall be evidenced in
writing in an amendment to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article XV.
29
ARTICLE VII: DISABILITY PENSION
7.01 Offering of Disability Pension
A Participant who, prior to satisfying the requirements for a Normal, Early or Reduced
Retirement Pension, shall be entitled to receive a Disability Pension if (a) the Participant
has completed ten (10) years of full-time service and (b) is determined to be totally
disabled by the Social Security Administration. The date the Participant is determined to
be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration (“SSA”) must be prior to the
Participant‟s Termination of Employment.
7.02 Amount of Disability Pension
Subject to the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitations of Section 11.11 of the Plan, a
Participant who is entitled to a Disability Pension shall be entitled to 100% of his Normal
Retirement Pension adjusted to reflect the Participant‟s Average Monthly Compensation
and Credited Service as of the date of Disability.
7.03 Computation and Payment of Disability Pension
(a) Computations
The Disability Pension shall be computed by the Plan Administrator in the normal
form of benefit under Section 9.01 and any optional forms of benefits under Section
9.02.
(b) Payments
Payments shall be in accordance with Section 9.04 of the Plan.
Payments shall begin no earlier than the date the Participant begins receiving
payments under Social Security.
Payments for an annuity form of benefit shall continue until earlier of:
(i) the date the Participant is no longer Disabled,
(ii) the Participant‟s Normal Retirement Date, or
(iii) the date of the Participant‟s death.
If the payments continue until the Participant‟s Normal Retirement Date, the
Participant shall thereafter begin receiving a Normal Retirement Pension in
accordance with the provisions of Article V without the necessity of notifying the
Plan Administrator.
30
7.04 Recovery from Disability
If a Participant recovers from Disability and is reemployed as an Employee under the Plan,
the Participant‟s Credited Service shall be restored up to the Benefit Commencement Date
of his Disability Pension. Provided the Participant has not incurred an one-year Break in
Service and he returns on or before December 31, 2007, he shall be eligible to participate in
the Plan and to accrue benefits under the Schedule in the Plan in which he was participating
on his most recent Severance from Service Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
Participant returning from Disability who was participating in Schedule B may elect to
participate in Schedule C, provided he complies with the Transition Rules of Section
2.05(d). Alternatively, a Participant who recovers from a Disability and is reemployed on
or before December 31, 2007, could elect to participate in the Defined Contribution Plan,
provided he meets all of the requirements applicable to participate in the plan. An
Employee who recovers from Disability and is reemployed as an Employee after
December 31, 2007 shall not be eligible to continue to accrue benefits under the Plan. Such
Employee would be entitled to participate in the Defined Contribution Plan, and his
benefits under this Plan shall be calculated based on service up to the time of Disability.
7.05 Continuing Evidence of Total Disability
The Plan Administrator may require a Participant to submit evidence of his continued
eligibility for total disability benefits from SSA at any time he is receiving a Disability
Pension. The Plan Administrator may not require furnishing of such evidence more
frequently than once every six (6) months. In the event that a Disabled Participant refuses
or fails to submit evidence of his continued disability from SSA when requested by the
Plan Administrator, the Trustee, upon written notice from the Plan Administrator, shall
discontinue the Disabled Participant‟s Disability Pension until the Participant does submit
satisfactory evidence of his continued total Disability from SSA.
7.06 Ceasing Eligibility for Social Security Disability
A Participant who ceases to be eligible for Social Security disability benefits must notify
the Plan Administrator of this fact within thirty (30) days of the date he is notified that he is
no longer entitled to Social Security benefits. Disability Pension payments will cease the
first of the month following the month in which the Social Security Disability benefits end.
A Participant who fails to notify the Plan Administrator that he is no longer entitled to
Social Security disability benefits must repay all Disability Pension payments he received
after his failure to notify before he will be entitled to receive any further benefits under the
Plan. The Plan Administrator may use all reasonable means to recover payments of
Disability Pension benefits made to a Participant after the Participant‟s failure to notify.
31
ARTICLE VIII: DEATH BENEFITS
8.01 Pre-Retirement Death Benefit
If a Participant dies while an Employee of the County, the Plan provides a lifetime
pre-retirement survivor annuity which provides a monthly benefit equal to 50% of the
Participant‟s Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit determined as of the date of the Participant‟s
death, payable over the lifetime of the spouse. If the Participant is not married at the time
of death, the Participant‟s dependent children (if any) will receive the same benefit in total,
payable to their legal guardian, until the children reach age 18 at which time the benefit
shall cease. If the Participant is not married and has no dependent children at the time of
death, the Participant‟s estate will receive a refund of the Participant‟s contributions plus
interest, if applicable.
If the computation of Participant‟s Pension benefit exceeds the Maximum Permissible
Dollar Limitation, as defined in Section 11.11 of the Plan, and the Participant dies, the
designated Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a benefit equal to 100% of the
Participant‟s Accrued Benefit as of the date of his death, paid over the Beneficiary‟s life or
over a period no greater than the Beneficiary‟s life expectancy.
8.02 Post Retirement Death Benefit
If a Participant dies after he Retires or while receiving an Early, Reduced, Normal or Late
Retirement Pension, his Beneficiary may receive a Post-Retirement death benefit which
shall be payable in a lump sum as follows:
(a) If the monthly benefit was less than $100, the Post Retirement Death Benefit is
equal to $5,000.
(b) If the monthly benefit was $100 or greater but less than $300, the Post Retirement
Death Benefit is equal to $10,000.
(c) If the monthly benefit was $300 or more, the Post Retirement Death Benefit is
equal to $15,000.
8.03 Disability Death Benefit
If a Participant dies while receiving a Disability Pension and prior to reaching Normal
Retirement Age, his Beneficiary shall receive fifty percent (50%) of his monthly benefit at
the time of death payable for 120 months.
8.04 Deferred Vested Pension Death Benefit
If a terminated Participant has at least ten (10) years of Service and dies prior to his Benefit
Commencement Date, his spouse shall receive fifty percent (50%) of his Nonforfeitable
Accrued Benefit as of the date of his termination of employment payable over a period of
one hundred twenty (120) months not to exceed the limits under Section 8.05. If he is not
married at the time of death, the benefit will be payable to his dependent children under the
32
age or 18. If there is no spouse or dependent children, the estate or Beneficiary will receive
a refund of the Participant‟s contributions plus interest, if applicable.
8.05 Incidental Death Benefit
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, death benefits may not be paid in
excess of one hundred percent (100%) of the present value of the Participant‟s Projected
Accrued Benefit. For purposes of this section the Participants “Projected Accrued Benefit”
means the monthly benefit that would be payable to the Participant commencing at Normal
Retirement Age, assuming the Participant‟s Average Monthly Compensation equals his
Average Monthly Compensation as of the end of the calendar year preceding the
calculation date and assuming the Participant remains continuously employed by the
Employer until his Normal Retirement Date.
8.06 Death Benefits Under USERRA
Effective January 1, 2007, in case of a Participant who dies while performing “qualified
military service” (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(5)), the survivors of the Participant
are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of
qualified military service) provided under the Plan, if any, had the Participant resumed and
then Terminated Employment on account of death.
33
ARTICLE IX: PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT - OPTIONAL FORMS OF
PAYMENT
9.01 Normal Form of Benefit
The normal form at benefit distribution shall be a straight life annuity continuing for the
life of the Participant, with no benefit payable following the Participant‟s date of death.
Subject to the limitations of Section 11.11 of the Plan, if the Participant selects another
form of benefit, the Participant shall receive the Actuarial Equivalent of his
Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit payable at Normal Retirement Date, determined as of the
Benefit Commencement Date.
9.02 Optional Forms of Benefit
The following optional forms of benefit distributions may be elected in lieu of the normal
form of benefit distribution described in Section 9.01 of the Plan. The Participant may
select in writing one of the permitted optional forms of benefit prior to his Benefit
Commencement Date. A Participant may revoke a previous selection and make a new
selection at any time prior to his Benefit Commencement Date. A Participant may not
revoke the form of benefit after his Benefit Commencement Date. Furthermore, a
Participant may not change his Beneficiary after his Benefit Commencement Date unless
his form of benefit is a 10 Years Certain and Life Annuity.
The optional forms of benefit permitted under the Plan are:
(a) A 10 Years Certain and Life Annuity, (payable for the life of the Participant,
guaranteed for at least ten (10) years);
(b) A Full Contingent (100% Joint and Survivor) Annuity, (payable for the life of the
Participant, and the same monthly amount payable for the life of the Beneficiary
following the death of the Participant);
(c) A Three-quarters Contingent (75% Joint and Survivor) Annuity, (payable for the
life of the Participant and three-quarters the monthly amount payable for the life of
the Beneficiary following the death of the Participant);
(d) A Two-thirds Contingent (66 2/3% Joint and Survivor) Annuity, (payable for the
life of the Participant, and two-thirds the monthly amount payable for the life of the
Beneficiary following the death of the Participant);
(e) A One-half Contingent (50% Joint and Survivor) Annuity, (payable for the life of
the Participant, and one-half the monthly amount payable for the life of the
Beneficiary following the death of the Participant);
(f) A Pop Up Contingent Annuity, (if the Participant selects either a Full Contingent,
Three-quarters Contingent, Two-thirds Contingent or One-half Contingent option
form of the distribution as provided in this Section above, and the Beneficiary
predeceases the Participant, the Participant‟s monthly benefit will be increased to
34
his Accrued Benefit under the Normal Form of Distribution (including any
adjustments after his Benefit Commencement Date) for the remainder of this
lifetime); or
(g) A Lump Sum Distribution, (payable in a lump sum if, at the time of the distribution,
the present value of the Participant‟s Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit is less than
or equal to ten thousand ($10,000) dollars).
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, death benefits may not be paid in
excess of one hundred percent (100%) of the present value of the Participant‟s Projected
Accrued Benefit. For purposes of this section the Participant‟s “Projected Accrued
Benefit” means the monthly benefit that would be payable to the Participant commencing
at Normal Retirement Age including any adjustments made after the Participant‟s Benefit
Commencement Date, assuming the Participant‟s Average Monthly Compensation equals
his Average Monthly Compensation as of the end of the calendar year preceding the
calculation date and assuming the Participant remains continuously employed by the
County until his Normal Retirement Date.
9.03 Cost of Living Adjustment
Participants who Retire will receive a cost of living increase as follows:
(a) Schedule A: There is no cost of living adjustment for benefits provided under
Schedule A.
(b) Schedule B or C: A Participant receiving retirement, disability pension, survivor or
deferred vested benefits under the provisions of any of the Employee Contributory
Plans (Amended, Schedule B or C) shall be entitled to a cost of living adjustment of
his benefit in the amount of one percent (1%) per year. This fixed rate shall be
applied to benefits at the beginning of each Plan Year.
9.04 Commencement of Benefits/Payment Schedules
(a) Benefit Commencement Date for Normal Retirement Pension
A Participant‟s Benefit Commencement Date for his Normal Retirement Pension
shall be no later than sixty (60) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the
Participant attains his Normal Retirement Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no payments of a Participant‟s Normal Retirement
Pension under this Section 9.04(a) shall begin until the Participant submits a
distribution request on a form provided by the Plan Administrator specifying his
Benefit Payment Date. If a Participant Retires but does not submit a distribution
request form prior to the Benefit Commencement Date specified in Section 9.04(a),
payments will begin within sixty (60) days of the date he submits such request, and
the Plan will pay the Participant a lump sum equal to the sum of the payments the
Participant would have received had he received payments from his Benefit
35
Commencement Date specified in Section 9.04(a) to his Benefit Payment Date. No
earnings or interest shall accrue on the lump sum distribution.
(b) Benefit Commencement Date for Early Retirement Pension Benefits
The Benefit Commencement Date for Early Retirement Pension Benefits shall be
no later than sixty (60) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant
attains his Early Retirement Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no payments of a Participant‟s Early Retirement
Pension under this Section 9.04(b) shall begin until the Participant submits a
distribution request on a form provided by the Plan Administrator specifying his
Benefit Payment Date. If a Participant Retires and is entitled to an Unreduced
Early Retirement Pension, but does not submit a distribution request form prior to
the Benefit Commencement Date specified in Section 9.04(b), payments will begin
within sixty (60) days of the date he submits such request, and the Plan will pay the
Participant a lump sum equal to the sum of the payments the Participant would have
received had he received payments from the date he was first eligible to receive an
Unreduced Early Retirement Pension to his Benefit Payment Date. No earnings or
interest shall accrue on the lump sum distribution.
(c) Benefit Commencement Date for Disability Pension Benefits
The Trustee shall commence payment of the Participant‟s Disability Pension no
earlier than the date the Participant starts receiving payments under Social Security
unless an earlier date is required under Code Section 401(a)(9). A Participant must
submit such information as the Plan Administrator may require for the Plan
Administrator to determine his Benefit Commencement Date.
(d) Benefit Payments to Beneficiaries After Participant‟s Death
(i) If Pension benefit payments begin prior to the Participant‟s death, the
remaining Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit will be distributed to his
Beneficiary in the form elected by the Participant.
(ii) If the Participant dies after application to the Plan Administrator for the
commencement of benefits but prior to the Benefit Commencement Date,
the Participant‟s Beneficiary shall receive the Participant‟s remaining
Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit in the form elected by the Participant. In
the event a Participant chooses a straight life annuity, the Plan shall remit
Employee Contributions plus earnings as soon as administratively feasible
following the Participant‟s death.
(iii) If the Participant dies before his Benefit Commencement Date the
following rules apply:
A. If the Participant‟s Spouse is his sole Beneficiary, distribution must
begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following
36
the calendar year in which the Participant dies or by December 31 of
the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age
70½, if later.
B. If the Participant‟s Spouse is not the sole Beneficiary, then
distribution must begin by December 31 of the calendar year
immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant
dies.
C. If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year
following the year of the Participant‟s death, the Participant‟s entire
interest must be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year
containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant‟s death.
(iv) The Beneficiary shall submit a distribution request on a form provided by
the Plan Administrator.
(e) Conformance to Section 401(a)(9)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant‟s latest Benefit Commencement Date
for his Pension shall be the first day of April in the calendar year following the later
of:
(i) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2, or
(ii) the calendar year in which the Participant Terminates Employment.
If a Participant Retires but does not submit a distribution request form prior to the
Benefit Commencement Date specified in this Section 9.04(e), payments will
begin, as required by Code Section 401(a)(9), no later than the Benefit
Commencement Date specified in this Section 9.04(e), and the Plan will pay the
Participant a lump sum equal to the sum of the payments the Participant would have
received had he received payments from the date he was first eligible to receive a
Normal Retirement Pension or an Unreduced Early Retirement Pension, whichever
is earlier, to his Benefit Payment Date. No earnings or interest shall accrue on the
lump sum distribution.
All distributions will be made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9),
including the incidental death benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G),
Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, and any other
provisions reflecting the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and prescribed by
the Internal Revenue Service. The terms of the Plan reflecting the requirements of
Code Section 401(a)(9) shall override the distribution options (if any) in the Plan
which are inconsistent with those requirements.
37
(f) Mandatory Commencement of Benefits After Participant Election
All benefit payments will begin within sixty (60) days of the date elected by the
Participant, if such date is earlier than any of the aforementioned dates in this
Section 9.04.
9.05 Continued Employment After Normal Retirement
A Participant who continues employment or is re-employed prior to 12-31-2006 as an
Employee after reaching his Normal Retirement Date may not receive his Accrued Benefit
in any form available under the Plan while employed by the County. A Participant who is
re-employed after 12-31-2006 may receive his benefit as a retiree and upon his
reemployment continue to receive his benefit, and upon meeting the eligibility to the
Defined Contribution Plan participate in the Defined Contribution Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant (i) attained age 70-1/2 before January 1,
1999, (ii) is an active Employee, and (iii) is receiving payments under the Plan, the
Participant may continue to receive Plan payments or may elect to defer the receipt of Plan
payments until the Participant Retires from service with the County.
9.06 Repayment of Lump Sum Pension
The provisions of this Section 9.06 apply only to Employees who terminated employment
with the County prior to January 1, 2007 under the provisions of the ACCG Plan.
(a) A Participant who is reemployed prior to January 1, 2007 with the County after
receiving a lump sum payment of his Deferred Vested, Early, Normal or Late
Pension shall have his Eligibility and Vesting Service restored in accordance with
Section 10.02 of the Plan, but shall not have his Credited Service restored unless
the Participant repays the previous lump sum payment as specified in paragraph (b)
of this Section.
(b) A Participant who is reemployed with the County after receiving a lump sum
Pension payment shall have his Credited Service and his Non-forfeitable Accrued
Benefits restored by repaying the Trustee the entire amount of the lump sum
payment plus interest at a rate of five percent (5%) compounded annually within
ninety (90) days of the Participant‟s Reemployment Commencement Date. Interest
shall begin on the first day of the month following the month of the lump sum
cash-out payment and shall end on the last day of the month preceding the
repayment of the lump sum cash out and interest.
(c) The Plan may accept any such repayment directly from the Participant or through a
plan-to-plan transfer from any other qualified retirement plan, Section 401(k) plan,
Section 457 plan or Section 403(b) tax sheltered annuity.
38
9.07 Reemployment of Retired Participant
(a) A former Participant who has Retired and commenced receiving his Accrued
Benefit and thereafter returns to employment after January 1, 2007 as an Employee
shall be entitled to
(i) Continue to receive his pension benefit while working for the County;
(ii) Participate in the Defined Contribution Plan.
(b) A former Participant who has Retired, commenced receiving his Accrued Benefit
and thereafter returns to employment as an Employee on or before December 31,
2006 shall be eligible to reenter the Plan under the Schedule from which he retired.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Participants who retired under the Schedule B
prior to November 1, 2004, may reenter the Plan under either Schedule B or
Schedule C. Should such Participant reenter the Plan under Schedule C, his benefit
will be subject to three (3) year cliff vesting or, in lieu of vesting, he may pay a
three year transition amount in accordance with Section 2.04.
(c) Any Participant who retires on or after January 1, 2007, shall not be entitled to
reenter the Plan upon subsequent reemployment.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who has Retired, commenced
receiving his Accrued Benefit, and thereafter is re-employed by the County after
August 8, 2009, shall be entitled to continue to receive his pension benefit while
working for the County, provided that such Participant performs no more than
1,040 Hours of Service in any calendar year. If such a Participant performs more
than 1,040 Hours of Service in a calendar year, the Participant‟s pension benefits
shall be suspended for the remaining portion of the calendar year beginning on the
first day of the month following the month in which his Hours of Service exceed
1,040. The payment of retirement benefits following the suspension shall resume
the beginning of the next calendar year in the same form and amount previously
made to the Participant prior to such suspension.
9.08 Rollovers
(a) General Rule
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise
limit a Distributee‟s election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time
and in the manner prescribed by the Trustees or Plan Administrator, to have any
portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement
Plan specified by the Distributee, in a direct rollover.
39
(b) Definitions
(i) Eligible Rollover Distribution
An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of
the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover
Distribution does not include (A) any distribution that is one of a series of
substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually)
made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or
joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee‟s designated
Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more; (B) any
distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section
401(a)(9); and (C) the portion of any distribution that is a hardship
distribution under Code Section 401(k). A Distributee may not elect a
direct rollover with respect to an Eligible Rollover Distribution during the
Plan Year that is less than $200. If the Distributee elects to have only a
portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid to an Eligible Retirement
Plan, that portion must be equal to at least $500. A portion of a distribution
shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the
portion consists of after-tax employee contributions, which are not
includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only
to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section
408(a) or (b) or to a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a) or to an
annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) that agrees to separately
account for amounts so transferred (and earnings thereon), including
separately accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includible
in gross income and the portion that is not.
(ii) Eligible Retirement Plan
An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described
in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code
Section 408(b) (other than an endowment contract), an annuity plan
described in Code Section 403(a), a qualified trust described in Code
Section 401(a), an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) that
accepts the Distributee‟s Eligible Rollover Distribution, an eligible plan
under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political
subdivision, or agency or instrumentality of a state and which agrees to
separately account for amounts transferred to such plan from this Plan, and
effective January 1, 2008, to the extent permitted and in accordance with
the rules applicable under Code Section 408A, a Roth individual retirement
account described in Code Section 408A. If any portion of an Eligible
Rollover Distribution is attributable to payments or distributions from a
designated Roth account (as defined in Code Section 402A), an Eligible
Retirement Plan with respect to such portion shall include only another
designated Roth account and a Roth IRA.
40
(iii) Distributee
A „“Distributee‟” includes a Participant or Inactive Participant. In addition,
the Participant‟s surviving Spouse and the Participant‟s Spouse or former
Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are Distributees with regard to the
interest of the Spouse or former Spouse. Effective for distributions made on
and after January 1, 2010, a non-spouse Beneficiary of a deceased
Participant who is either an individual or an irrevocable trust, where the
beneficiaries of such trust are identifiable and the trustee provides the Plan
Administrator with a final list of trust beneficiaries or a copy of the trust
document by October 31 of the year following the Participant‟s death, shall
be a Distributee with regard to the interest of the deceased Participant, but
only if the Eligible Rollover Distribution is transferred in a direct
trustee-to-trustee transfer to an Eligible Retirement Plan which is an
individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an
individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(b) (other than
an endowment contract).
(iv) Direct Rollover
A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan
specified by the Distributee.
41
ARTICLE X: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS AFFECTING THE CREDITING OF
SERVICE
10.01 No Disregard of Service
For purposes of computing Vesting Service under Section 5.05 of the Plan, the Plan shall
not disregard Service with respect to which a Participant has received a distribution of his
Accrued Benefit.
10.02 Service Upon Reemployment
(a) A Participant who terminated employment with the County prior to January 1, 2007
and is reemployed by the County without a consecutive one year Break in Service,
shall have all prior Credited Service, Eligibility Service, and Vesting Service
restored.
(b) If, however, a Participant who terminated employment with the County prior to
January 1, 2007 has previously received a lump sum cash out of his Participant
Contribution Account, Credited Service shall not be restored in accordance with
paragraph (a) unless the previously received lump sum cash out has been repaid in
accordance with Sections 4.04 and 9.06.
10.03 Transferred Service Credit from Certain Other Prior Employers
(a) Participants who have been previously employed with any other employer are
allowed to purchase up to five (5) years of Additional Credited Service in minimum
increments of one (1) year. The purchase of up to five years will not change the
Participant‟s Eligibility and Vesting Service.
(i) The cost of one (1) year of Additional Credited Service shall be equal to the
Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant‟s Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit as
of the date of his Termination of Employment for one (1) year of Credited
Service. Such Actuarial Equivalence shall also take into consideration the
increased value of the Credited Service resulting from and Cost of Living
Adjustment. For purposes of this paragraph, there is no Cost of Living
Adjustment applied to purchases of Additional Credited Service under
Schedule A. For purchases of Additional Credited Service under Schedules
B and C prior to January 1, 2005, there was applied a Cost of Living
Adjustment at an annualized fixed rate of one percent (1%). For purchases
of Additional Credited Service under Schedules B and C occurring on or
after January 1, 2005, there will be applied a Cost of Living Adjustment at
an annualized rate of five percent (5%).
(ii) The Participant shall indicate his desire to purchase Additional Credited
Service and the amount of such Additional Credited Service to be
purchased in writing to the County at the same time the Participant
completes his Application for Retirement. Payment by the Participant for
42
the cost of the Additional Credited Service shall be made prior to his
Benefit Commencement Date.
(iii) Payments made by Participants for Additional Credited Service shall not be
considered Accumulated Employee Contributions and are not subject to the
refund provisions for Participant Contribution Accounts under Article IV of
the Plan.
(iv) The County, as part of an employment contract with an Appointed Official,
may agree to pay for all or a portion of the cost of such Additional Credited
Service on behalf of such Appointed Official.
10.04 Credited Service Under USERRA for Contributory Plans
Credited Service shall be credited to Participants to the extent required by USERRA. To
the extent required by USERRA, the following provisions shall apply:
(a) An individual who is re-employed by the Employer under the terms of USERRA
shall not incur a Break in Service under the terms of this Plan.
(b) Upon reemployment with the Employer, a Participant‟s qualified military service is
deemed to be service with the Employer for purposes of Credited Service and
Vesting Service under the Plan. Only qualified military service for which a
Participant was discharged or separated under honorable conditions shall be
eligible to be counted as Credited Service.
(c) A Participant reemployed by the Employer under USERRA, is entitled to accrued
benefits that are contingent on the making of, or derived from, Employer Pick-up
Contributions only to the extent the Employee makes payment to the Plan with
respect to such contributions in accordance with Section 4.05 and USERRA. The
Participant must pay such contributions for the period of the qualified military
service in order to include Compensation for the time of the qualified military
service in the Participant‟s Average Monthly Compensation calculation. The
amount and timing of contributions required shall be determined in accordance
with USERRA.
43
ARTICLE XI: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS AFFECTING THE PAYMENT OF
BENEFITS
11.01 General
In general, the Trustee shall make benefit payments of any pension directly to the
Participant entitled to the payment. However, the County may request the Trustee to
purchase a Nontransferable Annuity contract to provide the benefits a Participant would
receive under this Plan. If the Trustee purchases a Nontransferable Annuity contract for the
benefit of a Participant, the Trustee may either assign the contract to the Participant or hold
the contract for the benefit of the Participant. The Trustee also may purchase a
Nontransferable Annuity contract for the benefit of a Beneficiary or a Surviving Spouse
entitled to a distribution for all or a portion of the Participant‟s Nonforfeitable Accrued
Benefit.
11.02 Suspension of Benefits
The Plan does not apply the suspension of benefits rules of Section 203(a)(3)(B) of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
11.03 Merger of Plan
Neither the County nor the Trustee shall consent to, or be a party to, any merger or
consolidation of the Plan with another plan, or to a transfer of assets or liabilities to another
plan, unless immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer, the surviving Plan
provides each Participant a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit each Participant
would have received had the Plan terminated immediately before the merger or
consolidation or transfer. However, the Trustee possesses the specific authority to enter
into a merger agreement or a direct transfer of assets agreements with the trustees of other
retirement plans described in Code Section 401(a) and to accept the direct transfer of plan
assets, or to transfer plan assets, as a party to any such agreement.
The Trustee may accept a direct transfer of plan assets on behalf of an Employee. If the
Trustee accepts such a direct transfer of plan assets, the Plan Administrator and Trustee
shall treat the Employee as a Participant for all purposes of the Plan except the Employee
may not make contributions to a Participant Contribution Account under Sections 4.01 or
4.02 of the Plan, nor shall the Employee accrue benefits, including any minimum Normal
Retirement Pension, until he actually becomes a Participant in the Plan.
11.04 Trustee-to-Trustee Transfer
Upon request by the County, and in the sole discretion of the Trustee, the County may be
permitted to amend the Plan to provide an election to Plan Participants to have all or a
portion of a Participant‟s Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit transferred directly to another
qualified retirement plan sponsored by the County. Any transfer permitted under this
Section shall be evidenced in writing in an amendment to the Plan in accordance with the
provisions of Article XV.
44
11.05 Forfeiture of Benefits
All County contributions under the Plan shall be forfeited in the manner and to the extent
provided under O.C.G.A. Section 47-1-21 through Section 47-1-24, if the Participant is
convicted of a public employment, drug related, or other covered crime.
11.06 Payments to Minors or Legally Incompetent Persons
Whenever any benefit is to be paid to or for the benefit of any person who is a minor or
determined to be incompetent by qualified medical advice, the Plan Administrator need not
require the appointment of a guardian or custodian, but may cause the benefit to be paid to
the person having custody of the minor or incompetent, or to the minor or incompetent
without the intervention of a guardian or custodian, or to the legal guardian or custodian if
one has been appointed, or may cause the benefit to be used for the benefit of the minor or
incompetent.
11.07 Unclaimed Payments
If the Plan Administrator cannot ascertain the whereabouts of any Participant to whom a
payment is due, the Plan Administrator may direct that the payment and all remaining
payments otherwise due to the Participant be cancelled on the records of the Plan and the
amount thereof treated as a forfeiture and shall be used to reduce County contributions to
the Plan. If the Participant later notifies the Plan Administrator of his whereabouts and
requests the payments due to him, the County shall contribute to the Plan an amount equal
to the payment to be paid to him as soon as administratively feasible.
11.08 Assignment or Alienation
Neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary shall anticipate, assign or alienate (either at law or
in equity) any benefit provided under the Plan, and the Trustee shall not recognize any such
anticipation, assignment or alienation, including, but not limited to, any assignment
pursuant to a domestic relations order, subject to the following exceptions (a) federal tax
liens, (b) an assignment of Plan benefits for the provision of health care premiums, or (c) a
trustee-to-trustee transfer of a Participant‟s accrued benefit in accordance with Section
11.05 of the Plan. Furthermore, a benefit under the Plan is not subject to attachment,
garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.
11.09 No Decrease in Benefits by Change in Social Security
In the case of a Participant or Beneficiary who is receiving benefits under this Plan or a
Participant who has Terminated Employment with the County and has a vested Accrued
Benefit under this Plan, any increase in the taxable wage base or the benefit level payable
under Title 11 of the Social Security Act shall not affect the way benefits are payable under
this Plan to such Participant or Beneficiary. The Plan does not permit the recalculation of
any benefits accrued before the Termination of Employment of a Participant on the basis of
changes in Social Security benefit levels or the taxable wage base in effect after
reemployment with the County.
45
11.10 Limitation on Benefit
(a) Maximum Annual Benefit.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the
amount of a Participant‟s “annual benefit” payable under the Plan, calculated as a
single-life annuity commencing between age sixty-two (62) and age sixty-five (65),
exceed the dollar limitation set forth in Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) (for purposes of
this Section, the “Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation”); provided, effective
the first day of each calendar year, the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation
($205,000 for 2013) shall be automatically adjusted by multiplying such limit by
the cost-of-living adjustment factor prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury
under Code Section 415(d) in such manner as the Secretary of the Treasury shall
prescribe. The Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation, as adjusted, shall apply to
the Limitation Year ending within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment.
Effective for Limitation Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, the
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted annually permitting an
increase in a Participant‟s periodic payments effective for payments due on or after
January 1 of the limitation year for which the increase in the limitation year is
effective. The adjusted Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation shall be equal to
the greater of the amount that would be permitted without regard to the adjustment
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Maximum Permissible
Dollar Limitation taking into account the adjustment and the denominator of which
is the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation in effect for the immediately
preceding Limitation Year. The Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation shall be
adjusted for each Limitation Year by multiplying the limitation applicable for the
immediately preceding limitation year by an annual adjustment factor, with any
result that is not a multiple of $5,000 rounded down to the next lowest multiple of
$5,000. The “annual adjustment factor” is a fraction, the numerator of which is the
value of the applicable index for the calendar quarter ending September 30 of the
calendar year preceding the calendar year for which the adjustment is being made
and the denominator of which is the value of such index for the calendar quarter
beginning July 1, 2001; provided that if the fraction determined under this sentence
is less than one (1), then such fraction shall be deemed to be equal to (1). The
“applicable index” is determined consistent with the procedures to adjust benefit
amounts under Section 215(i)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act (92 P.L. 336).
(b) Annualized Benefit.
For purposes of this Section, “annual benefit” means the benefit under the Plan
expressed on an annualized basis (exclusive of any benefit not required to be
considered for purposes of applying the limitations of Section 415 of the Code to
the Plan) payable in the form of a straight life annuity with no ancillary benefit. An
ancillary benefit is any benefit which is not directly related to retirement income
benefits, such as pre-retirement disability benefits and death benefits. If a benefit is
payable in any other form, the “annual benefit” limitation shall be applied by
46
adjusting it to the equivalent of a straight life annuity in accordance with the
regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury. For purposes of such adjustment, the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity benefit shall be equal to the greater of (i)
the equivalent annual benefit payable to the Participant commencing at the same
annuity starting date, computed using the interest rate and mortality table specified
in the first sentence of Section 1.04 (Actuarial Equivalence) under the Plan; or (ii)
the equivalent annual benefit payable to the Participant commencing at the same
annuity starting date, computed using a 5 percent interest assumption and the
applicable mortality table described in Revenue Ruling 2001-62, or, for Limitation
Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the applicable mortality table
described in Section 1.417(e)-1(d)(2) of the Treasury Regulations for that annuity
starting date
(c) Single Plan.
For purposes of the maximum limitation of this Section all defined benefit plans
maintained by the County shall be viewed as a single plan. Benefits provided under
a “qualified governmental excess benefit arrangement” as defined in Code Section
415(m)(3) and as provided for in Article XVI of the Plan shall not be taken into
account for purposes of the maximum limitation of this Section.
(d) Actuarial Adjustment When Benefits Commence Before Age Sixty-Two (62).
If the Participant‟s annual benefit begins prior to age sixty-two (62), the Maximum
Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at such earlier age is an
annual benefit payable in the form of a single-life annuity, beginning at the earlier
age that is the actuarial equivalent of the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation
applicable to the Participant at age sixty-two (62) (adjusted under (f) below, if
required).
Effective for Limitation Years prior to January 1, 2008, the Maximum Permissible
Dollar Limitation applicable at an age prior to age sixty-two (62) is determined as
the lesser of (i) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the Maximum Permissible
Dollar Limitation computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other
tabular factor) specified in Section 1.04 of the Plan, and (ii) the Actuarial
Equivalent (at such age) of the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation
determined using a five-percent (5%) interest rate and the applicable mortality table
as defined in Section 1.04 of the Plan. Any decrease in the Maximum Permissible
Dollar Limitation determined in accordance with this paragraph shall not reflect a
mortality decrement if benefits are not forfeited upon the death of the Participant.
If any benefits are forfeited upon death, the full mortality decrement is taken into
account.
Effective for Limitation Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, the
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable at an age prior to age sixty-two
(62) is determined as the actuarial equivalent of the annual amount of a straight life
annuity commencing on the Annuity Starting Date that has the same actual present
47
value as a deferred straight life annuity commencing at age sixty-two (62), where
annual payments under the straight life annuity commencing at age sixty-two (62)
are equal to the adjusted Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation and where the
actuarial equivalent straight life annuity is computed assuming a five percent (5%)
interest rate and the applicable mortality table that is effective for that Annuity
Starting Date under Regulations Section 1.417(e)-1(d)(2) (expressing the
Participant‟s age based on completed calendar months as of the Annuity Starting
Date). However, the age-adjusted Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation shall
be less if the age-adjusted Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation described in the
immediately preceding sentence is greater than the adjusted Section Maximum
Permissible Dollar Limitation multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the
immediately commencing straight life annuity under the Plan to the annual amount
of the straight life annuity under the Plan commencing at age sixty-two (62), with
both annual amounts determined using the Plan factors for determining the
Accrued Benefit of the Participant and without applying the limitation rules under
this Section 11.10. No adjustment for mortality shall be taken into account in
performing the first calculation required by this paragraph to the extent permitted
by Regulations Section 1.415(b)-1(d)(2).
The requirements of this Section 11.10(d) do not apply to a distribution on account
of the Participant‟s becoming Disabled or as a result of the death of a Participant.
(e) Actuarial Adjustment When Benefits Commence After Age Sixty-Five (65).
If the Participant‟s benefit begins after the Participant attains age sixty-five (65),
the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at the
later age is the annual benefit payable in the form of a single-life annuity, beginning
at the later age that is actuarially equivalent to the Maximum Permissible Dollar
Limitation applicable to the Participant at age sixty-five (65) (adjusted under (f)
below, if required).
Effective for Limitation Years prior to January 1, 2008, the actuarial equivalent of
the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable at an age after age
sixty-five (65) is determined as (i) the lesser of the actuarial equivalent (at such
age) of the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation computed using the interest
rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 1.04 of the
Plan, and (ii) the Actuarial Equivalent (at such age) of the Maximum Permissible
Dollar Limitation computed using a five-percent (5%) interest rate assumption and
the applicable mortality table as defined in Section 1.04 of the Plan. For these
purposes, mortality between age sixty-five (65) and the age at which benefits
commence shall be ignored.
Effective for Limitation Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, the
Actuarial Equivalent of the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation applicable at
an age after age sixty-five (65) is determined as the actuarial equivalent of the
annual amount of a straight life annuity commencing on the Annuity Starting Date
that has the same actual present value as a straight life annuity commencing at age
48
sixty-five (65), where annual payments under the straight life annuity commencing
at age sixty-five (65) are equal to the adjusted Maximum Permissible Dollar
Limitation and where the actuarial equivalent straight life annuity is computed
using a five percent (5%) interest rate and the applicable mortality table under
Regulations Section 1.417(e)-1(d)(2) that is effective for that Annuity Starting Date
(expressing the Participant‟s age based on completed calendar months as of the
Annuity Starting Date). However, the age-adjusted Maximum Permissible Dollar
Limitation shall be less if the age-adjusted Maximum Permissible Dollar
Limitation described in the immediately preceding sentence is greater than the
adjusted Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation multiplied by the adjustment
ratio, which is equal to the ratio of the “adjusted immediately commencing straight
life annuity” described in Regulations Section 1.415(b)-1(e)(ii) to the “adjusted age
65 straight life annuity” described in Regulations Section 1.415(b)-(1)(e)(iii). No
adjustment for mortality shall be taken into account in performing the first
calculation required by this paragraph to the extent permitted by Regulations
Section 1.415(b)-1(e)(3).
(f) Actuarial Adjustment When Benefits Commence With Less Than Ten Years of
Participation.
If a Participant has completed less than ten (10) years of participation in the Plan as
of the date such Participant begins to receive retirement income benefits, the
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted by multiplying such
limitation by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of the Participant‟s
years of participation as of such date (and any fraction thereof) and the denominator
of which is ten (10). Notwithstanding the above, in no event shall the limitations
contained in this Section 11.10(f) reduce the Maximum Permissible Dollar
Limitation to an amount less than one-tenth (1/10) of the Maximum Permissible
Dollar Limitation (as determined without regard to this Section). To the extent
provided in Regulations promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury, this Section
11.10(f) shall be applied separately with respect to each change in the benefit
structure of the Plan.
The requirements of this Section 11.10(f) do not apply to a distribution on account
of the Participant‟s becoming Disabled or as a result of the death of a Participant.
(g) Special Limitation for a Qualified Participant.
If a Participant is a “qualified participant” as defined under Code Section
415(b)(2)(H) and applicable Regulations under Section 415 of the Code, such
Participant may retire before age sixty-two (62), without a reduction in the
Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation, if at least fifteen (15) years of service is
required to receive a full benefit under the Plan.
49
(h) Ancillary Benefits.
“Ancillary Benefits” (i.e., benefits which are not directly related to retirement
income benefits, or as otherwise defined in Code Section 415(b)(2)(B)) shall not
count toward the Maximum Permissible Dollar Limitation. Such Ancillary
Benefits include pre-retirement disability benefits and death benefits.
(i) Limitation Year.
For purposes of determining “Annual Benefits,” the Limitation Year shall be the
calendar year.
(j) Controlled Groups.
In the case of a group of employers which constitutes either a controlled group of
corporations, trades or businesses under common control defined in Section
1563(a) or Section 414(b) as modified by Section 415(h) and Section 414(c), such
employers shall be considered a single employer for purposes of applying the
limitation of Section 415 of the Code.
(k) Total Annual Payments Not In Excess of $10,000.
The annual benefit (without regard to the age at which benefits commence) payable
with respect to a Participant is not considered to exceed the limitations on benefits
described in Section 11.10(a) if:
(i) The benefits (other than benefits not taken into account in the computation
of the annual benefit under the rules of Regulations Section 1.415(b)-1(b)
and (c)) payable with respect to the Participant under the Plan and all other
defined benefit plans of the Employer do not in the aggregate exceed
$10,000 (as adjusted under Regulations Section 1.415(b)-1(g)) for the
Limitation Year, or for any prior Limitation Year; and
(ii) The Employer has not at any time maintained a defined contribution plan in
which the Participant participated.
50
ARTICLE XII: COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
12.01 Information to Plan Administrator
The County shall supply current information to the Plan Administrator as to the name, date
of birth, Employment Commencement Date, annual Compensation, Leaves of Absences,
Vesting, Eligibility, and Credited Service and date of Termination of Employment of each
Employee who is, or who will be eligible to become, a Participant under the Plan, together
with any other information which the Plan Administrator considers necessary. The
County‟s records as to the current information the County furnishes to the Plan
Administrator shall be conclusive as to all persons.
12.02 Indemnity of Trustees
To the extent permitted by federal, state, or local law, the County agrees to indemnify and
save harmless the Trustees, and each of them, from and against any and all losses resulting
from liability to which the Trustees may be subjected by reason of any act or conduct
(except willful misconduct or gross negligence) in their official capacities in the
administration of the Plan, including all expenses reasonably incurred in their defense, in
case the County fails to provide such defense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
indemnification provisions of this Section 12.03 shall not relieve the Trustees from any
liability they may have for breach of a fiduciary duty.
12.03 Amendment to Vesting Schedule
Although the County reserves the right to amend the vesting schedule at any time, the Plan
Administrator shall not apply the amended vesting schedule to reduce the Non-forfeitable
percentage of any Participant‟s Accrued Benefit derived from County contributions
(determined as of the later of the date the County adopts the amendment, or the date the
amendment becomes effective) to a percentage less than the Non-forfeitable percentage
computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment.
If the County makes a permissible amendment to the vesting schedule, each Participant
having at least three (3) years of Vesting Service with the County may elect to have the
percentage of his Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit computed under the Plan without regard
to the amendment. The Participant must file his election with the Plan Administrator within
sixty (60) days of the latest of (a) the County‟s adoption of the amendment; (b) the
effective date of the amendment; or (c) his receipt of a copy of the amendment. The Plan
Administrator, as soon as practicable, shall forward a true copy of any amendment to the
vesting schedule to each affected Participant, together with an explanation of the effect of
the amendment, the appropriate form upon which the Participant may make an election to
remain under the vesting schedule provided under the Plan prior to the amendment and
notice of the time within which the Participant must make an election to remain under the
prior vesting schedule. For purposes of this Section, an amendment to the vesting schedule
includes any Plan amendment which directly or indirectly affects the computation of the
Non-forfeitable percentage of an Employee‟s rights to his County-derived Accrued
Benefit.
51
ARTICLE XIII: PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
13.01 Beneficiary Destination
Any Participant may from time to time designate, in writing, any person or persons to
whom the Trustee shall pay various death benefits provided under the Plan in the event of
his death. The Plan Administrator shall prescribe the form for the written designations of
Beneficiary which, upon the Participant‟s filing the form with the County or Plan
Administrator, shall revoke all designations filed prior to that date by the same Participant.
Beneficiary designations may be made and/or maintained electronically, if the County has
established a method that is reasonably calculated to provide accurate results.
13.02 No Beneficiary Designation
If a Participant fails to name a Beneficiary in accordance with Section 13.01 of the Plan, or
if the Beneficiary named by a Participant predeceases him or dies before complete
distribution of all benefits payable under the Plan, then the Trustee shall pay such benefits
in accordance with Article IX of the Plan in the following order of priority:
(a) To the Participant‟s Surviving Spouse; or
(b) if no Spouse is alive, to the Participant‟s surviving children, including legally
adopted children, in equal shares; or
(c) if no children are alive, to the Participant‟s surviving parents, in equal shares; or
(d) if no parent is alive, to the legal representative of the estate of the last to die of the
Participant and his Beneficiary.
The Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee as to the method and to whom the Trustee
shall make payment under this Section 13.02. If no Beneficiary can be determined in
accordance with (a) through (d) above, the Participant‟s benefits shall remain a part of the
Plan‟s assets until his Beneficiary is found.
13.03 Personal Data to Plan Administrator
Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant must furnish to the Plan
Administrator such evidence, data or information as the Plan Administrator considers
necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan. The provisions of this
Plan are effective for the benefit of each Participant upon the condition precedent that each
Participant will furnish promptly full, true and complete evidence, data and information
when requested by the Plan Administrator, provided the Plan Administrator shall advise
each Participant of the effect of his failure to comply with its request.
13.04 Address for Notification
Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall file with the Plan
Administrator from time to time, in writing, his post office address and any change of post
52
office address. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a Participant or
Beneficiary, at his last post office address filed with the Plan Administrator or shown on
the records of the County, shall bind the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this
Plan.
13.05 Notice of Change in Terms
The Plan Administrator shall furnish all Participants and Beneficiaries a summary
description of any material amendment to the Plan or notice of discontinuance of the Plan
and all other information required herein to be furnished without charge.
13.06 Litigation Against the Trust
If any legal action filed against the Trustee or against any individual(s) acting as the Plan
Administrator, by or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary, results adversely to the
Participant or to the Beneficiary, the Trustee shall reimburse itself or the Plan
Administrator all costs and fees expended by it or them by surcharging all costs and fees
against the sums payable under the Plan to the Participant or to the Beneficiary, but only to
the extent a court of competent jurisdiction specifically authorizes and directs such
surcharges and only to the extent the Code does not prohibit any such surcharges.
13.07 Information Available
Any Participant in the Plan or any Beneficiary may examine copies of the Plan, the Plan
description, latest annual report, any bargaining agreement, contract, or any other
instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated. The Plan Administrator
will maintain all of the items listed in this Section 13.07 in his office, or in such other place
or places as he may designate from time to time in order to comply with all applicable
regulations, for examination during reasonable business hours. Upon the written request of
a Participant or Beneficiary the Plan Administrator shall furnish him with a copy of any
item listed in this Section 13.07. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge to
the requesting person for the copy so furnished. The Plan Administrator may provide
Participants with any information required under any applicable federal or State of Georgia
law via electronic communication, provided the electronic communication is not
prohibited under such laws and the method of electronic communication is reasonably
calculated to provide accurate results. A Beneficiary‟s right to (and the {Plan
Administrator‟s or a Trustee‟s duty to provide to the Beneficiary) information or data
concerning the Plan, shall not arise until the Beneficiary first becomes entitled to receive a
benefit under the Plan.
13.08 Appeal Procedure for Denial of Benefits
(a) The Plan Administrator shall provide adequate notice in writing to any Participant
or to any Beneficiary (“Claimant”) whose claim for benefits under the Plan has
been denied. The Plan Administrator‟s notice to the Claimant shall set forth:
(i) The specific reason for the denial;
53
(ii) Specific references to pertinent Plan provisions providing the basis for
denial;
(iii) A description of any additional material and information needed for the
Claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation of why the material or
information is needed;
(iv) A statement that any appeal the Claimant wishes to make of the adverse
determination must be in writing to the Retirement Plans Management
Committee of the Gwinnett County Public Employee Retirement System
(the “RPMC”), or its delegate, within seventy-five (75) days after receipt of
the Plan Administrator‟s written notice of denial; and
(v) A statement that failure to provide the written appeal of the adverse
determination to the RPMC or its delegate in writing within the
seventy-five (75) day period will render the Plan Administrator‟s
determination final, binding and conclusive.
(b) Alter receiving written notice of the denial of a claim, a Claimant or his
representative may:
(i) request a review of the denial by written application of the RPMC or its
delegate;
(ii) review pertinent documents; and
(iii) submit issues and comments in writing to the RPMC or its delegate.
(c) The RPMC, or such committee that the RPMC establishes under its bylaws to
review appeals for the denial of benefits, shall review any appeal made pursuant to
this Section 13.08. No later than sixty (60) days following the receipt of the written
application for review, the RPMC or its delegate shall submit its decision on the
review in writing to the Claimant and to his representative, if any. However, a
decision on the written application for review may be extended, if special
circumstances require an extension of time, to a day no later than one hundred
twenty (120) days after the date of receipt of the written application for review.
The decision shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific references
to the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based.
54
ARTICLE XIV: CONTRIBUTIONS AND ADMINISTRATION OF FUNDS
14.01 Use of Trust Fund
The terms of the Trust shall govern the establishment of the Trust Fund from which the
benefits provided by the Plan shall be paid. All contributions paid over to the Trustees shall
be invested in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Trust.
14.02 Use of Group Annuity Contracts
In the discretion of the Trustee, the Plan may use one or more group annuity contracts as a
funding vehicle in lieu of or in addition to the Trust. In the event of any conflict between
terms of the Plan and those of any such group annuity contract, the terms of the Plan shall
control.
14.03 Amount of County Contributions
The County shall contribute to the Trust Fund such amounts that are necessary to fund
benefits under the Plan, and shall contribute such additional amounts as the Trustees (based
on the recommendation of the Actuary and Plan Administrator) deem necessary or
desirable to maintain the actuarial soundness of the Plan. The Trustees may establish a
formal funding policy for this purpose.
14.04 Use of Forfeitures
Forfeitures and investment income attributable to contributions shall be used to reduce
County contributions.
14.05 Contingent Nature of County Contributions
Contributions made by the County are hereby made expressly contingent on the
maintenance of the qualified status by the Plan for the year with respect to which such
contribution is made.
14.06 Form of County Contribution
The County may pay its contributions to the Trustees or Trust Fund manager in cash or
cash equivalent or, if acceptable to the Trustees or Trust Fund manager, marketable
securities.
14.07 Exclusive Benefit
Except as provided under Article III, Article XI, Section 14.06, and Section 15.06, the
County shall have no beneficial interest in any asset of the Trust or Trust Fund and no part
of any asset in the Trust or Trust Fund shall ever revert to or be repaid to the County, either
directly or indirectly; nor prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to the
Participants and their Beneficiaries under the Plan, shall any part of the corpus or income
55
of the Trust Fund, or any asset of the Trust, be (at any time) used for or diverted to purposes
other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries.
14.08 Condition for Refund of Contributions
Notwithstanding Section 14.07 of the Plan, if and to the extent permitted by the Code and
other applicable laws and regulations thereunder, upon the County‟s request, a contribution
which is made by a mistake in fact shall be returned to the County within one (1) year after
the mistaken payment of the contribution.
14.09 Evidence
Anyone required to give evidence under the terms of the Plan may do so by certificate,
affidavit, document or other information which the person to act in reliance may consider
pertinent, reliable and genuine, and to have been signed, made or presented by the proper
party or parties. The Trustees shall be fully protected in acting and relying upon any
evidence described under the immediately preceding sentence.
14.10 No Responsibility for County Action
The Trustees shall have no obligation or responsibility with respect to any action required
by the Plan to be taken by the County, any Participant or eligible Employee.
14.11 Waiver of Notice
Any person entitled to notice under the Plan may waive the notice.
14.12 Successors
The Plan shall be binding upon all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, their
respective heirs and legal representatives, upon the County, its successors and assigns, and
upon the Plan Administrator and its successors.
14.13 Word Usage
Words used in the masculine shall apply to the feminine where applicable, and wherever
the context of the County‟s Plan dictates, the plural shall be read as the singular and the
singular as the plural.
14.14 State Law
The laws of the State of Georgia shall determine all questions arising with respect to the
provisions of this Agreement except to the extent Federal statute supersedes State law.
14.15 Employment Not Guaranteed
Nothing contained in this Plan, or any modification or amendment to the Plan, or in the
creation of any account, or the payment of any benefit, shall give any Employee,
Participant, or Beneficiary any right to continue employment, any legal or equitable right
56
against the County or an Employee of the County, or against the Trustee or its agents or
employees, or against the Plan Administrator, except as expressly provided by the Plan or
by a separate agreement.
57
ARTICLE XV: AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
15.01 Amendment by the County
The Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time, in the sole discretion of the
County, by a written instrument executed by the County. Each amendment shall state the
date to which it is either retroactively or prospectively effective. Any amendment which is
required by the Internal Revenue Service in order for the Plan or Trust to qualify or
continue to be qualified under the applicable provisions of the Code, or which in the
judgment of the County is necessary or appropriate to such qualifications or continued
qualification, may be made effective retroactively.
15.02 Limitations on Amendments
(a) No amendment shall be made that would jeopardize the qualified status of the Plan.
(b) No amendment shall authorize or permit any portion of the Trust Fund (other than
the part which is required to pay investment or administration expenses) to be used
for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or
their Beneficiaries.
(c) No amendment shall have the effect of decreasing a Participant‟s Non-forfeitable
Accrued Benefit, including a change in the actuarial assumptions or in the
Compensation levels used to determine a Participant‟s Normal Retirement Pension.
(d) No amendment shall affect the rights, duties, or responsibilities of the Trustees
without the written consent of the Trustees.
15.03 Termination or Freeze by the County
By establishing the Plan, the County represents that the Plan is intended to be a permanent
and continuing program for providing benefits to the Participants therein. However, the
County shall have the right, at any time, to suspend or discontinue the Plan, and to
terminate the Plan. The Plan shall terminate or freeze upon action of the County provided
the County gives the Trustees ninety (90) days prior notice of termination.
15.04 Effect of Termination
Upon termination of the Plan by the County, the provisions of Sections 15.08 of the Plan
(relating to 100% vesting), 15.05 of the Plan (relating to allocation of Plan assets), and
15.06 of the Plan (relating to Plan assets in excess of Plan benefits) shall apply.
15.05 Distribution Upon Termination of Trust
If the County terminates the Plan, the Trustees shall allocate assets of the Plan among the
Participants and Beneficiaries according to the following priorities:
58
(a) Benefits payable as an annuity, in the case of the benefit of a Participant or
Beneficiary which was in pay status as of the termination date of the Plan, each
such benefit, based on the provisions of the Plan under which such benefit would be
the least;
(b) All other Nonforfeitable benefits under the Plan; and
(c) Any other benefits under the Plan.
If assets are insufficient to provide all benefits under the Plan, the Trustee shall allocate
such assets to satisfy obligations within each category by order of priority. If assets are
insufficient to provide all benefits under a priority category, the Trustee shall allocate
assets to Participants within that category in the ratio which each Participant‟s total benefit
bears to the total benefits of all Participants within that category.
15.06 Over-funding
If the County has over-funded the Plan at the time it terminates the Plan, the Trustee may
return the amount by which the County has over-funded the Plan to the County after all
liabilities under the Plan have been paid. The Plan‟s Actuary shall determine the amount of
the over-funding. The County shall state by written request to the Trustee the amount of
any over-funding it wishes the Trustee to return to it upon termination of the Plan.
15.07 Notice Requirements
Prior to the termination of the Plan, the County shall hold a hearing after giving prior
written notice to each Employee stating the time, location, and purpose of such hearing, in
addition to any other notice required by law. The purpose of such hearing shall be to
provide information to and answer any question from the Employees as to any successor
trustees, the provisions of any successor plan, the differences between the Plan and any
successor plan, any effects of the proposed termination or withdrawal on the Employees,
and all other relevant information.
15.08 Full Vesting on Termination
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, upon either full or partial
termination of the Plan or the discontinuance of contributions under the Plan (i.e. a freeze),
under Section 15.03 of the Plan, the Accrued Benefit of those Participants, Beneficiaries,
and joint annuitants affected shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested and
Non-forfeitable to the extent funded.
59
ARTICLE XVI: QUALIFIED GOVERNMENTAL EXCESS BENEFIT
ARRANGEMENT
16.01 Section 415(m) Arrangement
This Article XVI shall provide additional benefits under the Plan for Participants whose
Accrued Benefit exceeds the Maximum Permissible Dollar limitation under Section 11.10
of the Plan. The benefits provided under this Article XVI are intended to be provided under
a qualified governmental excess benefit arrangement within the meaning of Section
415(m) of the Code and shall consist only of excess benefits that would otherwise be
payable under the terms of Plan except for the limitations imposed by Code Section 415
and Section 11.10 of the Plan.
16.02 Benefits
The amount of monthly benefit payable to a Participant under this Article XVI shall be
determined by subtracting the amount determined under subsection (b) from the amount
determined under subsection (a) where (a) and (b) are:
(a) The amount of Pension payable to the Participant under the Plan, in the form of
distribution elected by the Participant, disregarding Code Section 415 maximum
benefits provisions of Section 11.10.
(b) The amount of Pension payable to such a Participant under the Plan in the form of
distribution elected by the Participant, as limited by Section 11.10.
Any cost of living adjustment otherwise applicable to the Pension payable under the Plan
shall also apply to the excess benefits payable under this Article XVI.
16.03 Payments to Participants
Payment of excess benefits under this Article XV shall be made in the same form and at the
same time as Pension payments under the Plan. Any designation of Beneficiary under the
Plan shall also apply to the excess benefits payable under this Article.
16.04 Benefits Upon Reemployment
If a Participant who is receiving benefits under the Plan is reemployed by the County, any
excess benefits payable under this Article shall be treated in the same manner as his
Pension payments under the Plan.
16.05 Limitation on Benefits
In no event shall a Participant be entitled to receive total benefits from the Plan, including
the benefits payable under this Article XVI, in excess of the benefits he would have
received under the Plan had the limitations under Code Section 415 not applied to the Plan.
60
16.06 Errors and Omissions
If an error or omission is discovered in the calculation of excess benefits under this Article
XVI, appropriate, equitable adjustments may be made as soon as administratively
practicable following the discovery of such error or omission.
16.07 Taxes
If all or any part of any Participant‟s or Beneficiary‟s benefits under this Article XVI shall
be determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be subject to federal income tax in an
earlier year than such benefit otherwise becomes distributable under the Plan, the
Participant or Beneficiary shall have the right to receive an immediate benefit in an amount
equal to the amount upon which the income tax due is based. If all or any part of any
Participant‟s or Beneficiary‟s benefit under the Plan shall become subject to any estate,
inheritance, income, employment or other tax which the County shall be required to pay or
withhold, the County shall have the full power and authority to withhold and pay such tax
out of distributions to the Participant or Beneficiary whose interests are so affected.
16.08 Source of Funds
Except as otherwise provided below, the County shall provide the excess benefits
described in this Article from its general assets and ultimately shall have the obligation to
pay all excess benefits due to Participants and Beneficiaries under this Article. No
contribution from any Participant shall be required or permitted to fund the excess benefits
under this Article. The County may provide for a separate rabbi trust to be used to fund the
benefits payable under this Article. To the extent that funds in such trust are sufficient, the
trust assets shall be used to pay benefits under this Article. If such trust assets are not
sufficient to pay such benefits due, then the County shall have the obligation, and the
Participant or Beneficiary, who is due such benefits, shall look to the County to provide
such benefits.
16.09 Trust
The County shall transfer all or any portion of the funds necessary to fund benefits accrued
under this Article to the Board of Trustees to be held and administered by the Trustees
pursuant to the terms of the rabbi trust agreement. Each transfer into the trust shall be
irrevocable as long as the County has any liability or obligations under this Article to pay
excess benefits, such that the trust property is in no way subject to use by the County,
provided, it is the intent of the County that the assets held by the trust are and shall remain
at all times subject to the claims of the general creditors of the County in the case of
insolvency as defined in the rabbi trust document. No Participant or Beneficiary shall have
any interest in the assets held by the trust or in the general assets of the County other than as
a general, nonsecured creditor. Accordingly, neither the County nor the Trustees shall
grant a security interest in the assets held by the trust in favor of the Participants,
Beneficiaries or any creditor.
61
Executed the ____ day of December, 2013.
GWINNETT COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
By: _______________________________
Chairman
Attest: ____________________________ Approved as to Form:
Clerk, Gwinnett County
Board of Commissioners _________________________________
Document comparison by Workshare Compare on Monday, November 25, 2013 11:22:24 AM
Input:
Document 1 ID interwovenSite://MMMIMAN/MMMDMS1/8362263/1
Description #8362263v1<MMMDMS1> - Gwinnett County Defined Benefit Plan Restatement 2013
Document 2 ID interwovenSite://MMMIMAN/MMMDMS1/8362263/3
Description #8362263v3<MMMDMS1> - Gwinnett County Defined Benefit Plan Restatement 2013
Rendering set Standard
Legend:
Insertion
Deletion
Moved from
Moved to
Style change
Format change
Moved deletion
Inserted cell
Deleted cell
Moved cell
Split/Merged cell
Padding cell
Statistics:
Count
Insertions 26
Deletions 19
Moved from 0
Moved to 0
Style change 0
Format changed 0
Total changes 45